You are on page 1of 443

Deus ex Machina

Progression of Secular Socialism

Chris Pilie
Trey Roberts

Lanterns of Liberty Productions

New Orleans Gretna Prairieville, Louisiana

Lanterns of Liberty

New Orleans, Louisiana

Copyright 2014 by Christopher M. Pilie


All rights reserved, including the rights to reproduce this

Book or portions thereof in any form whatsoever.

For information about this publication contact

Lanterns of Liberty at

Special Thanks to our dear and respected

American Patriots

Edited by Chris Pilie and Trey Roberts

What does it mean whether you hold the title to your business or
property if the government holds the power of life and death over that
business or property?

And such machinery already exists.

Ronald Wilson Reagan

"A Time for Choosing" (October 27, 1964)
From Chris Pilie

I would like to dedicate this book to my mother Patricia Pilie who

has always been an inspiration to me. She was a wonderful mother,
artist, activist, and Christian. Her life was lived with grace and
purpose. I would like to further dedicate this book to my son Taylor
Pilie who I hope could take the cause of American exceptionalism
further into Americas future.

I want to first thank God for the opportunity to share the truth with
the American people. I would like to give special thanks to my
lovely wife Barbara Rushton who has been so patient with me
throughout all of my patriotic endeavors. I would like to give special
thanks to my wonderful father Joseph Maurice Pilie Jr, my sister
Angie Davis, brother-in-law Brad Davis, adopted mother Vicky
Pilie, my future mother and father-in-law Martha and Glen Rushton,
my future brother and sister in law, Harry and Denise Suters, cousins
Scott and Diedre St Germain, cousins Jim and Kristy Thompson,
Aunt Diane St. Germain, uncle Martin St.Germain, Aunt Noelle,
Aunt Millie Bradley, Uncle Allen Bradley, cousin Johnathan
Bradley, cousins James and Allison Lee, Aunt Simone Gordon,
Uncle Michael Gordon, my cousins Charles and Amada Gordon,
cousins Jeff and Karen Wellman, Aunt Danielle Lavie, Uncle Marcel
Lavie, cousin Nicholas Lavie, cousin Stephen Lavie, cousin Mark
Lavie. I wish to also thank my wonderful grand parents who started
all of this. Grandma and Grandpa Cannella and Grandma and
Grandpa Pilie. Lastly I wish to thank my partners and fellow
patriots Trey Roberts.
From Trey Roberts

I want to first thank my Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ. I want to

thank my wife Stephanie for all her love and patience. I want to
thank White Dove Fellowship and my Pastor, Michael Mille for
your spiritual guidance and for the love youve shown from your
family to ours. I want to thank Harris and Marie for all of your
love and support. I want to thank my mother and father for whom
without you, none of this would be possible. I want to thank Mary
Kass, Terri Timke and the Greater New Orleans Tea Party family
for all their hard work, dedication to freedom and overall
patriotism. I want to thank Celeste Thomas for being the wall that
Ive bounced most ideas and discoveries off. Last and definitely
not least, I want to thank my partner in crime, Mr. Chris Pilie, aka
Paul Revere. Your pursuit of truth is inspiring and I look forward
to helping you illuminate the light of truth, wherever the darkness
of lies may exist.

I want to dedicate this book to my daughters Victoria Claire

Roberts and Vivian Cate Roberts. I pledge my life, my fortune and
my sacred honor to protecting the Constitution and America for
you. I pray that you are able to grow up in liberty and in a country
that is free. That you be able to pursue your potential in its
entirety, void of tyranny and bondage and that you become
everything that God intends for you to be, body, mind and
spirit. I love you both and am grateful to God for the wonderful
gifts that you both are and I eagerly look forward to watching you
grow in grace and I bless you, your pursuits and God Bless
Table of Contents

John Locke 1632-1704..............................................................17
Montesquieu 1689-1755............................................................22
Adam Smith 1723-1790............................................................27
The American Form of Government.............................................29
True forms of government.........................................................32
Monarchy or Dictatorship rule by one................................32
Oligarchy rule by group......................................................32
Anarchy rule by no one......................................................32
Democracy rule by the people............................................32
Republic The Law..............................................................33
American Federalist Republic...................................................33
A Confederacy of States verses a United States....................33
Federalists verses the Anti-Federalists..................................34
The United States Constitution..............................................37
Alexis de Tocqueville 18051859.................................................39
Deus ex Machina.....................................................................44
Immanuel Kant 1724-1804........................................................47
Marxism: Introduction...............................................................50
Karl Marx: 1818 1883........................................................50
Friedrich Engels: 1820 1895..............................................50
MARXISM: Dialectical Materialism........................................53
Influence: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: 1770-1831........53
MARXISM: Unionism..............................................................57
MARXISM: Atheism.................................................................60
Charles Darwin 1809 1882.................................................64
The Revolutionary Marxists......................................................70
Leon Trotsky 1879 1940.....................................................72
Vladimir Ilych Lenin 1870 1924........................................80
Joseph Stalin 1878 - 1953......................................................87
Mao Zedong 1893 1976......................................................93
Fidel Castro - 1926..............................................................100
Nikita Khrushchev 1894 1971..........................................106
The Progressive Marxists.........................................................111
Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche 1844 1900..........................118
Gyrgy Lukcs....................................................................126
Antonio Gramsci 1891 1937............................................130
The Progressive Era.............................................................136
A Modern Utopia & the Fabian Society..............................146
Woodrow Wilson 1856 1924............................................160
Weimar Republic.................................................................166
Adolf Hitler 1889 1945....................................................170
Franklin Delano Roosevelt 1882 - 1945..............................176
Frankfurt School or Institute for Social Research...............184
The Creation of the Progressive Vanguard..............................210
John Dewey 1859 1952....................................................216
The Modern Intellectual Elite..............................................224
Walter Lippmann -The founder for the elite media.............224
Sigmund Freud - The father of sexual psychoanalysis........226
Edward Bernays - The Century of Self...............................227
Saul Alinsky 1909 1972....................................................248
Critical Race Theory............................................................258
Institute for Policy Studies and Transnational Institute.......262
Zeitgeist: sixties & seventies Counterculture......................274
Students for a Democratic Society: 1960 -1969..................281
Soviet Ideological Subversion.............................................297
Tides Foundation.................................................................319
ACORN (Association of Community Organizations for
Reform Now).......................................................................325
Lyndon B. Johnson: 1908 1973........................................333
The Machine............................................................................342
The Polemic.........................................................................344
President Jimmy Carter.......................................................367
The Directors.......................................................................423
The Organism......................................................................429
entitlement state and the advocating of redistribution of wealth, there
is a creeping infusion of the foreign ideological failure of Marxism
that is being embraced by Americans due to the spreading of
misinformation, propaganda, and the perpetuation of ignorance of
history. To understand why America is the beacon of freedom, one
must study the roots of its founding. Although this book does not
discuss those roots, it does deem it important to mention two of
Americas most influential philosophers of Americanism.

John Locke must be known as one of the

greatest influences of our American
Founders. His philosophies are based
around the principles of Natural Law1.
Thomas Jefferson was best known for the
writing of the Declaration of
Independence. Jefferson paraphrases
Locke in one of the most important
clauses in American history one that
can be considered as the glue that has
kept the country together. The idea of
life, liberty, and property being a God-given right is a John Locke
ideal; 2Jefferson simply changed property to pursuit of happiness,
but the words still have the same meaning. It is this, which is most
important in the understanding of American Liberty which it was
given by God and not man.

Strauss, Leo, "Locke's Doctrine of Natural law," American Political Science
Review 52 (1958) 490501
John Locke, Essay Concerning Human Understanding, Book 2, Chapter 21,
Section 51
John Locke 1632-1704

Locke also believed in checks and balances binding any civil

government employed by the people. 3The idea that a person would
not be productive if he was always guarding his property is an
indispensible seed of the civil government. Citizens could hire police
and fireman to do this for them - for a wage - as those citizens
pursued their happiness or enjoyed their property. This is the idea
behind todays civil servants.

Politicians would also be servants to the people. These politicians

would possess limited and separated powers to keep tyranny at bay.
Locke favored Legislative, Executive, and Federative branches in
order to disperse governing power so that no one person or group of
people would possess all governing power.4 This philosophy is what
John Locke believed to be a key to eliminating tyranny.

One of the most controversial beliefs of Locke is his argument on

Toleration. Locke believed that, on a rational basis, a single religion
could not possibly be the vehicle of truth above all others. He
believed that human brains are limited, and that faith was speculative
as well as mysterious. He also believed that neither Atheism, nor the
religions in allegiance with foreign powers, could be trusted in the
present governing system.

Locke wrote this in A Letter Concerning Toleration 1689:

Lastly, those are not at all to be tolerated who deny the being of a
God. Promises, covenants, and oaths, which are the bonds of human
society, can have no hold upon an atheist. The taking away of God,
though but even in thought, dissolves all; besides also, those that by
their atheism undermine and destroy all religion, can have no
pretense of religion whereupon to challenge the privilege of a
Two Treatises On Government: A Translation Into Modern English,
ISR/Google Books, 2009, Preface
The 5000 Year Leap: Principles of Freedom 101, Cleon Skousen, Pg 24
toleration. As for other practical opinions, though not absolutely
free from all error, if they do not tend to establish domination over
others, or civil impunity to the Church in which they are taught,
there can be no reason why they should not be tolerated.

Locke states here that without the bonds and trust of man or what I
like to call business with a handshake, the moral fabric will

What is so important here is that much of what we see wrong in this

society is due to the lack of accountability, of moral fabric. Lawyers
are so prevalent due to the lack of moral fabric, and they often
instigate further disintegration of moral fabric for personal financial
gain. What Locke was alluding to is that, without a moral people,
there can be no liberty. As the schematics detailing the gears of
The Machine unfold, the clearer it shall be that the destruction of
morals - which Locke held so vital to the preservation of personal,
individual liberty - are the chosen tack of Marxists and Communists
operating under the American flag.
Locke also believed in the use of gold and silver as currency, rather
than paper. Locke explained that gold and silver represented a
perfect standard that would stay very close to its true value from
nation to nation, while paper currency would only be as good as the
government that issued it. The Gold Standard was a John Locke

One of Lockes most influential theories was that of Supply and

Demand. He believed that the true value of something is set by
how much people want it. Locke who, in turn, influenced David
Hume and Adam Smith made the idea of capitalization popular. By
giving people ownership of their property, it was observed, they
would be far more likely to value and protect it.

What is amazing about all of this is that most Americans understand

and believe these ideas because they coincide with the foundation of
the country and its continued success, as well as the principles bred
into us by our mothers, our fathers, and our heroes. It is no
coincidence that our country is failing due to the abandonment of
these principles in the face of liberalism and neo-conservatism.

Natural Law was neither a discovery nor an invention of Locke. It

can be disputed that Aristotle was the father of Natural Law.
Aristotles relevance and his influence on Thomas Aquinas,
Francisco Surez, Richard Hooker, Thomas Hobbes, Hugo Grotius,
Samuel von Pufendorf, Emmerich de Vattel, and John Locke is
apparent in all of their writings. Even Socrates and Plato professed
the relevance of natural rights and natural justice as the engineering
behind everything that exists.
So you ask, what is the origin of natural law is, and who determines
it? In a word: God.

Lockes mentioning of natural law is a direct reference to Judaic law

and mostly the Ten Commandments. Moses was the father of law in
Judeo-Christian society. One of the reasons why many Americans
become irate when one of our leaders states that we are not a
Christian nation is that Christian roots run deep into the soil of
Judaism and the Judaic law. This Judaic law is fundamental in
Natural Law. To deny the Judeo-Christian roots of our country is to
deny the simple fact that Lockes views on Natural Law were a
direct influence on the writing of the Declaration of Independence
and The United States Constitution. To deny our Judeo-Christian
roots it to deny the principles of our founding.

Lockes belief in natural rights and in private property is central to

both his philosophy, and the fundamentals of the United States.
Property retains value and value is power. To not allow people to
have power would be to deny democracy and the foundation of our
republic. Locke believed in the separation of power as a pervading
necessity of government. Private property insured that the
government would not hold all the power. Natural right supports and
strengthens the individual right and individual justice endowed by
our Creator.
Private property serves more than the individual. The protection of
private property is vital for creation of value, preservation of
property, and the motivation to innovate. Innovation serves society
by motivating the people to create fundamental enhancements to life.
There is a reason why the Dark Ages ended because of the
liberation of the people and the allowance of private property.
Merriam-Webster defines tyranny, oppressive power. To oppress is
to discourage growth and freedom of people. Part of this is to limit
innovation with personal reward. When private property is
eliminated as Marx proposed innovation is eliminating with it.
Marx, unlike Locke, was not an innovator of his ideology; he simply
defined tyranny, and the means to achieve it, in what would become
the Communist Manifesto.

Capitalism, which is a description of free market principles, is

simply a product of Natural Law. It is a logical next step, then, to
conclude that capitalism is natural. For anyone to deny capitalism in
America is to deny American principle. There is a reason why it is
called the free market; it represents the un-governable desires of man
to enhance life and to improve his lot in life through work and

Lockes influence is a beacon of freedom in our world today; he is

still relevant. Yet, it is only recently that he has been rediscovered by
the American majority, while Karl Marx has, for the last hundred
years, been a pillar of death that has influenced the extermination of
over 200,000,000 people since the beginning of the 1900s. His
ideology of outlawing private property has resulted in mass genocide
since it was first tried. It is to be sincerely hoped that any
Marxist/Communist/Progressive reading this book would seriously
reconsider their dangerous and reckless loyalty to such destructive
failed ideology.
For these extraordinary philosophies that have influenced the great
men that founded our country, John Locke is a singular hero of
Montesquieu 1689-1755
In Montesquieus Spirit of
Laws, he outlined how the
three different powers in
government must be separated
in order to prevent tyranny.
Much like Locke, Montesquieu
detailed that the separation is
absolutely necessary. He

When the legislative and

executive powers are united in
the same person, or in the
same body of magistrates,
there can be no liberty; because apprehensions may arise, lest the
same monarch or senate should enact tyrannical laws, to execute
them in a tyrannical manner.

Again, there is no liberty, if the judiciary power be not separated

from the legislative and executive. Were it joined with the
legislative, the life and liberty of the subject would be exposed to
arbitrary control; for the judge would be then the legislator. Were
it joined to the executive power, the judge might behave with
violence and oppression.5

The founders saw that in order for the government to be

subservient to the people it must remain so by diluting the federal
power to its most minute composition. They saw the truth in
Montesquieus foresight and crafted the American government in a
way that separated the powers of government as a legal precedent.

Spirit of Laws, 6. --Of the Constitution of England
One point that must be
understood is that there was a
firm difference between
Montesquieu and founders like
James Madison. Montesquieu
believed that equality was
diametrically opposed to
liberty. Anti-federalists like
Cato point this out.

"Whoever seriously considers

the immense extent of territory
within the limits of the United
States, together with the variety
of its climates, productions, and
number of inhabitants in all; the
dissimilitude of interest,
morals, and policies, will
receive it as an intuitive truth, that a consolidated republican form
of government therein, can never form a perfect union."

Montesquieu could be viewed as a fulcrum between the Federalists

and the Anti-Federalists. Notably the time of the American
founding was set in a cloud of uncertainty and a democratic
process completed with the formation of the United States
Constitution. Madison is quoted in Federalist 10 that a republic can
be successful with both vastness and pluralistic in nature through a
unity of confederacies. The colonies at the time were similar to
small countries and fractionalization could be a huge problem. He
stated that this could be accomplished in two ways either to
remove the cause of the problem or control its effects,". Madison
chose to control its effects by unifying the States with a Federal
governmental body.

In fact, in Federalist 47, Madison wrote that Montesquieu praised

the English Constitution while not recognizing that the legislative,
executive, and judiciary are not separate completely. Madison

The British constitution was to Montesquieu, what Homer has

been to the didactic writers on epic poetry. As the latter have
considered the work of the immortal Bard, as the perfect model
from which the principles and rules of the epic art were to be
drawn, and by which all similar works were to be judged; so this
great political critic appears to have viewed the constitution of
England, as the standard, or to use his own expression, as the
mirror of political liberty; and to have delivered in the form of
elementary truths, the several characteristic principles of that
particular system. That we may be sure then not to mistake his
meaning in this case, let us recur to the source from which the
maxim was drawn.

On the slightest view of the British constitution we must perceive,

that the legislative, executive and judiciary departments are by no
means totally separate and distinct from each other. The executive
magistrate forms an integral part of the legislative authority. He
alone has the prerogative of making treaties with foreign
sovereigns, which when made have, under certain limitations, the
force of legislative acts. All the members of the judiciary
department are appointed by him; can be removed by him on the
address of the two Houses of Parliament, and form, when he
pleases to consult them, one of his constitutional councils. One
branch of the legislative department forms also, a great
constitutional council to the executive chief; as on another hand, it
is the sole depositary of judicial power in cases of impeachment,
and is invested with the supreme appellate jurisdiction, in all other
cases. The judges again are so far connected with the legislative
department, as often to attend and participate in its deliberations,
though not admitted to a legislative vote.

From these facts by which Montesquieu was guided it may clearly

be inferred, that in saying "there can be no liberty where the
legislative and executive powers are united in the same person, or
body of magistrates," or "if the power of judging be not separated
from the legislative and executive powers," he did not mean that
these departments ought to have no partial agency in, or no
control over the acts of each other. His meaning, as his own words
import, and still more conclusively as illustrated by the example in
his eye, can amount to no more than this, that where the whole
power of one department is exercised by the same hands which
possess the whole power of another department, the fundamental
principles of a free constitution, are subverted. This would have
been the case in the constitution examined by him, if the King who
is the sole executive magistrate, had possessed also the complete
legislative power, or the supreme administration of justice; or if
the entire legislative body, had possessed the supreme judiciary, or
the supreme executive authority. This however is not among the
vices of that constitution. The magistrate in whom the whole
executive power resides cannot of himself make a law, though he
can put a negative on every law, nor administer justice in person,
though he has the appointment of those who do administer it. The
judges can exercise no executive prerogative, though they are
shoots from the executive stock, nor any legislative function,
though the legislative councils may advise them with. The entire
legislature can perform no judiciary act, though by the joint act of
two of its branches, the judges may be removed from their offices;
and though one of its branches is possessed of the judicial power
in the last resort. The entire legislature again can exercise no
executive prerogative, though one of its branches constitutes the
supreme executive magistracy; and another, on the impeachment
of a third, can try and condemn all the subordinate officers in the
executive department.

While Madison respected Montesquieu, he saw that Anti-

Federalists like Cato were interpreting him incorrectly. There can
be no doubt that Montesquieu had a huge influence to the founding
of America. He is important to mention in order for us to see the
dynamic of debate taking place at the time America was formed
into a democratic Federalist Republic.
Adam Smith 1723-1790

Adam Smith is the classic capitalist.

His alignment with John Lockes
moral and civic theory marries well in
the founders design. With Lockes
moral beliefs and Smiths economic
free market design, our founders built
the United States Constitution to
protect the playing field of liberty and
to ensure prosperity under these ideas.

Adam Smith was a quirky fellow who

often was found wandering around in
thought. Under his eccentric demeanor, however, there were intense
debates going on in his mind meant to outline the theory of a
seemingly archaic free market design in his incredibly influential
book, The Wealth of Nations, which was published in 1776.

The Wealth of Nations outlined how the apparently chaotic system

of free markets worked to serve the buyer and seller equally, as the
natural self-interests of all involved would define the value of a
product or service. It was a supply and demand design. Smith
commented that labor associates and employers both have ethical
responsibilities for keeping the system working efficiently and
honestly. He mentions that unionization is just as dangerous to a
healthy economy as employers conspiring together to fix wages.
This system would provide an ideal economically symbiotic
relationship between the employers and the employees. Innovation
and efficiency would propel the economy forward.
With Adam Smiths economic
design and the small but
efficient governmental system
in place, America would be a
fertile society of prosperity.
Curiously and, perhaps,
prophetically, this design
would map out the road to
Americas excellence, and it
would also offer the map to its
demise; both Smith and Locke
believed that, if a moral and
ethical environment would
stave off tyranny, the lack of
such would drive the increase
in government and the
growth of tyranny.

As shall soon be seen, there

has been an archenemy to this system; it is called Marxism. Marxism
demonizes the Locke and Smith relationship and polarizes the
weakness of man's fallen nature while insinuating that a Communist
government would not have these same weaknesses. The continual
demonizing of the free enterprise system by Marxist ideologues has
slowly but surely prompted a gradual installation of government
regulations. These regulations have gradually pushed America to the
brink of financial and democratic collapse. The Marxist toward their
desired totalitarian end shall give evidence of the step-by-step
gradual encroachment.
The American Form of Government
Many Americans often state that the American form of government
is a Democracy and they are completely wrong. Part of the reason
is that the education system has failed our young students. Another
part of the reason, while more insidious, is that Progressives have
taken hold of the language. In order to understand the machine that
has been erected to tear down our system of government, we must
define the system as it was designed.

To further understand the government of America, we need to

understand first what it is not. This is critical to show Americas
uniqueness. You may have heard of American Exceptionalism. It
is not some type of divine right afforded to the American people by
God. It is simply a recognition that the American people are
exceptional because they are allowed to be.

It isnt the government that has created or provided the rights to

Americans to be exceptional. Rather it is the prudent application of
government that has protected the Americans ability to pursue
excellence that has made Americans exceptional. Recognizing
American Exceptionalism is not an arrogant prideful or narcissistic
declaration but rather an acknowledgement of the virtue sprung
forth by the protections of freedom and liberty. True Americans do
not wish to be the sole owners of this virtue but wish to share it
with the rest of the world.

When Benjamin Franklin was approached after the Constitutional

Convention at the nations founding, a woman asked him
Sir, what have you given us?

A Republic Maam, if you can keep it.

You see Franklin like many founders knew the struggle in

maintaining freedom and protecting liberty. He knew like many of
the founders that government at its true nature is force and in its
purist most powerful form is tyranny. In order to protect us from
tyranny there needed to be laws that protect the rights of the
people. Those laws were set forth in the Federal Constitution.

We often hear from political pundits that there is a left and right
political paradigm. Most incorrectly place government systems
like Communism on the extreme left and Fascists on the extreme
right with political moderates in the middle. While this may fit in
European system where governments provide the citizenry their
rights, it is incorrectly applied rhetorically to the American
political governmental scale.

The American scale is unique because the government is

controlled by laws that tell its legislators, executives, and
judiciaries what it cannot do to the people rather than what it must
do. This is critical to understand. Instead of the European scale
with Communism on the left and Fascism on the right, the
American scale provides Fascism (total government) on the far left
and anarchy (no government).

If we attach the appropriate worldview political ideologies to the

governmental systems, we will see that the ideology of Socialism
(Marxist-Leninism, Progressivism, Corporatism, etc.) is on the left
and Libertarianism (Conservatism, Anarchism) is on the right.

Now to understand total government or otherwise described as

Fascism, we have to explore the nature of government and the
people being governed.
Communism is a socio-economic system structured on the use
government force to redistribute wealth, promote common
ownership, eliminate social classes, eliminate money, and to
eliminate the state. It can be viewed as the Workers Paradise at
the ending milestone of the natural historical societal evolution
outlined by Karl Marx.

While Karl Marx explained Communism as the Workers

Paradise, it should be better explained as Utopia. While Karl
Marx saw that Capitalism would evolve into Socialism, which
would evolve into Communism, force would be required to
eliminate the rich or the bourgeoisie would require the
dictatorship of the proletariat (middle class, working class, poor,
etc.). This is the pitfall in Marxs theory for freedom through
dialectical materialism. This is also why we show Fascism as the
extreme left of the scale.

So now that we understand the ideological scale, lets explore the

five true forms of government.
True forms of government
Monarchy or Dictatorship rule by one

This can be the rule of the people by a king or dictator with

absolute power. While this type of government may project one
leader ruling over the people, it is impossible and impractical.
Therefore the people are ruled by a group of people with one of
them projected forth as the dictator or monarch. A king would have
his court or earls while a dictator would have his bureaucrats or
commissars. So this rule by one does not really exist.

Oligarchy rule by group

This is the most common form of government today and in all of

Anarchy rule by no one

This type of society is one that exists with the lack of a
government. Since the evidence of history shows that governments
cause terrible injustices, some may find that the best society is one
that exists without government. Where this goes wrong is that with
anarchy comes lawlessness.

The ancient Greeks said, without law there can be no freedom.

This prescient statement rings true because as lawlessness and
chaos ensues the people would ultimately rise up and give up their
freedom and liberty for peace and order. This then would lead to
an Oligarchy as the vacuum of anarchy is replaced with forceful
order. This is why revolutionaries create anarchy to destabilize the
civil society in order to re-organize the system under a new
powerful ruling caste.

Democracy rule by the people

While this type of government may seem appealing by some, this
is the most vicious form of government. While it is vicious, like
anarchy, it is temporary. Imagine if the people decided that you did
not deserve to have your child or your home. The people could
democratically take your child or your home in the name of
Democracy rule by the people.

The problem with Democracies is that the people are not

restrained. This can cause huge volatile swings in power as the
majority of 51% can be manipulated easily.

Republic The Law

In a true republic, law limits the government. This form of
government is ideal because equality is not based on the whims of
political men but rather the prudential adherence by all of the
people to the law. These laws proved the protection of inalienable
rights as no other system does. It provides equal justice and equal

American Federalist Republic

The American form of government is a Federalist Republic. It is
(d)emocratic in nature but not a Democracy. The founders knew
that the size of government and the centralization of power of
government were the biggest threats to America. A system to limit
the size of government and to only separate the powers of
government but keep the power closest to the people was

A Confederacy of States verses a United States

The founders were completed as to which form of government
they wished to have. Initially the founders drafted the Articles of
Confederation in 1776 to later be ratified in 1781.

The problem with the newly formed government was that the
federal government had really no legitimate power to produce
lawful unity between the sovereign States. The Confederation
Congress could pass laws but there was no executive authority to
enforce the law. Therefore the United States was not really united
by anything other than spirit.

The debate between the founders then shifted to whether there

needed to be 13 sovereign governments operating as allies or was
there a greater unity in a federal power that legally bound the
States together as one union. The debate was very contentious and
can still be witnessed today.

Federalists verses the Anti-Federalists

The federalists were in favor of a central authority over the 13
States with very limited powers as the Anti-Federalists wished to
keep the States separated. The Anti-Federalists feared the
centralization of power as the Federalists feared an ineffective
Confederacy as witnessed under the Articles of Confederation.
This created a dialectic that brought many ideas to the forefront. It
required great compromise and ultimately led to the creation of the
Bill of Rights, which eased the concerns of the Anti-Federalists.
Without an agreement for the Bill of Rights, the Constitution was

Anti-Federalist Founders

Patrick Henry
Samuel Adams
George Mason
Richard Henry Lee
Robert Yates
James Monroe
Mercy Otis Warren
George Clinton
Malancton Smith
Arthur Fenner
Luther Martin
Federalist Founders

John Jay
Alexander Hamilton
James Madison
George Washington
John Adams
Charles Pinckney

An example of the fears of the Anti-Federalists was the right to

bear arms. The Anti-Federalists believed that Article 1, Section 2,
Clause 1 was not a sufficient protection for the right to bear arms.

This debate is even relevant today. We often hear that the purpose
to gun rights is to hunt or simply to protect ones property. In fact
this was not the main concern debated. The true concern was the
threat of the militia. Although the Constitutions Article 1, Section
2, Clause 1 states,

The President shall be Commander in Chief of the Army and

Navy of the United States, and of the MILITIA of the several
States, when called into the actual Service of the United States;"

There was fear that a sole leader could not regulate this. So the 2nd
Amendment was intended to amend this portion of the
Constitution with a more defined right to the people. It states,

A well-regulated militia being necessary to the security of a free

state, the right of the PEOPLE to keep and bear arms shall not be

So it is crystal clear that the 2nd Amendments main purpose was

not to protect the rights to duck hunt, or protect ones property
necessarily, but rather to regulate the militia.
If it seems a little extreme, we can look to the Federalist papers to
understand the thoughts and logic behind it. In Alexander
Hamiltons Federalist 29, he defines the concern of a Federal

If a well-regulated militia be the most natural defense of a free

country, it ought certainly to be under the regulation and at the
disposal of that body which is constituted the guardian of the
national security. If standing armies are dangerous to liberty, an
efficacious power over the militia, in the body to whose care the
protection of the State is committed, ought, as far as possible, to
take away the inducement and the pretext to such unfriendly

James Madison further explains in Federalist 46 how the armed

people can regulate the militia by simple mathematical odds. He

The highest number to which, according to the best computation,

a standing army can be carried in any country does not exceed
one hundredth part of the whole number of souls; or one twenty-
fifth part of the number able to bear arms. This proportion would
not yield, in the United States, an army of more than twenty-five or
thirty thousand men. To these would be opposed a militia
amounting to near half a million of citizens with arms in their
hands, officered by men chosen from among themselves, fighting
for their common liberties, and united and conducted by
governments possessing their affections and confidence

So as you can see the founders looked at the militia as a necessary

evil. They believed that the only way for America to protect itself
is to have a well-regulated militia. The regulation is not at the
hands of the President alone but rather the people as described in
the 2nd Amendment.
The United States Constitution
So the United States of American was formally formed as a
Federalist Republic und the United States Constitution. It was
designed to enumerate the powers of government and separated
them between a Legislative Branch with a bicameral congress, an
Executive Branch with a President, and a Judicial Branch
consisting of a Supreme Court.

It is important to mention that the States gave the power afforded

to the Federal Government to it. The States have the ultimate
authority. In fact the act of amending the Constitution can be done
without the Federal Government at all. In Article 5 of the US
Constitution it states,

The Congress, whenever two thirds of both houses shall deem it

necessary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution, or, on
the application of the legislatures of two thirds of the several
states, shall call a convention for proposing amendments, which,
in either case, shall be valid to all intents and purposes, as part
of this Constitution, when ratified by the legislatures of three
fourths of the several states, or by conventions in three fourths
thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may be
proposed by the Congress; provided that no amendment which
may be made prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and
eight shall in any manner affect the first and fourth clauses in the
ninth section of the first article; and that no state, without its
consent, shall be deprived of its equal suffrage in the Senate.

There is no doubting that this was a key provision included to

provide the States with the ultimate authority. George Mason
stated at the Constitutional Convention that,

no amendments of the proper kind would

ever be obtained by the people, if the Government should become
oppressive, as he verily believed would be the case.
Keep in mind that George Mason was a very influential Anti-
Federalist who would later vote against the United States
Constitution but his influence has been etched into history in
Article V.

The 10th Amendment also provides this clarity where it states,

The powers not delegated to the United States by the

Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the
States respectively, or to the people.

These excerpts of the supreme law are the provisions that

differentiate the United States Government from all other forms of
government in history. They outline the explicit hierarchy of power
sprung forth by the individual citizen.

The States were intended to be experimental cultures for society

where the wrong doings of one culture could not negatively affect
another. And if a State capitalized on an innovative way of
governing the other States respectively could choose to model
there form of governing freely to try and capitalize on the same
value as well.

This is the heart of Americas success. The decentralization of

power allowed for the highest form of liberty for the individual,
the family, the community, and the State under the Federal
Constitution. While this was its greatest strength, it was also its
greatest weakness.
Alexis de Tocqueville 18051859
Alexis de Tocqueville was a French historian and political thinker.
He is best known for his volumes named Democracy in America.
In these volumes he explored Americas improved living standards
and social conditions due to the free market as well as the
existence of a non-despotic government.

While Tocqueville was not an influence on the founders of the

country, he recognized the
American system as not only
unique but ideal. He firmly
believed that individuals acting
freely pursuing their better
interests while respecting the
rights of others attain the liberty.
By nature, Tocqueville was a
classical liberal as were
founders like Thomas Jefferson.

Tocqueville was an outspoken

critic against democracy. He
believed that democracies would
seek out new forms of tyranny. He
believed that radical equality otherwise known as radical
egalitarianism could lead to materialism of an expanding
Bourgeoisie and to the selfishness of the individualism.

His fears we never so eloquently articulated than the following

quote from Democracy in America,

"I think the species of oppression by which democratic nations

are menaced is unlike anything that ever before existed in the
world; our contemporaries will find no prototype in their
memories. I seek in vain for an expression that will accurately
convey the whole of the idea I have formed of it; the old words
despotism and tyranny are inappropriate: the thing itself is new,
and, since I cannot name it, I must attempt to define it

Above this race of men stands an immense and tutelary power,

which takes it upon itself alone to secure their gratifications and to
watch over their fate. That power is absolute, minute, regular,
provident and mild. It would be like the authority of a parent if,
like that authority, its object was to prepare men for manhood; but
it seeks, on the contrary, to keep them in a perpetual state of
childhood: it is well content that people should rejoice, provided
they think of nothing but rejoicing. For their happiness, such a
government willingly labors, but it chooses to be the sole agent
and the only arbiter of that happiness; it provides for their
security, foresees and supplies their necessities, facilitates their
pleasures, manages their principal concerns, directs their industry,
regulates the descent of property, and subdivides their
inheritances: what remains, but to spare them all the care of
thinking and all the trouble of living?

Thus it every day renders the exercise of the free agency of man
less useful and less frequent; it circumscribes the will within a
narrower range and gradually robs a man of all the uses of him.
The principle of equality has prepared men for these things; it has
predisposed men to endure them as benefits.

After having thus successively taken each member of the

community in its powerful grasp and fashioned him at will, the
supreme power then extends its arm over the whole community. It
covers the surface of society with a network of small, complicated
rules, minute and uniform, through which the most original minds
and the most energetic characters cannot penetrate to rise above
the crowd. The will of man is not shattered, but softened, bent, and
guided; men are seldom forced by it to act, but they are constantly
restrained from acting. Such a power does not destroy, but it
prevents existence; it does not tyrannize, but compresses,
enervates, extinguishes, and stupefies a people, till each nation is
reduced to nothing better than a flock of timid and industrious
animals of which the government is the shepherd."

It is apparent that Tocqueville presciently intellectualized soft

despotism. While the principle can be applied to any form of
democratically derived despotism, it is hard to ignore the accuracy
to which he explained our current Constitution and governmental
crisis in America.

It is through this foresight that we de construct the democratically

engineered machine that has been constructed to transfer the power
of government from the people to an elite group of masterminds.
These masterminds wish to soften us and mold us into cogs of this
massive secular socialist machine. It is this machine that will
eventually devour the civil society and enslave the once free
people of America.
Deus ex
The Machine
Welcome to Deus ex Machina otherwise known as "The Machine"...

FROM THE INSPIRATION FROM MANY of good people and fellow

patriots, this step-by-step analysis of Americas progression toward
totalitarianism and inevitable Globalism has gained its breath and
life. This slippery slope isn't something that has been designed and
implemented by simply one person not even by one group of
people but by a series of progressive/socialist/Marxist actors. All
of the people and organizations discussed in this section represent
the gears of the secular socialist machine that has been built in a
methodical way and is now in motion. This machine takes on a form
with the label of Progressivism. It is now time to decide if we want
The United States of America or the American Union.

To understand the measure of this progression, we must step away

from the surface level political polemics and obtain a greater
perspective of history. We must learn the incremental steps and the
players (gears) implementing the steps their functions and the
location of these players inside the machine. Once we recognize all
of the cogs of the machine, we can safely dismantle it - and return
America to its intended purpose of spreading freedom rather than
propagating oppression and tyranny. The progression of this ever-
growing statist future is a direct result of American apathy, which
permits those who wallow in its mire to become complacent with the
prosperity that they have been given. Absent the first hand
perspective of Communism, Fascism, or a country with the lack of
God-given liberties, many of us do not understand the severity of our
situation. While many of us are awakening in this dark hour of
American history, it isnt good enough to simply understand - we
must awaken others to this progression, before liberty slips from our

Great men and women of all races and ethnicities afforded American
exceptionalism to us. Without the work of these men and women, the
United States could have never have been realized. Our Founding
Fathers created the infrastructure that has supported American
prosperity, leadership, and freedom. However, there is a third
component that has been most crucial in the success of America:

Over many centuries the concept of God has been attacked and
manipulated for the comfort and satisfaction of great men, and the
manipulation especially has been the source of some of mankinds
darkest chapters in history. It is not the purpose of this publication to
define Gods relevance to Americas success, but we shall mention
accounts of Progressives attempts to eliminating God. For Christian,
Jewish, or Muslim, the belief that God is essential to freedom is a
core belief. Without a common moral community to govern us, it
would be necessary for a government to step in and dictate to us its
ever-changing ethics and man-made laws.

In our community of Americans, there are Radicals who wish to

create chaos by removing the Constitutional and moral infrastructure
- and Patriots, who strive to conserve the Constitution and its rule of
Law. The difference is the repository of faith: God, or man. This
understanding is fundamental to the entire debate: in the Radical
world, men are worthy of issuing rights and liberties, which are
diminished to the office of privileges; in the Patriotic world, God is
the only one worthy of issuing rights and liberties. Keep in mind that
the issuer of right and liberty is the same that can take it away.

It is also important to understand the prosperity and exceptionalism

of America in order to understand what we are fighting to keep.
Elaboration on this point is not needful; if you are reading this book,
you already know the value. For the record, The 5000-Year Leap
is an excellent presentation of Americas greatness. The book
outlines the reasons and proofs of Americas unique distinction in
vivid detail. It also outlines the many gears in the American Machine
that protect us and keep us free. Anyone reading The Machine will
be well served by also reading, The 5000-Year Leap.
Immanuel Kant 1724-1804

Immanuel Kants relevance to The

Machine arises from his theory that,
"If one cannot prove that a thing is, he
may try to prove that it is not., seems
a valid position at face value. Kant
unveiled a paradox in reason
brilliantly, but also delivered the keys
of dialectic reasoning to Hegel.

It is important to know the separation

of Kants philosophy from traditional
philosophies of Reason and
metaphysics. Aristotle explained that
there were 2 types of judgments:

1) Synthetic judgment. - Judgments putting together facts of

experience and are considered to be a posteriori. i.e. "The Sun rises
in the morning"

2) Analytic judgment. - Judgments that are subjective without

recourse to experience and are therefore considered to be a priori.
i.e. "... The Sun is bright."

Kant believed that these two are incomplete - that there is a

possibility of a third judgment arising from a combination of both
Aristotelian judgments. Kant also explained, in his work The
Critique of Pure Reason, the ideas of analytic-synthetic
distinction. This might best be expressed thus: analytic is language
that describes a fact; synthetic describes an opinion.

By way of further explanation, consider: 2 + 2 = 5. If, when in an

elementary school classroom, a teacher taught that 2 + 2 = 5 - and
gave reasonable proof that it was so - anyone so instructed would
now believe thus unless and until it were proven otherwise through
equally rigorous and logical reasoning. Consider, further, the form
of the forefinger and thumb of the left hand creating an L: this
anchor is the analytic; the synthetic is the memory.

This is where dialectic reasoning is born.

Kant is most known for trying to find a
happy medium between empiricists and
rationalists. This philosophical dialectic
process is what laid the foundation for
Hegel who saw a way to achieve a higher
truth by propagating dialogue between
opposing positions. This dialectic process
would dramatically influence the
philosophical trajectory of the 20 and 21st

Century. Arguably it would be the

corrosive philosophy that created much
moral and logical decay.

Immanuel Kant would argue that God cannot effectively be proven

and a fair argument would be that he doesnt exist. This single belief
that God doesnt exist drives a wedge between the spiritual and the
material. Kants philosophy indirectly influenced the detachment of
the faith-based model of morality and replaced it with the material
morality. The belief in the material was the foundation of Kant's
philosophy that explained that, through personal experience, truth is
realized. Imagine, now, being accused over and over of being a
racist. Is it not within the realm of possibility that this might trigger
the analytic if, as a result of repeated periods of introspection
(synthesis), and past behaviors might take on a racist cast under
directed review? Indeed, under these circumstances some people are
induced to redefine their perceptions, when in fact the actual issue-
at-hand cannot be proven by the accuser through the production of
hard evidence. This is the birth of Tolerance.
Marxism: Introduction
Karl Marx: 1818 1883

Friedrich Engels: 1820 1895

Marxism is a worldview developed

my Karl Marx and Friederich
Engels. The worldview is through
the materialist prism calculating
societal progress by recognizing
inequities in the social or
economic class structure. Marx
believed that the inequities are
created by oppressive social order.
The conflict between the classes is
otherwise known as the struggle.
In order to progress society, Marx believed that there is an
overwhelming need to recognize the struggle and resolve the
inequities by re-organizing the social order. This re-organizing is
better known as Social Justice.

Marxism promotes a classless society through the development of

communal organizations governed by democratically elected
governments. Once the government is elected, the politicians
operate as the providers of privileges and ethics, distributing
liberties and rewards at the will of a politician. It is this process
which, by removing all economic and social distinctions,
equalizes everyone. Governments based in socialism have been
established with the aim at equalizing everyone. The problem with
this form of government is the presence of the natural human
element. That human element is its gravitation to self-preservation
or more specifically the pursuit of individual interests. A
government with autocratic centralized power like a Communist
one eliminates the fear of public backlash by eliminating
individual rights. Individual rights would afford the public the
power to protest corrupt actions, which would otherwise steer
politicians into line with the publics interests. While a Communist
form of government aims to eliminate classes, the axiom of
individual human self-interest leads to the inevitable formation of
a Bourgeoisie (upper class) within the political class. As the
Communist intends to suppress Capitalism, his efforts are
subverted by the natural human interest to be individual rather than
a collective.

Therefore the only difference

between a government built on the
foundation of collective rights
(socialism) and one built on the
foundation of individual rights
(libertarianism) is the centralization
of power verses power to the
individual. Government cannot
thwart human nature. It can only be

Individualism, as expressed by the

philosophies of Locke and Smith, is
a philosophical foundation that sets
the stage for personal accountability
rather than personal entitlement.
The Marxist looks down upon the
ambitious, as ambition is an Individual ambition is counter to the
Marxists believe in the natural and scientific progress of
evolution and ultimately the attribute of Capitalism. Locke and
Smith both believed that individuals want and need to promote
liberty and freedom. Suppressing this was not only un-natural but
it was counterproductive to a healthy equally just society.

The result of a society built on the principles of freedom and

liberty is varied degrees of wealth among the people determined
by the individuals personal investments and the varying degrees
of success and failure that attend them - allowing the best and
brightest of society to rise to the top in order to set the example. In
such a system, the government is a civil service mechanism
existing, not to attain power and wealth, but only to protect the
citizens and the nation.

The philosophical dilemma of the communal Marxist model is

that, while it professes the desire to eliminate all government, it
invariably gravitates toward a fully authoritarian form of
government. The dictatorship of the Proletariat as seen in Marxist-
Leninist history is proof of this. Once the power is centralized, the
people grow accustomed to being subservient and the members of
the bureaucracy grow accustomed to being dictatorial. The power
never returns to the people.

The key to understand the Marxist philosophy understands the

transformation Marx and Engels believed would be a natural
progression to Communism. Feudalism, which had been prominent
for centuries by the time of the Marxist fathers, would naturally
give way to Capitalism - which must (they believed) inevitably
lead to Socialism, and then to Communism. This simple
progression is the function that the Progressive wishes to
perpetuate; The Machine explains this progression.

Understanding the scale between totalitarianism and anarchy is the

key to understanding where we are now. Recognizing where we
began at our founding, and our progression to the left since then,
our proximity to Communist status becomes clear. Understanding
the planks and the fundamentals of Marxism shall provide better
recognition of the infrastructure that has been assembled to bring
American to a place our Founders fought, bled, and died to keep us
away from.
MARXISM: Dialectical Materialism
Influence: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: 1770-1831

Dialectical materialism is the

fundamental perspective of history
for the Marxist ideology. Hegels
concept of the dialectic process
explains how contradictory ideas
move though to a higher level of
truth. The conflict of thesis and anti-
thesis create a product called a
synthesis. This movement is forever
progressing or evolving, so truth is
always evolving and ultimately

Truth in the Aristotelian model is absolute and the dialectic or

debate is used to find that absolute truth.
Marx injected materialism into the Hegels theory of dialectics in
order to create his theory of dialectical materialism. Marx believed
that through societal class conflict the proper evolution and
progress of humanity is achieved.

Marx believed that, in his time, history had already progressed

through several phases of the dialectic and he had presided in a
capitalist society. The natural progress of class conflict, he
explained, would eventually progress society into socialism and
inevitably into a Scientific Communist Workers Paradise.
To explain the concept of dialectical materialism further, lets look
at the three main fundamentals.

1. First is the transformation of quantity into quality. Marx

believed that the people would rise up in class conflict and
want quality goods and services. This is evident in the
existence of unionization. The theorized benefit of
unionization is for workers to have the same standards,
which promote quality. Marxists believe that this
consistency brings quality products or services, rather than
the quantity of a more incentive-driven Capitalist system.

2. Second is the unity of opposites. This is evident in the class

struggle: as the Capitalists take advantage of the Proletariat
(middle class), opposites are created. Eventually the class
struggle evolves into the unity of the 2 classes. The
unification of the two groups by wealth redistribution ends
the conflict (in theory). This, in the Marxist theory, creates
the Utopia ending class warfare.

3. Thirdly, there is the negation, of negation. This is the

progression or the progressive idea that a previous
system will be negated by a new system. The example that
has been experienced in the past is the progression from
feudalism to capitalism. Now we are experiencing the shift
from capitalism to Communism through Socialism.6

So for the Marxist, it is inevitable for Communism to occur. For

the Progressive, it is his role to push history along. When you hear
a true Progressive speak you will hear them explain how in order
to progress we must re-distribute wealth.

Lenins Collected Works, 2nd English Edition, Progress Publishers, Moscow,
1965, Volume 38, pp. 220-222
MARXISM: Unionism

Marxists are anti-Capitalists; they believe that Capitalism is unjust

to the working class. In 1844, Friedrich Engels published a book
called The Condition of the Working Class in England, seeking
to expose an unjust condition burdening the working class. Both
Engels and Marx believed that the unjust Capitalist system was
constructed to hold down the working class and keep them
subservient to the wealthy Bourgeoisie.

They did not believe that the

workingman had the ability to
achieve the wealth of those for
whom they worked (or, as they put
it, served). From 1845 1848,
Engels and Marx worked in
Brussels to organize the workers.
They joined with the German
Communist League to write a
pamphlet explaining the principles
of Communism. This became the
Communist Manifesto, and would
herald an historic moment for the
future of Communism.

The idea of unionization is intended

to stop the Bourgeoisie (upper class/wealthy/haves) from taking
advantage of the Proletariat (working class/poor/have-nots).
Marx and Engels believed that unions would ensure stability to the
welfare of the worker. Marx and Engels failed to realize that this
form of Democracy with the human corruptibility already
remarked on - would fix nothing, only shifting the class warfare
from the downtrodden-Proletariat-against-the-corrupt-Bourgeoisie,
to the Citizens-against-the-Government, since shackled by
human nature the Communist ideology could only transfer power
from the Bourgeoisie to the Government; it could not purify a
corrupt heart.

What happens is this: the unions

press the businesses with the help
from the government until love of
entrepreneurism dies and the
haves disappear. With no other
guidance, the have-nots turn to
an autocratic government for
societal solutions, sparking a
political firestorm as new leaders
make promises that they cannot
possibly fulfill (considering that it
is not a government function to
make anything, and so it cannot
fulfill those promises; anything a
government gives, it must first
take from its citizens). We must,
therefore, reject the false promises of communalization of
American society, focused as it is on taking from the haves and
giving to the have-nots and thus killing any incentive to exert
oneself any more than is necessary. The results are evident, having
been realized over and over again by many failed communist
regimes and socialist societies both of which end up looking at
Capitalism as a better foundation for social and economic success.

The unionization of an economy results in violent and destructive

changes in power, conditions that welcome and nurture systems
like Fascism much like the conditions in 1940s Europe, which
led to the ascendance of Hitler and Mussolini. The virtues of the
society shift from values built on innovation and efficiency of
resources and to the politicization of value. History has proven
repeatedly that, when a democracy becomes riddled by violence
and volatile power shifts, the resulting instability leads to political
violence as ambitious men seek to capitalize on the confusion.
Hitler exemplified this with his planned mass extermination of the
Jews - a move that, besides providing enormous wealth to fund his
ambitions and bestowing great personal power upon himself, he
saw most importantly as instilling great unifying influence in his
battered country and beaten people.

By comparison, Americas balance of governmental power and her

citizens freedom to move between vague social class lines through
hard work and ingenuity have won her over two centuries of
success and leadership to many of the worlds great human
achievements: from the first man to fly, to the first man to step foot
on the moon.
MARXISM: Atheism

Influence: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: 1770-1831

Religious distress is at once

the expression of real distress
and the protest against real
distress. Religion is the sigh of
the oppressed creature, the heart
of a heartless world, just as it is
the spirit of a spiritless situation.
It is the opium of the people. The abolition of religion as the
illusory happiness of the people is required for their real happiness.
The demand to give up the illusion about its condition is the
demand to give up a condition which needs illusions. Karl Marx,
Critique of Hegels Philosophy of Right

It is important to note that Marxism is built on materialism.

Materialism - preoccupation with or emphasis on material objects,

comforts, and considerations, with a disinterest in or rejection of
spiritual, intellectual, or cultural values.

Marxism by its nature is the rejection of the spiritual. It also rejects

the idea that individual consciousness is corrupt by nature and
requires nurturing from a higher consciousness. This is a
fundamental fault of the Marxian philosophy because it is human
nature to desire spiritual influence. Instead the Marxist seeks
environmental stimulation to supplement this desire since the
environment is what develops the consciousness. If you understand
this key principle of Marxism, you will see through the cloud of
confusion that Marxism is.

Remember Westerners believe that truth is absolute (Aristotelian

logic). They believe that God or natures god provides our rights to
us as property. We believe in being individually responsible. We
are compassionate and wish to help others not only materially but
also spiritually. We believe that wealth is more than just material
but spiritual or evident in knowledge. All of this improves our
human condition exponentially.

Easterners or Marxists believe that truth is relative. We often see

this in their view on morality. They believe that our rights are a
part of our condition. If we are poor we have fewer rights than if
we are rich. That is because truth is built on experience and wealth
is material. Those that have more resources to experience truth are
afforded more rights. So in order to have "equal rights" there must
be equal material wealth.

Belief in God destroys the argument for Scientific Communism

because Gods law does not change, while the laws and morals of
Scientific Communism change with those of the people in
government and more generally the collective consciousness.
These laws would be not enforced by a firm blind justice, but by a
mockery of justice riddled with politically expedient variations of
the law, which would serve to keep the playing field level. This
justice would be known as social justice.

If the Communist replaces his faith in men with a faith in God, the
leader becomes powerless; this is why those implementing
Communism forbid religion of any sort. Faith is something many
people will die for, so when the choice of faith in God comes into
conflict with faith in a human leader, a Christian, Jew, Muslim,
even a Pagan will take the choice of God or gods first. This is the
fundamental reason why Marxists wish to tear down religion.
Heaven for the Communist is not a place of the afterlife, but an
earthly Utopia that they build here.

Many Atheists or Marxists will use the example of radical Islam as

an argument for the destructive and uncivilized environment
religion could bring, without considering that such faith is a
perversion of the Koran by a Theocracy headed by Marxist tyrants
or Islamo-facists. For instance, in Iran, the Ayatollah is perceived
as God, or a God-King.

It should be established now that our rights have to come from

somewhere. The origin of rights is a fundamental property of a
governmental system. If there is no God or natures god, our rights
cannot come from God or natures god. So if God provides us our
rights, then only God can take them away. If there is no God and
we have rights, where do they come from? The only conclusions
can be that they come from us individually or they come from
some other man or group of men.

If we provide our own individual rights, it is logical to say that we

can give ourselves the right to kill, the right to someone elses
property, etc. If our rights are provided by other men or a group of
men, then it is logical to say that they can give us the right to kill,
the right to someone elses property, etc. So for a system or society
does not recognize the existence of a higher power in God, that
system is doomed to be unjust.

Hitler ordered the mass extermination of Jews because he believed

he could create Utopia. Stalin ordered the exterminations in the
Gulags for those opposing his Marxist Utopia. Mao killed millions
of his own people because they did not or would not support
his dream of a Chinese Communist Revolution and Utopia. Fidel
Castro eliminated the opponents to his Cuban Communist
revolution in order to pursue his Utopia. All of these leaders
operated as gods rather than being subservient to a God. Will
America go down the same path? Only God knows.

It is mans interpretation of Gods law that is the root of mans law.

If we take away God, we dissolve the foundation and reason for
law entirely. The elimination of Gods law opens the way for the
perversion of mans law.
As an Atheist or a Marxist, one would likely prefer a communal
faith in man to a communal faith in God. However, when one
professes faith in nothing but their own beliefs, little more can be
expected but unpleasant surprises in a society that lets personal
belief reign. The next man may believe that murder is his right, -
given to himself, by himself. For that matter, all of your property
may be his by self-proclaimed right. Your child may be his slave
by his right; that is his law - who can argue? If one is not
governed by God and wishes to build a nation of like-minded
ideologues, grab your hammer and sickle; you will need them to
protect yourself from your leader - or the lawless, whichever is
able to hold power.
Charles Darwin 1809 1882

Charles Darwin is best known for

his study of evolution as the origin
of species on the Galapagos
Islands. His travels aboard the
scientific research vessel, HMS
Beagle, took him around the world
to remote places, where he
developed - over time - one of the
most controversial and divisive
theories in known, written history.
His development of the theory of
evolution triggered a movement in
scientific circles to understand the
mechanics involved in the gradual
adaptations of species, natural selection, and the geographical
distribution of wildlife.

Evolutionary theory rocked the foundations of theology. Darwin

struggled with his own Anglican theological views as he developed
his theories. He was said to have been a believer in the literal
interpretation of the Bible, often quoting the Bible as an authority
of morality. With the theory of natural selection, however, he could
see neither proof of Gods influence nor an extension of the work
of the divine. Soon, Darwin perceived a paradox between his
evolutionary thought and any thought of religion. Later, he would
admit that agnosticism would be a better way to explain his view
on religion. 7 Keep in mind that agnosticism is defined as a belief
that nothing is known or can be known of the existence or nature
of God or of anything beyond material phenomena or an
acknowledgment neither faith nor disbelief in God.

Darwin, Charles (1958). Barlow, Nora. ed. The Autobiography of Charles
Darwin 18091882, p 85-96
Probably the most controversial idea that Darwin has been credited
with is that of Social Darwinism, or Eugenics. Many Darwinists
try to distance themselves from Eugenics due to the horrific history
of those that succumbed to the radical practices of Eugenicists.
Darwin also saw complications in his Theory of Evolution due
to the possibility of the abuse of the science. His fears were later
realized as Hitler used the methods of Eugenics (derived,
disturbingly enough, from programs and studies active in the
United States as late as the first half of the 20 th century8) to try and
exterminate the Jews to purify Germany and the world.

From the theory of Evolution and the science of Eugenics,

Biometrics has been developed. Few realize that biometrics is
being used right now, in the form of fingerprint databases, DNA
databases, and healthcare digitalization. These databases could be
used to control the movements and developments of populations,
assist genetic manipulation and engineering, and promote
discriminatory activity.

Marx and Engels supported the Theory of Evolution because they

believed it scientifically supported their view of Dialectical
Materialism. Darwins Natural Selection explained that in order
for animals to evolve there had to be conflict and the survival of
the fittest would progress the evolution of that species. Likewise
Marx and Engels believed that through the conflict of classes,
human kind would progress.

Marx and Engels wrote to each other after Engels sent a copy of
The Origin of Species to Marx in 1859 telling him,

Darwin, by the way, whom I'm just reading now, is absolutely


Image Archive on the American Eugenics Movement
John Bellamy Foster (2000), Marxs Ecology: Materialism and Nature, p. 197
Marx replied the following month with,

Darwins work is most important and suits my purpose in that it

provides a basis in natural science for the historical class struggle.

It is hard to label Darwin as a radical since many of his studies

have proven to be so valuable to the improvement of the human
condition. What lends Darwins overall contribution its radical
tenor is his purely academic approach to human design - the lack
of credit given to the divine Creator: his open rejection of his faith
in favor of his own intellect. To conclude that there was no divine
mind involved in the conception of the mechanisms in the human
body - in the universe, for that matter - is arrogant, egotistical,
pompous, and nave.

We must also understand that there has been no solid evidence to

prove this theory to be true. In fact other established science
conflicts with this science. Despite the lack of evidence,
Progressives still embrace the theory as fact due to its political
alignment with Dialectical Materialism.

The Second Law of Thermodynamics explains that matter and

energy gradually deteriorates over time. It is better explained as
Entropy which is defined as a thermodynamic quantity
representing the unavailability of a system's thermal energy for
conversion into mechanical work, often interpreted as the degree
of disorder or randomness in the system.

So this scientific law is often used to explain that the theory of

evolution is in conflict with physics. Evolutionary theory explains
that as the progression of species becomes more complex while
scientific laws explain that species should become less complex.
Evolutionists have been perplexed by this and have not had an
answer to this paradox.
Another aspect of the theory of evolution that has evolutionists up
against the wall is the ability to witness firsthand the evidence of
species evolving. Now, they have offered species that have
evolutionary traits from other species but have not been able to see
it. The laws of science require any scientific phenomenon to be
witnessed in order to pass from scientific theory to scientific fact.

There is a complexity to this part of the scientific process due to

the fact that evolutionary processes are said to take hundreds if not
thousands of years. This can hardly be witnessed practically. So
scientists have sought out species that have short life spans in
order to watch for evidence of evolution of that species. They
sought out species of fruit flies and even bacteria.

University of Bristol emeritus professor of bacteriology Alan

Linton explained the results of research done by evolutionary
biologist Richard Lenski and his team of biologists over 20 years
and 40,000 generations of bacteria.

But where is the experimental evidence? None exists in the

literature claiming that one species has been shown to evolve into
another. Bacteria, the simplest form of independent life, are ideal
for this kind of study, with generation times of 20 to 30 minutes,
and populations achieved after 18 hours. But throughout 150
years of the science of bacteriology, there is no evidence that one
species of bacteria has changed into another, in spite of the fact
that populations have been exposed to potent chemical and
physical mutagens and that, uniquely, bacteria possess
extrachromosomal, transmissible plasmids. Since there is no
evidence for species changes between the simplest forms of
unicellular life, it is not surprising that there is no evidence for
evolution from prokaryotic to eukaryotic cells, let alone
throughout the whole array of higher multicellular organisms.10
Linton, A. H. 2001. Scant Search for the Maker. Times Higher Education.
Posted on April 20, 2010, accessed November 9,
These results would fall right in line with the 2 nd Law of
Thermodynamics and more simply entropy.

Another research was performed at the University of California

Irvine by researcher Molly Burke. The research that she led looked
for genetic changes that occurred over 600 fruit fly generations.
The scientists compared the DNA sequences affecting fruit fly
growth and longevity between the two groups and found that in
600 generations of fruit flies there were few differences. That is
equivalent to 12,000 years of human development.

Darwins theory requires that mutational changes are supposed to

be fixed in the population. In the research with these populations
of fruit flies the DNA changes left the population, which goes
against Darwins theory.11

Burke, M. K. et al. 2010. Genome-wide analysis of a long-term evolution
experiment with Drosophila. Nature. 467 (7315): 587-590.
The Revolutionary Marxists
Leon Trotsky 1879 1940
Lev Davidovich Bronshtein was
born to a upper middle class
Russian Jewish family of farmers.
The name Bronshtein would
provide much conflict for him
later in his life so he would
change his name to Leon Trotsky.

Trotsky was best known for his

use of polemics. A polemic is
defined as a strong verbal or
written attack on someone or
something. He was simply an
agitator but an eloquent one. In
America he would be considered a community organizer.

Trotsky was initially a Narodnik who opposed Marxism.

Narodniks were populists in nature. The best way to explain the
Narodnik position was similar to the Liberal movement in the
United States. Narodniks saw that the capitalists were taking
advantage of the peasantry and there was a need for unionization
to protect the peasantry. It was less radical than the Marxist
position. The Narodnik movement
would eventually lay the
foundation of more radical
progress of Marxism.

The reason why the Narodniks

failed was due to the fact that the
majority of the Narodniks were
wealthy individuals. Leon Trotsky
was part of this more wealthy
revolutionary movement that
didnt have the purity of struggle that the Marxist movement

They also failed because they embraced more liberal moral views
of relations between men and women, which were not popular
with the peasantry. Women involved in the Narodnik movement
were said to me wealthier than the peasant women, which were a
challenge that could not be overcome. This challenge is evident in
all nations that experiment with more liberal Marxist views.

This reconciliation of this failure can partially be responsible for

the rise of cultural Marxists like Georg Lukacs and the Frankfurt
Marxists that saw the need for Cultural Revolution before
economic revolution. Remember that Marxism is a dialectic
process. Lenin even used the phrase One Step Forward, Two
Steps Back as recognition of the dialectic process generally.

While Trotsky was trying to find his direction as a revolutionary or

a reformer, he was married in 1900 to a Marxist by the name of
Aleksandra Sokolovskaya who convinced him to take the
revolutionary approach. He would soon write for the London based
newspaper Iskra, which was a political paper, established by the
Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (RSDLP).

Bolsheviks and the Mensheviks

After a dispute in the RSDLP in 1903 between Lenin and Julius

Martov, an orthodox Marxist Russian politician, the party split into
two factions. The two factions were the Bolsheviks and the
Mensheviks - Mensheviks meaning minority and Bolshevik
meaning majority. Trotsky sided with the Mensheviks as it was
more aligned with his more Narodnik background.

The Mensheviks believed that true economic social justice could

not be achieved without the proper natural progression of Russian
society through the bourgeois revolution while going through the
capitalist stage of dialectical materialism. It was after this stage
that socialism could be technically possible. In the process of this
revolutionary fever, the Mensheviks believed they needed to work
the bourgeois, such as the Constitutional Democrats, in order to
overthrow the feudalistic Tsarist regime. Trotsky opposed this
move and eventually reconciled with Lenin and the Bolsheviks.

The Constitutional Democrats were in favor of a constitutional

monarchy, which would naturally be the progression from
autocratic monarchy within the Marxian dialectic. It would also be
an alternative to the anarchy created by outright revolution, which
would inevitably spiral out of control into despotism.

When the Romanov dynasty was overthrown in 1917, the

Mensheviks supported the Russian Provisional Government, which
was short lived. It is important to note that the Provisional
Government supported the First World War, which was highly
unpopular. In October 1917, the Bolsheviks overthrew the Russian
Provisional Government.

October Revolution

Due to the unpopularity of the

world war, disorder in industry,
and economic crisis, the
provisional government failed
in less than 8 months. During
this time there was a peasant
uprising against landowners
and massive strikes organized
by the Bolsheviks. This created
great conflict between the
Mensheviks and the
In July the government issued a decree ordering the arrest of
Lenin, the leader of the Bolsheviks, due to the unrest that had been
created by his agitation. By October the revolution was in full
swing. With the Second Congress supporting the Bolshevik
overthrow of the Provisional Government, Congress adopted a
decree transferring power to the Soviets of the Workers, soldiers,
and peasants. This further ratified the revolution.
Red Army

Trotsky was later appointed the

head of the Red Army in 1918 as
the revolution began to receive a
backlash from anti-communist
forces. The most prominent force
was the White Army who was
mostly in favor of an imperial or
nationalistic Russia. They were
considered Conservatives to the
Old Russian nationalism.

Eventually the Red Army would

defeat the White Army and end the
Civil War in 1920. He can be
credited with maintaining the
success of the Bolshevik
Revolution with his victory in the Civil War. While he was
considered a masterful organizer he was said to be a terrible
politician by Lenin.12

Trotsky was considered a loner and could not work well with
others except through direct action. He was not one to beat around
the bush in terms of political agreement. In many ways Trotsky
was a Marxist ideologue or intellectual who did not bend for
unorthodox maneuvers. Even during the events of Lenins Red
Terror, Trotsky held a firm ideological position against the
bourgeois. Trotsky is recorded saying.

The bourgeoisie today is a falling class... We are forced to tear it

off, to chop it away. The Red Terror is a weapon utilized against a
class, doomed to destruction, which does not wish to perish. If the

Geoffrey Swain (2014). Trotsky. Routledge. p. 210.
White Terror can only retard the historical rise of the proletariat,
the Red Terror hastens the destruction of the bourgeoisie.

While this comment takes an unorthodox approach to the Marxian

dialectic, Trotsky can be accredited with the pure vision of the
revolution. He was really ruthless. He is considered the initiator of
the concentration camps, labor camps, the militarization of labor,
and the state takeover of trade unions.

While Trotsky exhibited great power and influence, he also

exhibited the ability to be a great threat. While his rigid ideology
was a great strength in executing revolutionary actions, it was also
his greatest weakness since he was not one to compromise.

After Trotskys success in the Civil War, further turmoil came out
of the newly formed Soviet style government. For Trotsky, this
was unfortunate since he was not the best negotiator or political
practitioner. He was often at odds with other Communist
politicians. After much of this turmoil, Trotsky found himself at
odds with Stalin.

Interestingly enough the biggest conflict between Stalin and

Trotsky was regarding the Chinese Revolution of 1911. Stalin
wished for the small Chinese Communist Party to ally with the
Kuomintang (KMT) Nationalists to bring about a bourgeois
revolution prior to a working class Soviet-style revolution. Trotsky
supported a more orthodox proletarian revolution. This conflict
would seem to be the end to Trotskys Soviet political influence.

Trotsky would eventually be exiled and later assassinated in 1940

by the long arm of Stalin.
Vladimir Ilych Lenin 1870 1924

Vladimir Lenin was the first to

utilize the Marxist model to start
The Machine in Russia. In 1917, the
Russian majority was becoming
increasingly aware of a culture of
corrupt crony capitalism and
government. The system of Russian
capitalism in place was quite
different from the American
capitalist system, but it did rely on a
type of market system. The
government, on the other hand, was
an Autocracy, and during the years
of burgeoning bureaucracy, the
Russian people had grown increasingly disgusted with the corrupt
administration under Czar Nicholas II. The growing bureaucracy
weakened the government, and the pervasive social policies of the
latter led to or actively created - insupportable inflation. In very
little time, the Russian people were spoiling for revolution.

There was already a fear of Communism among the ruling elite.

Bloody Sunday (1905) - where the Russian army gunned down
peaceful and unarmed protesters - was an example of government
desperation and lack of control. The protesters, led by Father
Gapon, held religious icons and sang patriotic songs along with the
famous God Save the Tsar. 13This large group of people caused
panic among the soldiers ranks a panic that led to the
unprovoked shooting of innocent protestors. The numbers of dead
vary in different reports, but reports generally agree that 96 died
and 333 were injured. Members of the Socialist Revolutionary
Party later assassinated the leader of the protest, Father Gapon.
Gapon, Address to the tsar, January 1905, in Ascher, The Revolution of 1905,
Vol. 1
Lenin used this festering situation to kick-start the Marxist
machine and plant the seeds of the empire14. The fallen economy
and the lack of trust in the Russian Republic led to growing
distrust in the leadership of the majority and fueled The Machine.
Lenin found that the Marxist model, along with his own theories,
would equalize the classes and solve the social injustices that the
working class had been subjected to. In 1917, there were massive
labor strikes as the Unions took control of production at factories
and plants, crippling the struggling nations ability to make a
comeback through post-World War I fiscal hardships.

With enormous resistance to entry into WWI, Lenin led the

Bolsheviks and thousands of workers and soldiers to take over the
government. After a number of congressional maneuvers, Lenin
was elected head of state in November of 1917. Leon Trotsky, a
Marxist aiding Lenin in the creation of his regime, led the peace
negotiations to end Russian involvement in World War I at the
wishes of Lenin and the Soviets. Over the next year, Lenin
dissolved the Russian Constituent Assembly and implemented his
Marxist regime. In March, the new SFSR would withdraw from
the war.

Lenin as well as Stalin had many conflicts with other more

orthodox Marxists due to the nature at which he pushed for a
dictatorship of the Proletariat (working class / middle class). The
orthodox approach would have been to allow capitalism to
progress into socialism and then to communism. Lenin believed
that the stage of Capitalism had already been achieved and passed
as articulated in his book The Development of Capitalism in
Russia in 1899. Lenin saw the dialectal materialist progress had
been made and that the opportunity to push forward a revolution to
overthrow the old power structure had to be taken.

Lenin, Vladimir (1917). "The State and Revolution"
This more forceful approach to Communism was later coined as
Leninism. Lenin saw the vanguard party that Marx mentioned in
Chapter II of the Communist Manifesto Proletarians and
Communists was acceptable under Marxs approach to lead the
Proletarians. Marx wrote,

The Communists, therefore, are, on the one hand, practically the

most advanced and resolute section of the working-class parties of
every country, that section which pushes forward all others; on the
other hand, theoretically, they have over the great mass of the
proletariat the advantage of clearly understanding the lines of
march, the conditions, and the ultimate general results of the
proletarian movement. The immediate aim of the Communists is
the same as that of all other proletarian parties: Formation of the
proletariat into a class, overthrow of the bourgeois supremacy,
conquest of political power by the proletariat.

The flaw in this was while attempting to remove the Bourgeoisie

class that was oppressing the people; Lenin was to replace it with
the Vanguard Party, which would take the place as the oppressors.
This Paradox is what causes Communism to fail. There can be no
Communism without the heavy hand of the state. So the idea of a
stateless workers paradise is nonsense.

This force that needed to be used in order to implement

Communism was witnessed in a massive scale. With any use of
force there will always be resistance. There was a huge anti-
Communist movement against Lenin15. There were attempts at his
assassination. In a telegram to Lenin, Joseph Stalin suggested that
Lenin impose a terror campaign - to be called the Red Terror - to
suppress the anti-Communist movement. It was later announced,
through the print media, as just that - The Red Terror.

The Impact of Stalin's Leadership in the USSR,1924-1941. Nelson Thornes.
2008. pp. 3
The following excerpt is from the Bolshevik newspaper, Krasnaya
Gazeta, announcing the start of the Red Terror on 1st September

We will turn our hearts into steel,

which we will temper in the fire of
suffering and the blood of fighters for
freedom. We will make our hearts
cruel, hard, and immovable, so that no
mercy will enter them, and so that they
will not quiver at the sight of a sea of
enemy blood. We will let loose the
floodgates of that sea. Without mercy,
without sparing, we will kill our
enemies in scores of hundreds. Let
them be thousands; let them drown
themselves in their own blood. For the
blood of Lenin and Uritsky, Zinovief
and Volodarski, let there be floods of
the blood of the bourgeois - more blood, as much as possible.

Lenin favored public hangings and torture to suppress his

opposition. Opponents were subject to scalping, flaying (being
skinned alive), crowning with barbed wire, impaling, and
crucifixion, stoning, being burned alive in furnaces, or boiled in
water. Mass arrests, imprisonments, and executions were held by
the Cheka (Soviet state police). They often targeted the bourgeoisie
(upper-class) and the clergy the latter considered a threat because
they preached faith in God rather than faith in Lenin. The
following is an example of the terror, described by an English
teacher. He (referred to as Mr. A.) was interviewed by the British
Foreign Office (21st, January, 1919):

Executions still continue in the prisons, though the ordinary

people do not hear about them. Often, during the executions, a
regimental band plays lively tunes. Mr. A. by a member of one of
the bands gave the following account of an execution. On one
occasion he was playing in a band, and - as usual - all the people
to be executed were brought to the edge of the grave. Their hands
and feet were tied together so that they would fall forward into the
grave. They were then shot through the neck by Leftish (Latvian)
soldiers. When the last man had been shot, the grave was closed
up, and on this particular occasion the band-man saw the grave
moving. Not being able to stand the sight of it, he fainted -
whereupon the Bolsheviks seized him, saying that he was in
sympathy with the prisoners. They were on the point of killing him,
but other members of the band explained that he was really ill, and
he was then let off.

In 1918 alone there were over 765 public executions of the

opposition and 25 Tsarist ministers16. Over 1,826 Red Army
deserters were killed, and 2,230 others were executed. Some
resources say that, by the end of 1920, the Red Terror had killed an
estimated 50,00017.

Once the country began to collapse economically, the government

implemented War Communism during a short civil war; this
system was used to distribute supplies and food to the people. To
enforce the system, the Cheka was used. The lack of free markets
led to many items of comfort or utility becoming scarce, leading to
the development and growth of a huge black market system. With
a devastating famine resulting from the scorched earth tactics
during WWII - and the black market growing out of a corrupt
Communist regime - an estimated 5 million people died from
starvation, disease, and criminal violence.

Gellately, Robert (2007). Lenin, Stalin, and Hitler: The Age of Social
Catastrophe. Knopf. pp. 57
Robert Gellately. Lenin, Stalin, and Hitler: The Age of Social Catastrophe.
Knopf, 2007 p. 65
The horrific tragedy that
became apparent from the
attempts at implementing
Communism by Lenin was
the deaths of millions. As he
tried to implement his radical
shift in control, the results
were obviously and rather
predictably - disastrous.
Toward the end of his life,
Lenin began to see the
weaknesses, and the inevitable failure, of the system he was trying
to establish; in his last testament, before his death, he listed plans
to diversify the power of government. He had seen for himself that
his systems War Communism economy and New Economic
Policy (Statist Capitalism) of wealth distribution were not
working, and he feared that the heir to his throne might become
drunk with power. It was Stalin he feared most, and in this final
testament Lenin would criticize him - warning of his rudeness and
suggesting that he be removed. Incidentally, Stalin intercepted that
testament and suppressed it in order to maintain his hold on power.
Joseph Stalin 1878 - 1953

The Great Purge

Joseph Stalin maneuvered his way

into power upon Lenins death -
against Lenins wishes. Lenin
wished to have Stalin removed
because of Stalins volatile, violent,
and unpredictable personality. As
Stalin manipulated the political
powers of the newly formed but
politically instable government
brilliantly, he placed himself in the
top position of ruling the new
Communist regime.

Stalin was known for being ruthless

and violent from an early age. He was said to be involved in a
banking shipment raid in 1907 where 40 innocent people were
killed18. He organized Muslim Azeris and Persians to murder
supporters of the Tsar. He also conducted bank robberies,
kidnappings, and even participated in counterfeiting.

During the Revolution of 1917, and after returning from exile,

Stalin ousted the editors of Pravda (the newspaper of the Soviet
Union). By using Pravda to spread his propaganda, Stalin
supported the overthrow of the war- weakened government. He
later joined Lenin to accept a leadership role with Bolsheviks as
member of the Bolshevik Central Committee.

Simon Sebag Montefiore. Young Stalin. Knopf, 2007. Prologue: The Bank
Robbery, pp. 1-11
After the October Revolution, Stalin along with Trotsky was
appointed to a five member Politburo - the policy- making
machine of the new government. This is where the conflict
between Trotsky and Stalin began. After Lenins death and Stalins
rise to power, Stalin went on a violent killing spree: he had former
Tsarist officers in the Red Army killed, along with all counter-
revolutionaries; he burned villages in order to intimidate the
inhabitants into submission; he responded to problems with
desertions on the Western front by capturing the deserters and
having them executed publicly19.

After a failed attempt to capture Poland, Stalin resigned his post in

the military commission and was heavily ridiculed by Trotsky.
Lenin later suffered a stroke and Stalin began to eye the political
playing field, planning how he would maneuver his way politically
to grab the dictatorship from his peers. This political positioning
gave rise to a huge divide in the political powers, but Stalin to
settle the disputes the others had with his policies - would soon
begin his purging campaigns.

In the wake of political in fighting,

which resulted in the unstable
economic and governmental
structure, Stalin grew increasingly
aware of a threat from his former
peers. Trotsky had aligned with
Stalins former comrades and
begun to build a force to oppose
Stalins regime. To face this threat, Stalin began to spy on his own
people including especially the military members and
government officials. In the roughly two years between 1937 and
1938, an estimated 1,548,367 people were detained in the Gulags,
and perhaps 681,692 were executed; it is believed that there were,
on average, a thousand executions a day.20
Simon Sebag Montefiore. Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar, Knopf, 2004
"The History of the GULAG", by Oleg V.Khlevniuk
Socialism in One Country

In 1924, Stalin developed the Soviet policy of Socialism in One

Country after the defeat in communist revolutions in Germany
and Hungary. This policy was different than the more orthodox
Marxist position that socialism needed to be global policy.

This position by Stalin was very peculiar, as the appearance of a

sterile communist nation may have made the Soviet domination of
the world a more probable result. The failure of the other European
communist revolutions and national contention during the Russian
revolution were evidence that the progress in the historical Marxist
dialectic process was not ready for Communism. The spread of
communism needed to begin with a strong and more developed

While many orthodox Marxists like Trotsky and Soviet politician

Grigory Yevseevich Zinoviev rejected this approach, Stalin
pursued a global approach to the spread of communism through a
vast network of espionage and subversion.

After the deterioration of relations with the West, a clear

ideological line began to be drawn. The Soviets began to occupy
Eastern European countries like Poland (1939), Latvia (1940),
Lithuania(1940), northern Romania(1940), northern
Bukovina(1940), Estonia(1940) and Easter Finland(1940).

After the Second World War, the Soviets began to form the Eastern
Bloc from militarily occupied countries. These countries were East
Germany, Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Romania,
Albania and Yugoslavia.

Soviet Subversion
Eastern Bloc countries experienced communist takeovers through
a process of occupation to domestic development. The process
after military occupation:

1. To form a general coalition of left-wing anti-capitalist or

anti-fascist force.
2. To reorganize the political power structure where
communists would neutralize anti-communist political
3. To install a one communist party rule through a coalescing
of communist and left win groups.

Much of this reorganization was done in a political climate

where brutal fascist regimes existed. The climate was an
opportunity for the Marxist to utilize the means of the crisis to
perpetuate their ideological ends.

This approach would become the backbone of Soviet

Subversionary tactics worldwide. Subversion would soon become
a prime weapon against capitalist foes around the world. Stalin
would utilize the secret police
agencies to subvert foreign
governments to progress the
Marxian dialectic.

The important lesson to be

learned is that, in the best
interests of the majority, almost
700,000 people were executed. In a Communist regime 21, the
individual doesnt matter: he is little more than a workhorse, a
battery, or a cog in a machine. If an individual is not an asset to the
collective, that individual must be purged to make room for one
who is productive.
Barry McLoughlin; Kevin McDermott(eds) (2003-02-04). Stalin's Terror:
High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union. Palgrave Macmillan.
pp. 141
The rise of Stalin shows how the attempts to institute the Workers
Paradise are folly. While the Communist Utopia is a glorious idea, it
fails miserably when the government becomes corrupt. The only
way for a Communist government to persist in a just manner would
be if angelic human beings populated it. Even a simple minded
rational man can see that this is impossible.

Despite the great failure of Communism witnessed under Stalin and

eventually the Soviet Union, the Marxist still persists with his
visions of grandeur. You can traffic any Communist or Socialist
publication and explore any variety of apologists that more or less
excuse the great Communist failure as simply a misapplication of
Marxist principles.

The plight of the Marxist has evolved as most Marxian ideas do. The
approach has become much more calculated, pragmatic, and prudent.
Marxists in the modern 20th Century and now the 21st Century have
realized that in order to progress populations of individuals
accustomed to individual responsibility, capitalism, and western
morality, a cultural revolution is required.
Mao Zedong 1893 1976


Mao Zedong is relevant to

The Machine due to his
development of his own
distinct version of Marxism.
Much like Lenin, he worked to
overthrow the feudal system in
China and install a
government that would
represent the workers.
Meeting with little success
with the workers, Mao turned
his appeals to the peasants.
Coming from a peasant family,
Mao was able to connect with
the peasants and educate them,
with his great personal
perspective, about the Marxist ideology.

Mao was successful in bringing about a violent revolutionary

spirit. His Red Army was notorious for its relentless torture tactics
that were performed on prisoners. After years of combating several
factions, Mao took control of Chinas media to promote his
ideology and his Communist Party. He was then able to take
control of China.

His reign of terror began with mass repression and execution of

intellectuals, businessmen, counter- revolutionaries, and the
Chinese landowners. During this campaign of repression and
terror, as many as 5 million people may have been killed - many of
them in mass suicides - along with 1.5 million people sent to labor
camps, all in the name of securing the country22.

From 1953-1958 Mao implemented the Five Year Plan, which

was aimed at converting Chinas predominately agricultural
society to one rather more industrialized and independent. With aid
from the Communist Soviet Union, many industrial plants were
built. Eventually, China stood on its own and went on expanding
its industrial relevance.
In 1958, Mao laid out plans for his next five-year plan, called the
Great Leap Forward. This plan included the confiscation of land
and property, and education reforms. With Maos own form of No
Child Left Behind, he modified the Chinese written language in
order to increase literacy. With Maos focus on Marxist
collectivism, he demanded that all private food be banned and
confiscated, forced the surrender of all private livestock, and
implemented working communes where peasants were forced to
work on massive infrastructure projects.
Mao: A Life. Owl Books. pp. 436437
With broad strokes of government assertion, Mao experimented
with new, largely unproven agricultural techniques in these
communes. Along with the removal of any and all production
incentives, the imposition of these government regulations forced
grain production down as much as 14% in 1959. The following
year, there was a further 10% drop. Under pressure from the
government to increase production, grain producers lied about
their circumstances to avoid punishment; this caused mass
confusion in food distribution planning by the government. The
result of this confusion, and several natural disasters, was the
Great Chinese Famine.

There are conflicting reports

about the death toll of the
Great Chinese Famine; some
estimates put death tolls at over
70 million23 people as a result
of this extreme regulation. It is
apparent that the Chinese
government was incapable of
controlling food production.
The program was a failure, and
Mao cancelled it in 1962.

It was simply the beginning of

the realization by Mao that his
reform programs were failing as
a whole. Many of his other
infrastructure projects began to fail as Mao rejected the use of
engineers due to his own ideological views. When Mao was faced
with political opposition upon the release of proof to the public
that the Great Leap Forward had failed, Mao purged his
opposition to suppress that fact.
Rummel, R. J. Chinas Bloody Century: Genocide and Mass Murder Since
1900 Transaction Publishers
Despite the tyranny and oppression that Mao pressed on China, he
continued to enjoy exceptional popularity. This cult of personality
was driven by massive promotion of Mao in artwork, music,
indoctrination in schools, and shrines all over China. The power of
his popularity is still prevalent today, as many murals still exist in
China bearing his image. A pop culture dedicated to him still
exists, and youth are still taught of Maos supposed god-like
brilliance regardless of his massive policy failures.

One of Maos most important philosophies was the Third World

Theory. There are many versions of this theory you can find with
minimal research. Some will say that Lenin originated this theory;
however, Maos version is the most relevant, as his Vice-Premier,
Deng Xiaoping, unveiled this theory in a speech at the United
Nations in 1974.

What this theory explained was that the world was separated into
three separate levels of development. The First World was
representative of the Imperialistic countries like the United
States and the (former) Soviet Union. The Second World was
made up of countries like Australia, Japan, and many countries in
Europe not major world powers, but capable of facing such if
joined together in alliance. The Third World was comprised of
countries like China, Central- and South American countries, and
African countries economically, educationally, politically,
socially so backward that progress to second-world status could
not even be started internally, but would require a first-world
country or several second-world countries - to initiate sufficient
momentum to carry that third-world country forward. At a United
Nations speech, Deng claimed that China would remain a Third
World country.

This evident desire to remain in the Third World is a Marxist

defeatist ideology. By subduing the wealth of the people, you can
subdue their power. This Three World ideological structure is
much like the upper class, middle class, and the lower class
argument; there is no coincidence that this is a political tool. The
use of this argument is to bring animosity to the ill-educated and
disenfranchised lower class. This is what we are experiencing now
in the United States: politicians, with the help of Acorn and other
community organizing groups, are using Alinsky-style tactics to
redistribute votes and wealth. Once the redistribution is complete
and the balance is achieved - the system will begin to de-
industrialize and become Third World.

On a global scale, the United Nations is also doing this: with

Global Warming legislation on the horizon in America, and the
Kyoto Treaty (or one like it) in the United Nations, the goal of de-
industrialization is clearly evident. This is not a claim, but a fact.

Maurice Strong founding director of the UN Environment

Program (UNEP) said, at a United Nations conference:

"Isn't the only hope for the planet that the industrialized
civilizations collapse? Isn't it our responsibility to bring that

Source: Environmental Overkill, by Dixy Lee Ray with Lou Guzzo,
1993, page 11.
Fidel Castro - 1926

In the 1940s and 1950s, Cuba

suffered under a very unstable
government structure.
Combined flourishing
prostitution, organized crime,
and gross political instability
made the country a hot spot for
revolutionaries and political
radicals. From this environment
rose the well-known
revolutionary Fidel Alejandro
Castro Ruz25.

Raised in a broken family with two brothers and four sisters, Fidel
was sent to a Jesuit school in Havana. He would later attend the
University of Havana, where he discovered the political culture.
The political struggles of Cuba were magnified in the University,
where a gang-like culture thrived among politically active
students. It is here where many believe that Castro was introduced
to the Cuban Communist Party.

Castro would eventually marry into a wealthy family where he

would be introduced to the wealthy lifestyle in Cuba. He was said
to have considered Columbia University for further education with
his new exposure to wealth, but decided rather to stay in Havana
and get his Doctor of Laws degree there. Castro became known for
his views on nationalism and opposition to the United States. He
would become a candidate for Congress for the Cuban Peoples
Party 1952 with great prospects due to his gift of public speaking.

Castro made ready to unleash his revolutionary might as he
corralled over a hundred armed men and women to attempt a
military coup. He led the group in an attack of the Moncada Army
Barracks in Santiago Cuba. The attempt would prove to be a
failure; during the battle, eight were killed. Of those captured, over
eighty were executed. Fidels life was spared because the arresting
lieutenant knew him and imprisoned him instead. He would later
be sentenced to fifteen years in jail.

After only two years in jail,

Castros popularity from a
published speech and the
cult fascination he inspired
in others would gain for him
his release through the
efforts of a friend of his
wifes family, Fulgencio
Batista. Castro would later
leave for Mexico where he
would meet revolutionary
Che Guevara. Together they
coordinated another
revolutionary army of eighty
people with the intentions of a second coup attempt. Castro and
Guevara slowly marched to the Sierra Mountains where they
would lose almost all of the members of their small army to
Batistas soldiers. Nevertheless, they would eventually capture the
Mountainous region and redistribute the land to the peasants in the

Slowly but surely, Castros support grew as peasants, and even

Batistas soldiers, joined forces with him. Even with the full
support of the United States behind him, Batista was unable to
stave the influence of Castro and the tactics of Ches guerilla
warfare. After receiving word that Castros military force was
marching on Havana, Batista fled Cuba - leaving a leaderless Cuba
in the hands of Castro26.

Castro immediately began

regulating business in the
name of assisting the Cuban
people. He confiscated
property, nationalized the
telephone company, installed
a national health care
system, and redistributed
land among the peasants.
There were problems: upon
ordering doctors to relocate to all areas of Cuba under the new
socialized medical system27, more than half of them left Cuba. As a
result, child and infant mortality rates skyrocketed due to the lack
of doctors and medical experience.

Castro then pursued a more aggressive policy when dealing with

the United States - including nationalizing almost a billion dollars
of American property in Cuba. The United States responded by
backing away from assisting Cuba with any economic aid that
Batista had used, and refusing to purchase sugar from Cuba - is its
biggest export. Castro would retaliate by joining the Soviet
Unions Nikita Khrushchev in taunting the United States with
Communist military threats28.

After Castros anti-capitalist regime settled in, over 250,000 upper-

and middle class Cubans left the country to escape failing
economic conditions and stifled economic growth. This was what
finally brought out Castros true colors - a Communist dictator. He
Cannon, Terrance (1981). Revolutionary Cuba.
Cuba Social Policy at the Crossroads: Maintaining Priorities, Transforming
Practice An Oxfam America Report; by Miren Uriarte, Ph.D.; University of
Massachusetts, Boston
Timothy P. Wickham-Crowley. Guerrillas and revolution in Latin America.
p. 189.
killed thousands of opponents and imprisoned thousands more,
from politicians to writers. All of these were replaced with people
that supported Castro.

Over the next several years, the United States tried to bring down
Castros Communist regime29. In 1961, the United States attacked
Cuba in the Bay of Pigs attack - an absolute failure. Also that year,
a United States spy plane photographed a Soviet Union military
installation in Cuba -Surface to Air missiles were sighted. Another
spy plane then spotted a long-range missile facility with range
extending into the United States. JFK escalated military activity in
the United States, prepared to attack Cuba and the Soviet Union.
Only after a Kennedy clarified the Americas intentions did
Khrushchev pull his missiles out of Cuba.

In 1991, Cuba suffered massive economic failures after many

years of government oppression30. Castros own daughter sought
asylum in the United States, a huge embarrassment to Castro. Over
the next decade, Cuba would struggle with the oppression:
boatloads of Cubans would seek freedom in the United States,
often meeting their deaths at sea. They died trying to get here
because they saw the light of Lady Liberty.

"Bay of Pigs Chronology". The National Security Archives.
Paul H. Lewis. Authoritarian regimes in Latin America
Nikita Khrushchev 1894 1971

Nikita Khruschev grew up in a

very poor home in a western
Russian village, the son of a
peasant family. His father,
Sergei, worked as a laborer in
an east Ukrainian province31;
his mother was a teacher and
supported the family at home
while her husband was away.
Nikita eventually started working as a herds boy while going to
school. He would later become a metalworker with thoughts of
going to the United States for better wages.

Nikita would eventual strike for higher wages with his fellow
workers32. After becoming a master metal worker, his voice of
persuasion would lift him to leadership in his workers council (a
union) an entity also called a Soviet. He would later join the
Bolsheviks in 1918 after struggling with the ideology of the Red
Army and their quest for power. He would then become a political
officer called a political commissar.

Under the reign of Lenin, he worked his way up to political affairs

director of a mine in the Donbas region of the Soviet Union.
Khrushchev became very successful at the mine and was offered a
promotion, to direct a nearby mine, as well; he turned them down
due to his desire to attend a technical school. He would not be
known for his abilities as a student, however, but as a rising
political star in the Communist Party.

Taubman, William (2003), Khrushchev: The Man and His Era, W.W. Norton
& Co.
Tompson, William J. (1995), Khrushchev: A Political Life, St. Martin's Press
For a short period of time, Khrushchev aligned himself with
Joseph Stalins biggest political rival - Leon Trotsky. Stalin was
more of a strong-arm politician than Trotsky, and Khrushchev
related better with Trotskys more-democratic communist
ideology. After his efforts with schooling failed, Khrushchev
would meet the Commissar of the Propaganda department, Lazar
Kaganovich33, who would guide him through the political process

Expressing his wishes to receive further training, Khrushchev was

assigned to the Stalin Industrial Academy by Kaganovich.
Khrushchev became very successful at purging rightists from the
Academy, which lead him to become the city organizer of
Moscow. His role as superintendent over the Moscow Metro would
earn him the Order of Lenin award for his achievements.

Khrushchev had, by then, become very close to Stalin. His

participation in Stalins Great Purge - where almost 700,000
people were executed - was mentioned in a quote during the show
trials which were intended to strike fear into the hearts of the
political opposition, the Trotsky Communists:

Everyone who rejoices in the

successes achieved in our
country, the victories of our
party led by the great Stalin, will
find only one word suitable for
the mercenary, fascist dogs of
the Trotskyite-Zinovievite gang.
That word is execution. 34

Taubman, William (2003), Khrushchev: The Man and His Era, W.W. Norton
& Co.
Taubman, William (2003), Khrushchev: The Man and His Era, W.W. Norton
& Co.s
Khrushchev would aid in the execution of 35 of his 38 friends and
colleagues at the Moscow oblast (council); the others that he didnt
have killed were arrested. In 1937, the Politburo (Soviet Unions
central committee) set a quota for the number of political enemies
to be arrested: 35,000. Of those 35,000, 5000 would be executed.
Khrushchev exceeded the quota by arresting 41,000 people -
including 2000 wealthy peasants - and having 8,500 of them
executed as a show of raw political power.

In 1937, Stalin would appoint Khrushchev head of the Communist

Party in the Ukraine. Khrushchev would then invade and capture
the eastern region of Poland in 1939. Initially, the invasion was
seen by the Poles as a sign of hope, the since they had been
struggling against their current regime. Khrushchev infiltrated the
system with propaganda and pressured the population to support
the USSR. With help from the propaganda, election results would
prove favorable for the USSR; and through Khrushchevs
campaign of fraud and deception, the territory became the
Ukrainian Soviet Republic in 1939.

In 1941 the Germans invaded the Soviet Union. Hitler saw the
Slavs as a Jew-tolerant mongrel race - and Trotsky was the most
noted Bolshevik Jew. Beyond, however, the issues of personal
hatred and racial disdain, there was a powerful loathing between
the Fascists and the Communists. The blinding, malevolent evil
fueling the all-out war between the Germans and Soviets was the
product of the combined catalysts of race and ideology - of Jewish
Communists and Aryan Fascists.

After several years of war, the

Soviets would eventually drive
the Germans invaders out, at
which point in time
Khrushchev returned to a
Ukraine which had been
devastated by the war. After many years of work in there,
Khrushchev was able to revive the region - but only after massive
food rationing projects and the purging of any non-productive
agricultural workers.

After Stalins death, Khrushchevs rise to power over the Soviet

Union met with some resistance, but he would inevitably succeed.
During this time, he would give his infamous Secret Speech, in
which he denounced Stalins cult of personality. He condemned the
cult of an individual as counter-productive to his favored
Marxism-Leninism ideology. The speech was so shocking to some
citizens that there were reports of suicides and heart failure around
the country as a result. Even Mao came out against Khrushchev for
his perceived revisionism; Mao saw Khrushchev as attempting to
lift the Soviet Union out of the Third World sector in the world
power structure and he was correct. This speech by Khrushchev
would mark the beginning of the rise of the Soviet Union as a
global Super Power35.

What becomes evident within the social and economic

developments during the administrations of the first three leaders
of the Soviet Union is the fading of the Utopian illusion to reveal
the truth of a murderous regime of terror. Regardless of the vast
power that these leaders possessed and the cult of personality that
they attained, all of these leaders were in constant fear of being
killed by revolutionaries within their own community of power-
hungry colleagues. The deceit, propaganda, and fraud that had
been witnessed by provided a humble reminder that it could
happen to them. In order that their vision for the future greatness
of the Communist way should live on, these leaders steadfastly
refused to allow Marxism to proceed to the natural withering of
external government that would allow men to rule their own
destinies in peace. They maintained their grip on power until

Taubman, William (2003), Khrushchev: The Man and His Era, W.W. Norton
& Co.
death from one agency or another transferred that power to

This fear of failure resulted in the massive purges and executions

of millions of people. Communist ideology, evil and murderous, is
properly feared by people all over the world and should be so. All
men can already see the political corruption, deception, fraud, and
propaganda evident as the American two-party system begins to
struggle for power. The strife within the Soviet Union should be an
ideal lesson for us to learn from. Could we see political violence
here in America? Could our countrymen in Washington become
murderous political tyrants? History doesnt lie.
The Progressive Marxists
Nihilism is a philosophical view that encompasses the belief in
negation of meaningful aspects of life. Some could describe
nihilism as the belief in nothing. This can be considered the
biggest contributor to the moral decay that we witness in society. If
you truly take time and understand Nihilism, I believe you will
become more knowledgeable about the issues we face in America.

Keep in mind Nihilism is a philosophical view and not a belief.

When faced with someone that has nihilistic views, you can simply
see that they do not believe in anything. In fact if you say they
have a nihilistic belief that would be incorrect. Remember it is a
view. They can sometimes seem as someone who always criticizes
situations while not having solutions to situations. They may even
think that the problems we face are the fact that people believe in
things like a religion or a philosophy.

A nihilistic point of view can offer a philosophical paradox. While

someone that views those that have beliefs as nave that in it is a
belief. If there is no societal moral order, then the nihilists may
have their own moral order. This offers an environment for moral
anarchy or simply anarchy in general. The nihilist then may see
himself as an authority on what should be moral or what should
not be moral. While this is not nihilistic, nihilistic views will lead
an individual to a narcissistic disorder like psychopathic

Psychopathic Narcissism is often considered Narcissistic

Personality Disorder (NPD). It is described as a condition where
the afflicted experiences a lack of empathy, an extreme sense of
entitlement, and the need to be worshiped and admired.

Some that experience this type of personality disorder have

experienced traumatic events in their early life that lead them to
desire self-worth exponentially. In a society that oppresses their
people with political correctness or even out right tyranny, the
people can easily slip into a Narcissistic frame of mind. Narcissists
often use projection as a defense mechanism. So if they are feeling
oppressed they will feel the need to oppress.

So if someone is in an environment influenced by a Christian

worldview, they may feel judged. This seems like an attack by the
Christians on the non-believer. This is seen as an unjust
environment by the non-Christian. So the non-Christian may feel
the need to oppress this environment as a projection of his
oppression. As an individual this effort may be fruitless but from
collective stance, the effort may be very fruitful. In fact there are
efforts all around the country today in this respect.

Instead of believing in something higher than themselves or simply

believing in themselves, they wish to tear down what others
believed. This phenomenon is not one that has been recognized
recently but one that has been recognized since Herodotus,
Aristotle, and Livy.

After reading Mikkel Clair Nissens book Manipulism and the

Weapon of Guilt, I was introduced to the Law of Jante. The Law of
Jante, developed by Dano-Norwegian author Aksel Sandemose,
explained the subliminal conditioning or more specifically known
as Malignant Narcissistic Coercion.

In Scandinavian culture Sandemose saw a collectivist mental

condition that was developed over three quarters of a century.
Sandermose described ten rules in the Law of Jante. They were:

1. You're not to think you are anything special.

2. You're not to think you are as good as we are.
3. You're not to think you are smarter than we are.
4. You're not to convince yourself that you are better than we
5. You're not to think you know more than we do.
6. You're not to think you are more important than we are.
7. You're not to think you are good at anything.
8. You're not to laugh at us.
9. You're not to think anyone cares about you.
10. You're not to think you can teach us anything.

As you can see, the rules are nihilistic in nature by telling people
what you are not rather than what you are. Now these laws are
really just an expression of the Scandanavian collectivist condition
that Sandermose was explaining.

Nissen further explains that in commonwealth countries like

Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and Great Britain a similar
condition called the Tall Poppy Syndrome.36 The tall poppy
syndrome is a pejorative that describes a social phenomenon in
which the people resent, criticize, and attack people with genuine
merit or achievements.

On September 15th 1975, Margaret Thatcher delivered a speech to

the Institute of Socioeconomic Studies called Let Our Children
Grow Tall. In that speech see stated the following acknowledging
this tall poppy syndrome.

Now, what are the lessons then that we've learned from the last
thirty years? First, that the pursuit of equality itself is a mirage.
What's more desirable and more practicable than the pursuit of
equality is the pursuit of equality of opportunity. And opportunity
means nothing unless it includes the right to be unequal and the
freedom to be different. One of the reasons that we value
individuals is not because they're all the same, but because they're
all different. I believe you have a saying in the Middle West:
Don't cut down the tall poppies. Let them rather grow tall. I
would say, let our children grow tall and some taller than others if
they have the ability in them to do so. Because we must build a
society in which each citizen can develop his full potential, both
Manipulism and the Weapon of Guilt by Mikkel Clair Nissen, 2014, page 24.
for his own benefit and for the community as a whole, a society in
which originality, skill, energy and thrift are rewarded, in which
we encourage rather than restrict the variety and richness of
human nature.

This is a profound statement.

Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche 1844 1900
He said that God is Dead

Nietzsche is best known for his

radical views on spiritual and
moral issues. His existentialist
and postmodern philosophy was
delivered in a peculiar German
language style, which tended,
frequently, to reject Platonism,
Christianity, and
Egalitarianism. He was hard
person to define ideologically
but can be positioned as more
of an anarchist than a Marxist.
He was so bold as to say, God
is dead in his notable work, The Gay Science.37

Nietzsche was known for his ideas on Will to Power, which was
a theory that human behavior is the result of an animalistic
survival mechanism38. The need for power is a survival method
that is fed by insecurities. This belief fits in well with the
Darwinian mode of thought - that we are little more than
evolutionary results of more-primitive animal species.

Nietzsche believed that as a society progresses and the members of

that society see that their values are progressively being rejected
by the whole, the disenfranchised become nihilistic. He believed
that with the physiological decadence experienced and the decline
of Christianity in Western Culture, nihilism is setting in.

The Gay Science: With a Prelude in Rhymes and an Appendix of Songs by
Friedrich Nietzsche; translated, with commentary, by Walter Kaufmann (Vintage
Books, March 1974, ISBN 0-394-71985-9, Section 108
The Untold Story," Nietzsche-Studien 25, 1996 p207
He also believed in perspectivism for which he coined.
Perspectivism is more or less the belief in relative truth.
Perspectivism represents a rejection of the objective. It also
represents the belief that the evaluation of the objective cannot
transcend cultures due to different perspectives. While Nietzsche is
given credit for developing this belief it is not much different than
what Platos rendition of the sophist Protagoras.

Interesting enough, Nietzsche believed that Christianity is an

anecdote to nihilism in that it gives Christians a moral belief
system with intrinsic value. That value is a belief in God and the
basis of objective knowledge. This is critical to understand when
seeing the key conflict between the western worldview and the
eastern worldview; more specifically the Marxist worldview.

Nietzsche also explained that Christianity was also responsible for

its undoing. Since Christianity has many interpretations, it falls
into the realm of perspectivism, which inevitably leads to nihilism
or disbelief. We can simply look at this as a lack of faith. This does
have a sense of validity when you speak to some former Christians
that have become disenfranchised with the religion. However for
the Culture Marxist that wishes to fundamentally transform society
from a Western World view to an Eastern World view, Christianity
is the number one target since it is the last vestige of objective or
absolute truth.
Is there any wonder why those in our society that wish to progress
society from the dialectical materialistic stage of capitalism to
communism see Christianity as target number one? While
Nietzsche may have been an innocent bystander in the destruction
of America, it is his belief that has been capitalized on by
Marxists; especially those of the cultural variety.

Nietzsche saw Christianity as a repressive primitive belief system.

He saw that Christianity was a bastardization of Jesus teachings.
He saw hypocrisy in Christianity. Instead of living like Jesus, he
observed that Christians simply thought it was sufficient to believe
like Jesus did. Arguably, the root of this view of Christian
hypocrisy can be stemmed back to the liberal belief that man is
inherently good and is perfectible. While Nietzsches position on
Christianity is valid, he positions himself incorrectly as Christians
recognize their hypocrisy as sin.

Nietzsche did not see all religious doctrine as flawed. He viewed

Buddhism as a religion that fostered critical thinking. This really
explains a lot when you understand the contrast between the
Eastern and Western worldviews.

Buddhism is one of the foundations of the Eastern worldview.

Buddhism does not adhere to a belief in a Creator deity. Instead,
to achieve Nirvana a sublime state, the individual must end their
suffering by eliminating ignorance and craving by understanding
the Four Noble Truths.

1. Dukkha: all temporary things and states are unsatisfying;

2. The start of dukkha: yet we crave and cling to these things
and states; thereby, we're continuously reborn;
3. The end of dukkha: if we stop craving and clinging, we
won't be reborn;
4. How to end dukkha: by following the Buddhist path,
namely behaving decently, not acting on impulses, and
practicing mindfulness and meditation, which help with
this self-control.

This aligns well with the Progressive or Marxist struggle. Dukkha

can be better known as suffering. Buddhists believe that we suffer
or experience anxiety by holding onto things that are constantly
changing. The struggle as Marx explained is the conflict between
classes that creates change or progress within Dialectical

In Beyond Good and Evil Nietzsche explained that there was a

genealogical development of modern morals that stemmed from
what he called Slave Morality. Slave Morality is an expression
or reaction to master-morality. From this rises a contrast between
good and evil where good values consist of charity, piety, restraint,
meekness, and submission while evil values consist of cruelly,
selfishness, wealth, and aggression.

Nietzsche explained that slave-morality was born out of the

resentment of slaves. As the slaves resented their lack of freedom,
their faith helped overcome their feelings of being inferior.
Therefore, religion was a concoction to subdue the retaliation of
the unjust powers of the slave owners.

This falls right in line with what Marx believed. In Marxs journal
DeutschFranzsische Jahrbcher, Marx stated the following:

Religious suffering is, at one and the same time, the expression of
real suffering and a protest against real suffering. Religion is the
sigh of the oppressed creature, the heart of a heartless world, and
the soul of soulless conditions. It is the opium of the people.

Friedrich Nietzsche eventually withered under mental distress.

There are many different accounts of what happened to Nietzsche
at the end of his days. When someone so vehemently dedicates
their lives to attempting to make sense of nothing, it is hard to
believe that his madness was not a result of this.
I believe in nothing
Not the end and not the start
I believe in nothing
Not the earth and not the stars

I believe in nothing
Not the day and not the dark
I believe in nothing
But the beating of our hearts

I believe in nothing
One hundred suns until we part
I believe in nothing
Not in sin and not in God

I believe in nothing
Not in peace and not in war
I believe in nothing
But the truth in who we are

Artist: Thirty Seconds to Mars

Song: 100 Suns
Gyrgy Lukcs
1885 - 1971

Georg Lukacs, a Hungarian Marxist

philosopher and literary critic,
believed that Christianity and its
moral structure was a huge obstacle
to progressing humanity from
Capitalism and Communism
throughout the world.

Unlike other Communist

revolutionaries, he believed that to
progress society from Capitalism to
Communism there needed to be a
cultural revolution before an economic one. He believed that a
more gradual and incremental approach to Communism was more
viable than the violent revolutions of Lenin and Stalin. He knew
that, in order to get people to accept Communism, the people
would need to be culturally aligned with such values and systems
as Atheism, the irrelevance of the family, the acceptance of
diversity in values, and the tolerance of multiculturalism. In order
to achieve this he would need to undermine the Christian family
structure by promoting teenage promiscuity and rebellion
providing a reward system for young male adherents, a source of
new generations of Communists, and loyalty unavailable to other

Lukacs wrote in his literary work History of Class Consciousness

that the only thing that distinguishes Marxism is its methodology.
This is evident with different strands of Marxism like Marxist-
Leninism, Stalinism, Trotskyism, etc. Lukacs criticized many of
the revisionists like Lenin, Stalin, and Trotsky. He believed that the
orthodox Marxist principle of dialectical materialism was the best
way to usher in the Communist Workers Paradise. Revisionism
was simply a product of class struggle.

He stated this in the History of Class Consciousness,

"For this reason the task of orthodox Marxism, its victory over
Revisionism and utopianism can never mean the defeat, once and
for all, of false tendencies. It is an ever-renewed struggle against
the insidious effects of bourgeois ideology on the thought of the
proletariat. Marxist orthodoxy is no guardian of traditions; it is
the eternally vigilant prophet proclaiming the relation between the
tasks of the immediate present and the totality of the historical

Lukacs further believed that 'It is not mens consciousness that

determines their existence, but on the contrary, their social
existence that determines their consciousness.' In other words
Christians do not follow Christ due to their consciousness but
rather they are Christians because of their status in the social
construct. As you can see this is a common theme in the Eastern

If we take on the view as Lukacs deploys in his theory, we can

justify crime by the social conditions that the criminal exists
within. This falls in line with the rationalization of immoral
activity. In the mind of Lukacs, criminals are simply reacting to the
oppression by the Bourgeoisie.

An example of this type though process is the justification for

violent riots in Wattss riots in 1965, the Rodney King riots of
1992, or the Ferguson riots of 2014. The rioters received
justification by the left as an expression of the struggle.

Lukacs theory rejects the idea that our upbringing reflects our
actions. In other words, we cannot act lawfully under a system that
is built on oppressive capitalism. The natural reaction to the lack of
dialectical materialistic progress towards Communism is
revolutionary violence.

The conflict creates the negation of negation, as Marx believed.

Eventually the Bourgeoisie will break down under the conflict and
leave their capitalistic absolute view for the socialistic relative

Lukacs noted the following statement in his literary work History

and Class Consciousness:

There are two aspects of the utopian counterpart to this ontology.

The first is seen in Gods annihilation of empirical reality in the
Apocalypse - which can, on occasion, be absent (as with Tolstoy)
without materially affecting the situation. The second lies in the
utopian view of man as a saint who can achieve an inner mastery
over the external reality that cannot be eliminated.

Lukacs believed that humans are unable to avoid the temptations

of external realities; this common fundamental of Communism
explains part of why Christianity became the foil to the
Communists Utopian fallacy. He, along with all true fundamental
Communists, believed that Christianity is the oppressor of
mankind. Much of this hatred is likely a reaction to the former
feudal tyrannies of the Christian Kings and Catholic Popes of the
dark ages. To achieve the Communist Utopia, Lukacs launched a
graphic and radical sex education program, which promoted free
love and promiscuity. Eventually, Lukacs influence - along with
that of many others of his peers - led to the deterioration of
Christian morals and values; at this point, the installation of
Communism was deemed successful.
Antonio Gramsci 1891 1937

Antonio Gramsci is known as an

Italian Neo-Marxist and member
of the Italian Communist Party
who was imprisoned by Benito
Mussolinis fascist regime.
Gramsci can also be attributed to
the creation of philosophic and
sociological concept of cultural
hegemony. It is very similar to the
current political Progressive
movement in the United States.
Gramsci believed that an elite
intellectual class could effectively
rule diverse social classes. This
theory is the epitome of tribalism
or simply communism.

Gradualism or Incrementalism

Differing from Lenin and Stalin, Gramsci saw that violent

revolution was a contradiction to human logic. He believed that the
Communist would have to abandon all Leninist methods of
revolution. Instead the Communist would have to get the national
consensus through tradition democratic processes. He believed that
a more sustainable and successful model for revolution was
through a gradual and incremental cultural transformation.
Gramsci believed that the Communist must justify any means in
order to achieve the desired end even if it meant colluding with the
enemy. This idea was the birth of modern Progressivism.

Cultural Marxism
Gramsci witnessed the strength of a fortified Christian Europe
during the early 1900s. He rejected Christianity much like his
Marxist brethren. He knew that Christianity was the bond that held
together all classes. For this reason he knew that in order to
achieve the utopian goal of communism, the Communist needed to
destroy Christianity. In order to do this he knew that he would not
only convince people to have a non-Christian worldview but they
would have to have an anti-Christian worldview.39

Gramsci also knew that the proletariat would have to learn to solve
problems without the spiritual oppression of Christianity and had
to convert to a more materialist form of problem solving. He knew
that Christians would not simply abandon their spiritual practices
for a more materialist on so he developed a transformative method
through Liberation Theology.

Ideological Subversion - Progressivism

Subversion (Latin subvertere: overthrow) is an attempt to

transform the established social order, which consists of the power
structure, structural authority, and societal hierarchy. Subversion
typically takes the form of an attack on public moral in the form of

Ideological Subversion is the attempt to overthrow the

philosophical or ideological social order. More broadly ideological
subversion attempts to convert a societys oppressive worldview
for another worldview. This alternative oppressive worldview in
Marxist philosophy is the term Cultural hegemony.

Gramsci proposed a strategic distinction, between a War of

Position and a War of Monoeuvre. Gramsci realized that the
Proletarian would need to be intellectually influenced from the
anti-capitalist revolutionary in order to create new culture while
deteriorating the Cultural hegemony of the Bourgeoisie oppressors.
The Keys of this Blood by Malachi Martin p.250
This was considered the War of Position. Once the intellectuals,
activists, and agitators could establish this culture, the political
class could implement the War of Monoeuvre.

To further explore the understanding of Cultural hegemony, we

must realize that it is not a monolithic. It is not a unified system of
values but rather a complex stratified social structure. That social
structure consists of varying social and economic classes with a
purpose in society that is determined or influenced by the
bourgeoisie ruling class.

Within this complex social structure the proletariat coalesce with

all of the different classes of society to form a class-logic Gramsci
referred to as common sense. This common sense class-logic
performs a dual role in both private and public spheres.

In the private sphere the individual proletarian applies common

sense to cope with daily life. This status quo is just the way things
are. This results in the oppression in the public sphere where it
can be viewed as the individuals acceptance of the oppressive
Bourgeoisies Cultural hegemony.

Gramsci believed that common sense was an illusion.

Common sense is not something rigid and stationary, but is in
continuous transformation, becoming enriched with scientific
notions and philosophical opinions that have entered into common
circulation. 'Common sense' is the folklore of philosophy and
always stands midway between folklore proper (folklore as it is
normally understood) and the philosophy, science, and economics
of the scientists. Common sense creates the folklore of the future, a
relatively rigidified phase of popular knowledge in a given time
and place.40

Gramsci, Antonio, Selections from cultural writings London (Lawrence &


Wishart) 1985, 421

So the status quo of individuals perpetuated by the oppression of
the Bourgeoisie creates the Cultural hegemony. This hegemonic
stratum is known the hierarchy that needs to be dismantled by the
Cultural Subverter otherwise known as the intellectual, activist, or

In American Progressivism otherwise understood as Cultural

Marxism, we can see the delineation of the American Cultural
Hegemony. Progressive groups segregate and balkanize society
into special interest groups. Some of these groups may be worker
unions, pro-African-American groups, pro-homosexual groups,
pro-Palestinian groups, pro-Islamic groups, pro-Environmental
groups, pro-illegal immigration groups, pro-Women groups, pro-
Science groups, etc.

All of these groups represent a stratum of the American Cultural

hegemony that is agitated to activate politically in order to
advocate and progress the culture to socialism. Progressive
politicians often visit these groups during political campaigning in
order to combine their efforts in defeating the Bourgeoisie.

The Bourgeoisie consists of Wall Street profiteers, corporations,

the Chamber of Commerce, and the political class that represent
these groups. More broadly the Republican Party has been
polarized and labeled as the caricature of the Bourgeoisie.

Once the culture has converted its worldview to a Marxist

worldview, the political environment will be ripe for policy that
promotes the redistribution of wealth from the Bourgeoisie to the
Proletariat. This is evident in the current political environment in
the United States and will be further explored later in this book.

Gramsci led the way for modern day Progressivism. Cultural

Revolution was imperative for the progress towards communism.
In order to fundamentally transform the country to the Marxist
utopia, a complete cultural transformation was needed. The people
would have to reject the intangible and unfathomable greatness of
God for the finite knowledge and fallible essence of man. Gramsci
revolution was not only to destroy humanity but was ultimately a
war on God.
The Progressive Era
At the turn of the 20th Century there was an overwhelming sense of
intellectual revolution with the rise of socialism in Eastern Europe,
in the United Kingdom, and in the United States.

The movement in the United States started with the results of the
Second Industrial Revolution. This was the second part of the
broader Industrial Revolution. The Second Industrial Revolution
was said to be the latter part of the 19th century until World War I.

The Industrial Revolution began in Great Britain, Western Europe,

and swiftly spread to the United States. This new industrial
movement changed the entire world with the productive members
of society shifting from hand tools to machinery.

With this evolution of production grew a new society as products

became cheaper and more plentiful. In the latter part of the 18oos
saw the rise of railways, electricity, chemicals, rubber, fertilizers,
engines, turbines, telecommunications, and of course oil.

Whenever new technology enters into a market, there is always a

shakeup of the old leaders in that industry. If industry leaders
cannot compete with other up and coming more competitive and
technologically advanced businesses the older businesses will be
left behind by the more efficient competitor.

The Industrial Revolution is what created what is often called the

middle class. Families that formerly catered to their own farms
now had a choice to leave the farms and enter the factories to
support their families. The families that decided to stay farmers
had an increase in demand for their produce and this launched the
American market, as we know it today.

Living conditions became better as the economy grew

exponentially. Public health increased due to sewage management
systems and filtered water systems. Starvation due to crop failures
was pretty much eliminated. Animals were gradually removed as
producers of power from farming and industry as the steam engine
and internal combustion engine became the source of power.

This Industrial revolution propelled mankind from thousands of

years of an agricultural based society to an industrial one. Of
course with any change to society comes resistance.

The Working Class

This shift from an agricultural based society to an industrial one

created what is often referred to as the middle class or the
working class. From this evolution in society came the idea of
class warfare.

Despite all of the incredible innovations and improvements created

by the Industrial Revolution, there were different aspects of
industry that offered a challenge to those operating the factories
and those working in them. With factories come pollution, by-
products, and of course questionable working conditions of the

During this industrial phase, leaders and intellectuals debated the

true nature of industry and whether it was actually good or bad for
society. Starvation fears from the old agricultural based society
were transformed into fears due to the high mortality rate from
mills. Children no longer worked on farms and moved to work in

With this massive change in societal roles and fears sprouted a new
breed of intellectual, leader, and activist. The Progressive was
born. Massive industry brought massive competition. And that
massive competition brought massive corruption. The Progressive
worked as the protector of society and sought the power to do so
within government.
The new social ills that rose out of the ashes of the agricultural
based society created a fever for government intervention in order
to protect the rights of this newly created class of people. Keep in
mind that there was no law of structure that was formally created
to prevent people from starting their own industrial factory or from
working in one.

Some saw this differently. Marxists saw that the industrial era was
going to further exploit people after the fall of feudalism. From
this theory, the idea of dialectical materialism was developed. At
best the Marxists ignored the social progress that was achieved by
the newly experienced industrial society created and thought that
the workers deserved the spoils of industrialization.

Profit became a focus as some of the wealthier in society

purchased ownership shares of different companies. In 1884
Charles Dow began tracking the value of companies. This tracking
system formulated by Dow eventually became known as the Dow
Jones Industrial Average. This was the beginning of Wall Street
as we now know it. It became the heart of analyzing the health of
the American economy.

While this new tracking method better formalized the way in

which people invested in the building of America, some saw it as a
way to determine the amount of economic injustice within society.
Increasing stock prices meant increasing profits. The profiteers in
this wealthier stratum of society became a target of the Progressive
for good or for bad.

From the farms to the industrial factory, generation of new

working Americans filled in this new middle class. From this came
the steel worker, the machinist, the longshoremen, the heavy
equipment operator, the service worker, the truck driver, etc. These
members of the stratum became components of the economy. This
new stratum of society created is what Marxists would call the
Cultural hegemony and it was claimed to be oppressive.

The Progressive Party (Bull Moose Party)

With the rise of public awareness of industrial societal conditions

came the political expression of this awareness. This became better
known as the Progressives. The Progressive believed that there
was a more central role for government to play in society. It was a
rejection of the original view of the founders of the United States.

The founders designed the United States Constitution in a way the

prevented the government from acting on or in favor of people.
The Constitution instead enumerated the powers of the
government. The only power the government was to protect the
rights of the people and more specifically the individual.

James Maddison explained this in Federalist 45.

The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal
government are few and defined. Those which are to remain in the
State governments are numerous and indefinite.

It was further explained in the ninth Amendment.

The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not

be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

The Progressives disagreed with this limitation and looked for

anyway to by-pass these limitations. Some were with good
intentions while others were with corrupt intentions.

The platform of the Progressive really was simply a socialist one.

From the limitations on campaign contributions, the minimum
wage, workers compensation, and the redistribution of wealth
through a federal income tax and inheritance tax. There were some
populist reforms that Progressives provided such as Womens
suffrage and child labor laws.
One of the most controversial platforms was the dealing with trusts
and monopolies. This was the first push to regulate corporations
that were seen as monopolistic and an invisible government. This
invisible government was simply another expression of what
Communist Antonio Gramsci called the Cultural hegemony.

From this platform was a call for New Nationalism expressed by

Theodore Roosevelt, which was a plan for protecting the worker
and property rights. He argued that only a powerful and more
centralized government could regulate the economy and guarantee
social justice.

Roosevelt saw that the most efficient way to regulate businesses

was not through the courts but through the Executive branch. This
was an outright public rejection to the spirit of American liberty
and received a large push back from the American people. This
eventually led to his defeat as the first Presidential Progressive

During Roosevelts only term as president, Roosevelt was

extremely aggressive in use of the anti-trust laws. The most
notable case was against the Rockefeller legacy called Standard
Oil Company. Despite the free market taking Standard Oil from a
90 percent market share to a 64 percent market share, Roosevelts
Justice Department sued Standard under the Sherman Antitrust Act
of 1890.

Arguably this came to be the act that escalated the crony-capitalist

engine. With fear from the government, corporations saw the need
to achieve political protection. This came in the form of political
contributions. Some corporations used the government to help
eliminate competition through regulation. Like other government
programs or force, this created an adverse effect to the intended
results. It harnessed the government with corporate power or
arguably harnessed corporations with government power. This
relationship is a product of Progressive policy.

The Progressive Era officially brought about the end of America in

the way it was designed.

Progressive Education

With the Industrial Revolution evolving society from the

agricultural based society to a more industrial one, there was a
greater need for education. This also gave birth to compulsory
education and of course the Progressive social scholars.

The professionalization of education created career paths for

members of the education community within the university
system. Educators became more than just teachers but researchers.
Professors expanded the education system outside of mathematics
and language.

With this expansion of the education system, came the social

science. Sociology was the most notable branch of study that was
introduced during the Progressive Era with the rise of
industrialization. French social psychologist and philosopher
David Emile Durkheim, Karl Marx and German political
economist Max Weber are considered the fathers of sociology.

From this branch of academia came a surge of studies of human

behavior as well as the secularization of education. This study
provided and understanding and tools for elites to attempt social
engineering programs. While sociology can be considered a
pseudo-science, it is arguably the most influential form of study in
the 20th Century and now.

The Progressive Era completely reformed the United States and

the rest of the world. With the rise of social consciousness and
social engineering, there were many milestones achieved including
horrific milestones. We will explore many of these Progressive
milestones, individuals involved, and their intellectual progeny.
A Modern Utopia & the Fabian Society

Utopia is a word derived from the Greek

word outopos which means no place.
This was outlined in a book that Sir Thomas
More published in 1516. Of greater
consequence is the idea that people can
create a Utopia here on earth. When
theorists like Kant, Marx, Engels,
Nietzsche, and Hegel theorized about the
absence of spiritual salvation in the afterlife,
the despair accompanying the lack of
salvation prompted them - and believers in
their radical philosophy - to seek perfect
solace in life.

Our human nature consists of an inherent desire for knowledge, the

need for enlightenment; we hunger for it. Children tend to look to
the people they love for that knowledge and enlightenment; for
many of us, our parents were these
people. The importance of the family
is vital to this enlightenment and the
directions our lives take. Once we
passed into adulthood, the world
assumed new colors, new textures,
and those enlightenments became our
only hope, the guiding light keeping
us on the road to our chosen
destination. It is these fundamental
family values that have been
deteriorated by the destruction of
morals and ethics in this country. The
question is whether there are
intentional roles at play here or a
natural decay and entropy in society.
With the new radical ideas of Kant, Marx, Engels, Hegel, and
Nietzsche, a new Utopia needed to be created. Marx was greatly
influenced by his father, who was a devotee of Kants anti-
Christianity and the deism of Voltaire. With the rational rejection
of both Christianity and Feudalism, the expected and desired revolt
- should it occur - would result in a nation of equality: a society of
people working together without selfish motivations. The people
would contribute, as a collective, to society as a whole. This
unification would propel the nation into the future.

This is Utopia. To further the exploration for this utopia in history,

we find none. The Greek etymology of the word Utopia is
appropriate, as it means no place. Such a place as this Marxist
stateless utopia could only exist if all people were angels and
they are not. There could be no corruption, or even the suspicion
for corruption. This perfect society would have to be engineered in
order to have such perfection and it would still fail when
introduced to imperfect people.

Imagine that there is a paranoid-schizophrenic in the society who

could perpetuate the perception of corruption; this would be
detrimental to Utopia. What might be the proposed future of this
sick mentally disturbed individual, by those in power, in order to
preserve this perfect society?

The line between fascism and Fabian socialism is very thin.

Fabian socialism is the dream. Fascism is Fabian socialism plus
the inevitable dictator. John T Flynn

Radical Group: Fabian Society

The revolutionary practice of Eugenics through selective

breeding programs, in the early 1900s grew as a popular social
engineering program nations around the world. The Fabian Society
is a group that promotes a Utopia through social engineering as
well as of Socialism.

The society was named after the Roman Dictator Fabius Maximus,
who defeated Hannibal of Carthage in Italy during the Second
Punic War in 218-202 BC and was known as the savior of Rome.
The society was devoted to restoring the Renaissance ideals (most
importantly, humanism) and the promulgation of this restoration
throughout the rest of the world.

The Fabian Socialists, as they were known, believed in imperialist

foreign policy combined with socialist governmental tenets, like a
nationalized education system, universal healthcare, and
nationalization of land, the abolition of hereditary peerages, and a
minimum wage.

The Fabian Society eventually had a huge influence on the creation

of Englands Labour Party; Tony Blair and Gordon Brown of
England are members of this party. Characteristic of this party is
its interest in global government. During Prime Minister Clement
Attlees term in the United Kingdom, he would promote the de-
colonization of the eastern and western world. By doing this, he
withdrew the United Kingdom from colonies all over the world in
order to allow the newly formed United Nations to manage the
former colonies around the world.

Through the guise of democracy coupled with social

engineering, the Fabian Society promotes the creation of this
utopia through the United Nations in an incremental or Progressive
manner. There is a reason why the Fabian Society picked a wolf in
sheeps clothing for their logo.

The Minimum Wage

Many do not realize that the origin of the Minimum Wage Laws
was actually developed by the Fabian Socialists as an attempt to
rid the labor force of the unemployable. It was a so called
social benefit within the social science of eugenics. Fabian
Socialist Sydney Webb stated,

With regard to certain sections of the population the

unemployable, this unemployment is not a mark of social
disease, but actually of social health. 41

He also stated,

Of all ways of dealing with these unfortunate parasites, the most

ruinous to the community is to allow them to unrestrainedly
compete as wage earners. 42

H. G. Wells 1866 1946

With any new revolutionary thought, idea, or theory, there is

always a stream of creative literature or film that sprouts from it.
Hollywood has made millions from ideas arising from the Fabian
Societys fundamentals. For the sake of brevity, one member shall
be the focus of this text. H. G. Wells was a member of the Fabian
Society who actually left the society due to disagreements with
other members on his more radical aspirations for the group.

Wells most defining political ideal was that of the World State a
single, world-compassing government. He was one of those who
worked on the charter for the League of Nations, to begin his
work on a global government which some may know now as the
New World Order43.
Wells believed in the advancement of individuals by merit rather
than from their birthrights. Contrasting this, he believed that
suffrage should be limited to the elites. Although he claimed that
Tim Leonard, Journal of Economic Perspectives, pg 213
Sidney Webb, Journal of Political Economy (1912, p. 992)
Wells, H. G. (1918). "The League must be representative". In the Fourth Year.
London: Chatto and Windus.
Marx should have never been born, his ideas are parallel to Marxs

Wells believed in Eugenics as part of his Utopian ideals. In his

discussion about a paper written by Charles Darwins cousin
Francis Galton - one of the founders of eugenics - he stated:

"I believe it is in the sterilization of failure, and not in the

selection of successes for breeding, that the possibility of an
improvement of the human stock lies."

His movie The Time Machine is often criticized by the mention

of degenerate man-creatures which could have been a portrayal
of Wells beliefs in the need for eugenics.

Wells would also combat with the controversy of a sexual affair

with Margaret Sanger44. Margaret Sanger, who created Planned
Parenthood, was a huge supporter of Eugenics.

Shadow Lovers: The Last Affairs Of H. G. Wells
Margaret Sanger 1879 1966

Planned Parenthood

The discussion on Birth Control

is a very sensitive topic due to the
obvious benefits of being able to do
exactly what Margaret Sanger
promoted publicly with her views
on family planning. Many
American women choose birth
control to prevent unwanted and
unplanned pregnancies. We can all
agree that unwanted pregnancies
can cause a problem, especially
with teen pregnancy. Such is not,
however, the intended subject of
this debate; rather, it is to explore
the sociological implications of birth control and its negative
impact on society.

The subject of birth control is not one openly discussed in

American society; at first, the cog of Margaret Sanger and
Planned Parenthood appeared as a weak and somewhat
insignificant one. As information for the supposed benefits of birth
control began to amass, Margaret Sanger became one of the most
pivotal influences on Progressive society. At a time when womens
suffrage and civil rights were so prominent, Margaret Sanger took
the stage and transformed American society by liberating the
carnal ideas of sexuality by eliminating its natural consequences
and the purpose of sexuality.

America was not always so numb to the kind of blatant sexuality

that shocked even grown men a half-century ago, and that gradual
desensitizing of our whole society - while likely due in some part
to Lukacs - owes its strongest momentum to Sanger.

What is the purpose of birth control?

Beyond the patently obvious
confines of the definition, its
function is to allow consenting adults
to freely engage in sexual activity by
lowering the risk of pregnancy. As
the purpose of sex is almost surely
procreation, birth control reassigns
the purpose of sexual acts to carnal
pleasure rather than to creation of
life. Is the coital act, engaged in
simply for the sake of sexual
pleasure, a bad thing? No; it is
obvious that pleasure has a purpose
as well. Is engaging in the coital act
simply for the sake of sexual
pleasure, a bad thing? Yes.

So what are the consequences of

this? Without the possibility of a
pregnancy, intercourse involves less responsibility, resulting in
more promiscuous behavior particularly where teens are
involved, where it can be the most damaging. This is important to
understand the relevance of Sanger within Progressive machinery.
She made it easier for Lukacs ideas to be ushered into society by
considerably reducing the risk of pregnancy from sexual
promiscuity. Personal conflicts aside, the central issue must be: is
sexual activity, with the aid of birth control, appropriate for
married couples? As a moral question, the answer lies between the
reader, and God.

Would it then be correct to say that, if birth control steers the

purpose of sexuality from creating life to an act of self-
gratification, it could damage the sanctity of intercourse? Would it
be safe to say that steering the purpose in this direction would also
be changing the sexual experience to a more personal and even a
more selfish act? These are tough questions, which offer a great
vantage point to observe human sexuality from.

To look further into the repercussions of Margaret Sangers legacy

of Planned Parenthood, observe the following statistics:

Margaret Sanger succeeded in eliminating many unwanted

pregnancies. Since the 19seventies, birth rates among teens
dropped significantly, as did abortions. Evidence tends to support
the conclusion that easy access to and education about birth
control had a lot to do with it. The Guttmacher Institute - which
follows trends of abortions, pregnancies, and births - reports that
pregnancies dropped from 10% of the female population in 1986
to 7.1% of the population by 200645; abortions resulting from
these pregnancies dropped from 50% to 41%.
Another statistic not so encouraging - concerns marriage rates
in the United States. The Health and Human Services of the
United States Government reported that the marriage rate in the
1940s dropped from 12% to 7% of the population.

If you look at the rate of population growth you will see a huge
increase in population, from 150 million people in the 1950s to
estimate 300 million in 2010. It is interesting to note that
marriage rates are dropping as the overall population is
increasing. In a society that is losing respect for the importance
of families or family values, this is no surprise; it would make
Lukacs proud. With television shows depicting divorced couples
and single parents as a reflection of what people can relate to, it
shows a sharp contrast to the days of Leave it to Beaver -
family structure has been interrupted with mens increasing
disrespect of women, the womens liberation movement, and a
culture that simply blocks human reproduction or exterminates
life to rid them of a perceived mistake.

Planned Parenthood and its affiliates are the biggest contributors to

abortions in the United States. Among their many other services,
they also issue contraceptive devices and birth control drugs;
perform pregnancy testing; and provide sex education.

What is the overall purpose of Planned Parenthood? Its founder,

Margaret Sanger, best answers the answer to this question.

Birth control aims to create a race of thoroughbreds, Margaret

Sanger, Birth Control Review, Nov. 1921 (p. 2)

More children from the fit, less from the unfit that is the chief
aim of birth control. (Birth Control Review, May 1919, p. 12)

human weeds, reckless breeders, spawning human beings

who never should have been born. Margaret Sanger, Pivot of
Civilization, (referring to immigrants and the poor)
Those least fit to carry on the race is increasing most rapidly.
Funds that should be used to raise the standard of our civilization
are diverted to maintenance of those who should never have been
born.Margaret Sanger, Pivot of Civilization, p.279.

The marriage bed is the most degenerating influence in the social

order, Sanger, (p.23)

The most successful educational approach to the Negro is

through a religious appeal. We do not want word to go out that we
want to exterminate the Negro population, and the minister is the
man who can straighten out that idea if it ever occurs to any of
their more rebellious members. -Margaret Sanger, letter to
Clarence Gamble, Dec. 10,1939. - Sanger manuscripts, Sophia
Smith Collection, Smith College.

There is more that may be found in a simple Internet search, if

more evidence is desired. Margaret Sanger was a fervent supporter
of eugenics. The idea of engineering a society of genetically
perfect and pure humans appears to be a common thread between
all the radicals previously addressed.

Margaret Sanger fits perfectly into the structure of The Machine

for many of the reasons listed above. It is most important to
understand that her relevance to The Machine is through her
destruction of the family. It is no secret that the backbone to a solid
family structure is the devoted mothers nurturing abilities. Women
like Margaret Sanger have marred and maligned the beauty and
deep importance that mothers play in our society by demanding
that women be equal to men when it is physically and
physiologically impossible. It would be as ridiculous for a man to
believe that he would have the nurturing ability of a woman as it
would be to think that the most-physically-powerful woman could
be as strong as the physically strongest man. There is no disputing
our extreme differences and the roles that we must play to nurture
a society of respectful families.

As the roles of women were driven away from the home by a

blooming womens liberation movement, children slowly lost the
nurturing home. Young ones soon became more instructed by
television and their friends influences outside the home - while
mothers joined the fathers in the workforce. Furthermore, the
influx of women to the workforce resulted in wages dropping -
eventually all but eliminating the single-income family. Fathers
and mothers roles seemed to equalize: men had to learn to be
nurturing, and women had to learn to be providers. This dynamic
change created a paradox within the natural order of male and
female by seeking to equalize something that is not designed to be

One must understand that the furthest-reaching roots of a republic

are the individuals. To contribute to, and thrive within, a civilized
republic, these individuals need to be both moral and ethical
virtues that are taught by a nurturing mother and a supportive
father. A community is a moral one when it is made up of a
collection of moral families. Many such communities may
combine and incorporate to form a moral State. A collection of
fifty moral States may then make up a moral nation. Within a
moral nation: the people govern themselves; the local government
provides services that require more organization and logistical
capacity than smaller groups can muster; and the general
government presents the face of the nation to the world, and
intercedes between sovereign states in conflict. When the family is
destroyed, moral breakdown occurs. There, then, is the need for
the people to be governed - due to lack of self-discipline.

Margaret Sanger is relevant because she poisoned the nation at its

roots by changing the dynamics of family roles. Over the years, the
family structure has broken down and the morality of the nation
has largely vanished. It is now that we see children killing,
stealing, and raping. If we are to restore the Tree of Liberty to its
full health, we must start by pruning away the unhealthy growth at
the top and replacing the toxic soil around the roots with fresh

By way of closing, it is worth mentioning that the idea of

constructing heaven on earth - in the form of a socialist Utopia - is
an impossible task. Anyone who has read Genesis 11:1-9 is at least
familiar with the story of the Tower of Babel. It is remarkable that
a record of people attempting to build a Utopia (in the form of a
tower to heaven), and the failure and aftermath of that undertaking,
exists in one of the oldest authoritative books known to man.

Some in the religious community claim that attempts at reversing

Gods will by creating a unified world - after He dispersed
mankind through the confusion of languages - are blasphemous.
Some also believe that the devil wishes to create a false Utopia
with his own image here on earth - to deny God his kingdom -
which is widely held to be a sign of the End of Days.
A political or spiritual belief aside, the implications of losing our
sovereignty to a community of nations is too great to ignore.
Americans cannot afford to be so naive as to believe that this
United Nations or New World Order shall be able to eliminate
religious wars or enforce peace through a single global
government. What is far more likely is that they will use the tactics
of Marxism to render the people entirely subject to the
government. A well- and long-established fact is that others shall
govern those that do not wish to govern themselves usually by
force of arms. What better way (it has been argued) to force uncivil
countries to be civil, than to make them dependent upon you and
then deny them the goods or services they receive from you until
they resume their place?

Welcome to the idea of United Nation sanctions.

Woodrow Wilson 1856 1924

Radical ideas of the New Freedom

The US Constitution can view

Woodrow Wilsons policies as
President of the United States as
extremely radical as it relates to
previous precedent set America
Presidents and his approach to the
confines put on the presidency. Wilson,
who was a white supremacist46 and an
open apologist for slavery47, slipped
passed Theodore Roosevelt and
William Howard Taft - who split the
Republican vote - to take the Democratic win for President in
1912. Once elected, he worked feverishly to pass extreme
progressive policies and to anchor himself as a new leader of the
American Progressive Era.

Woodrow Wilson is the only United States President to have

received a PhD. He was seen as an intellectual with radical views
on our founding documents. For instance, he claimed that they
were flawed and outdated and needed revision to suit the current
day48. He also claimed that the Constitution was cumbersome and
open to corruption49.
Wilson stated in his 1912 campaign speech labeled What is
Schulte Nordholt, J. W. and Rowen, Herbert H. Woodrow Wilson: A Life for
World Peace. 1991, Pp 99-100.
Blight, David W. Race and Reunion: The Civil War in American Memory. Pp
The Politics of Woodrow Wilson, 4148
The Politics of Woodrow Wilson, 4148
The New Freedom, Woodrow Wilson 1913
The makers of our Federal Constitution read Montesquieu with
true scientific enthusiasm. They were scientists in their waythe
best way of their agethose fathers of the nation. Jefferson wrote
of the laws of Natureand then by way of afterthoughtand
of Natures God. And they constructed a government as they
would have constructed an orreryto display the laws of nature.
Politics in their thought was a variety of mechanics. The
Constitution was founded on the law of gravitation. The
government was to exist and move by virtue of the efficacy of
checks and balances.

The trouble with the theory is that government is not a machine,

but a living thing. It falls, not under the theory of the universe, but
under the theory of organic life. It is accountable to Darwin, not to
Newton. It is modified by its environment, necessitated by its tasks,
shaped to its functions by the sheer pressure of life. No living thing
can have its organs offset against each other, as checks, and live.
On the contrary, its life is dependent upon their quick co-
operation, their ready response to the commands of instinct or
intelligence, their amicable community of purpose. Government is
not a body of blind forces; it is a body of men, with highly
differentiated functions, no doubt, in our modern day, of
specialization, with a common task and purpose. Their co-
operation is indispensable, their warfare fatal. There can be no
successful government without the intimate, instinctive co-
ordination of the organs of life and action. This is not theory, but
fact, and displays its force as fact, whatever theories may be
thrown across its track. Living political constitutions must be
Darwinian in structure and in practice. Society is a living
organism and must obey the laws of life, not of mechanics; it must

This is quintessential American Progressivism. The idea that

government is a reflection of an organic and evolving society and
not a fixed lawfully mechanical protector of rights that have been
endowed by God or Natures God is the core foundation of all
Progressive ideology is built upon. Wilson mentions that a
governments constitution should be Darwinian in nature. He
openly rejects the idea that laws are to be literal and more or less
relative to the reflection of society. This is where the idea that the
United States Constitution is a living and breathing document.

This contempt for the Constitution was rooted in the checks and
balances and enumerated powers that the founders revered. More
broadly, Wilson believed that politics and administration should be
separated in the act of governing. This is most recognizable in the
birth of the administrative state or what can be considered the 4 th
branch of government.

Progressives have an overwhelming belief that intellectuals should

influence the path for society. Plato called them sophists. Hegel
called them the intelligentsia. Lenin noted in his work, What is to
be done that,
Class political consciousness can be brought to the workers only
from without; that is, only from outside the economic struggle,
from outside the sphere of relations between workers and
employers. The sphere from which alone it is possible to obtain
this knowledge is the sphere of relationships (of all classes and
strata) to the state and the government, the sphere of the
interrelations between all classes.

Wilson saw the intellectual class and or the Administrative Branch

of government in the same light. The government deals with the
struggle while the administrative state forms the pathways for
society to progress.

Like many politicians to follow, Wilson believed that the

Constitution was an outdated document and needed to be re-
written. He claimed that science could make America great and
needed to be the main focus of the country. Wilson believed that
the American people were too diverse for a republican system to
adequately serve.

Federal Reserve System - 1913

Wilsons most-known American policy was the implementation of

the Federal Reserve - a resurrection of the expired and rejected
Second Bank of the United States. With financial crisis in 1907, as
a prime motivator for Republicans and Democrats, President
Wilson convinced the Democrats to work with the Republican plan
to help fend off another financial crisis. The Federal Reserve Act
would allow Congress to manipulate the economy by printing
money, as they saw fit, to pump cash into a money market with
uncertain footing.

Federal Trade Commission 1914

This agency was developed, ostensibly, to protect the consumer.

The Commission would regulate businesses to help break up
monopolies and eliminate other anti-competitive practices. The
FTC made the system of laws much clearer for businesses, but
many believe that the law was passed as a concession to big
labor51, as a railroad labor strike was on the horizon: within the
legislation, Wilson demanded an increase in wages and a cut in
work hours. The result was no strike.

World War I

President Wilson ran the campaign for his second term on the
slogan, "He kept us out of the war". Ironically, he would still be
forced to send Americans into combat after numerous German
submarine attacks in 1917. With a new war effort, Wilson directed
his domestic support for the war through coordination with the
Ramrez, Carlos D.; Eigen-Zucchi, Christian (2001), "Understanding the
Clayton Act of 1914: An Analysis of the Interest Group Hypothesis", Public
Choice 106 (12): 157181,
American Federation of Labor (AFL). With wages soaring due to
high demand for workers and no rationing, white-collar workers

American Protective League

One of the most controversial organizations that operated under

Wilson was the sanctioned American Protective League. This
organization was a quasi-private organization that carried out
warrantless searches and interrogations, spying on Americans
involved in anti-war behavior. The group operated through the US
Justice Department and was accused of seeking out anarchists,
pacifists, and labor movements.

League of Nations

Wilson was greatly influential with the League of Nations, but

would fail to get the United States involved due to the Senate
overruling the measure for fear that American sovereignty would
be diminished or even wholly sacrificed. One important aspect of
Wilsons attraction to a global, united approach to peace was the
influence on his thought of Kants Perpetual Peace: A
Philosophical Sketch; the idea was very corrosive to the views of
the American Founding Fathers. The League of Nations would
eventually fail, but the baton would later be picked up by the
United Nations in 1945.

Many current-day Progressives share the same ideological beliefs

as Woodrow Wilson. They are driven by a pragmatic epistemology
inspired by the likes of Immanuel Kant, Charles Darwin, and
Georg Hegel. These three philosophers had huge influences on
Marx and Engels, and comprise a triumvirate of pragmatic
thought, which is clearly visible in current day elitists, radicals,
and Communist fringe groups.
Weimar Republic

After World War I, Europe was

in turmoil and in the midst of
chaos created by the fall of three
empires the German, the
Ottoman, and the Russian. This
chaos created convulsive social
and political aftershocks
destabilized economies all around the world. The war was one of
the bloodiest in human history: nearly 8 million soldiers had died,
and it was said that 15% of the German male population was killed
in battle or as a result of attacks52.

From the rubble of the German Imperial Empire the Weimar

republic was erected, named for the city of its birth. It was weak
and largely unassertive formed, as it was, while the country was
in tatters after the war. After Germany was blamed for the war, the
Treaty of Versailles demanded reparations to be paid. Those
reparations - along with economic uncertainty, a new currency
hobbled by hyperinflation53, and a weak government - led the anti-
capitalist and anti-imperialist sentiment in the country.

The November Revolution from 1918-1919 took place

immediately after to the Russian Revolution. Much of this
revolution was spurred by the same motivations as sailors,
soldiers, and workers began a large workers movement. The
movement took the same shape as that movement in Russia. The
revolutionaries elected councils much like the soviets of the

Kitchen, Martin (2000) [1980], Europe Between the Wars, New York:
Civilization in the West, Seventh Edition, Kishlansky, Geary, and O'Brien,
New York, page 807
Between 1919 and 1923, the country suffered even more turmoil
as Fascists and Communists fought violently. There was a heavy
resentment of the Jews by both parties, as the Jews had been very
much against the war and were now accused of having betrayed
Germany to her enemies. Communists and anarchists attempted a
takeover and were almost successful as they took over the
Bavarian government in Munich - only to lose it a month later. A
volunteer German army later defeated them.

Weimars social programs were well received, as German goods

were scarce. Fears of economic collapse, due to lack of general
trade, caused the government to print currency to pay the welfare
benefits of its citizens. This heavy printing of unsupported cash
greatly depreciated the value of the currency and resulted in
hyperinflation54. A new currency was then released in an effort to
reverse this inflation, but its success at economic recovery was

For the next six years, the republic would see considerable
changes. There was some notable revival as, for instance, America
loaned money to help pay reparations demanded by the Treaty of
Versailles. With any political instability, however, this Golden
Era would not last long. With government usurpation in full swing,
Hitler and other Chancellors began to act solely by decree -
without parliamentary procedure and approval, and completely
ignoring the extant constitution. Little time passed before the Nazis
would build a majority in parliament. Soon after this, however, the
Great Depression hit the world and desperation set in for the
Weimar people. The fruit was ripe on the tree for the Nazis to
make their move.

Through several political and military maneuvers, Hitler had

himself appointed Chancellor. Never one to waste a crisis, Hitler
used the chaos ensuing after a fire broke out in the Reichstag to
Civilization in the West, Seventh Edition, Kishlansky, Geary, and O'Brien,
New York, page 807
pass Article 48 into the Weimar Constitution - forfeiting the civil
liberties of all citizens in time of Emergency. This solidified his
dictatorship, and it would only be a matter of time before Hitler
would strong- arm the members of parliament with his SS troops.
He would spread propaganda through a system of post cards and
radio addresses. His speeches would be given out in pamphlets.
His ubiquitous SS Brownshirts were central to all of the brute-
force tactics that Hitler used to secure and hold power.

The Enabling Act was the last step to

total dictatorship, nullifying the
constitution and allowing Hitler to pass
laws without the Reichstag. With this
power, Hitler forced all major
organizations to fall in-line with Nazi
principles. He outlawed Jews from civil
service and from owning property,
exempting only those who had served
on the front lines in the first war. Trade
Unions were banned, along with all
political parties. Massive book burnings
began in order to totally erase German
history making revision that much
easier. Any book that did not align itself with Nazi principles was
consigned to the flames.

Hitlers National Socialist regime was a methodical and

progressive takeover of a democratic republic. Propaganda
delivered by a subservient media to a public enchanted by
inspiring and crafty speeches (or terrorized by brigades of storm
troopers), and a fearful parliament, led to the dictatorship which
some would identify with the rise of the antichrist.
Adolf Hitler 1889 1945

Hitler is likely one of the ten

best-known figures in human
history. His radical view of the
world pulverized humanity
with the execution of
6,000,000 Jews during World
War II55. His rise to power was
met with both fascination and
disgust: his oratory skills were
considerable and mesmerizing, his message inflaming - but many
failed to listen past the sound of The Machine; this machine was
the construct of Fascism. What will be discussed here are not the
events of Hitlers regime, but rather the fuel that drove him to

It is important to understand that, at this time in history, chaos and

confusion reigned in Europe - with financial crises running
rampant. The communications media of the day were nothing like
we have now, so news travelled slowly. Government policies were
passed through parliament with
very little word to the public
until filtered through the
newspapers and dispersed by
word-of-mouth. Propaganda56
was less reliable than wild
speculation, since Hitler had
control over the newspapers at
the time.

Dawidowicz, Lucy S. (1986). The war against the Jews, 19331945. New
York: Bantam Books. p. 403
Weinberg, Gerhard Propaganda for Peace and Preparation For War pp. 68
82 from Germany
With the climate of crisis, Hitler unveiled his plan to resurrect the
Aryan race57 to lead the world into a hegemony, which was headed
up by his Aryan Brotherhood. His Thule Society looked at Jews
and Gypsies as parasites, fit for extermination only. Hitler would
change his reasons for exterminating the Jews, claiming they were
inferior and unfit to benefit from his new world order. He opened
concentration camps as a means of carrying out his plans for ethnic

Practice of Eugenics

Hitlers thirst for this ideal Utopia was

stimulated by his powerful fascination
with Eugenics58. Darwins Origin of
Species influenced the science of the day
heavily. Hitler believed he could control
evolution by making use of Eugenics. He
employed compulsory sterilizations,
abortions, infanticide, and executions of
people that were deemed inferior to the
Aryan race. He would kill over 70,000
criminals, degenerates, dissidents, and
homosexuals; the feeble-minded, the
insane, the religious and the weak were just as quickly put to
death. To apply perspective to this situation: over 400,000 people
were sterilized; imagine the generations of people who would
never be born.

It is important to be noted that the practice of eugenics actually

began in the United States. It was heavily explored and funded by
Progressive organization like Carnegie, Rockefeller, Harriman and
Kellogg. The movement was to eliminate the society of generic
deformities by advocated euthanasia and abortion as a solution.

Peter Himmler New York:1990--Henry Holt Page 402
Hitler's Secret Book, New York: Grove Press, p. 18
Harry Hamilton Laughlin was an American Eugenicist and director
of Eugenics Record office from 1910 until its closing in 1939.
According to Paul A. Lombardo, the author of American Breed,
Laughlin was among the most racist and anti-Semitic of early
twentieth-century eugenicists. Laughlin developed sterilization
program that was the model for the Nazi Law for the Prevention
of Hereditary Diseased Offspring in 1933. He was also in favor of
a plan for one world government which interested Woodrow
Wilsons policy advisor Edward House.

Eugenics was not some isolated movement. Evidence exists in

such laws as the Racial Integrity Act, which criminalized
marriages between blacks and whites for the purpose of
maintaining racial purity in society. Southern Democrats,
Progressives, and White Supremacists heavily pursued it.
Woodrow Wilson would sign a sterilization act into law as
Governor of New Jersey in 191159. Another Progressive President,
Theodore Roosevelt, was concerned about racial qualities in
order to preserve the civic health of the United States60.

So what was on the

horizon in the mind of the
Nazis? They believed that
they could create a Utopia.
This perfect society would
be made up of a ruling
caste - the Aryans -
through use of racial
hygiene or Eugenics. The
bermensch, a concept of
Nietzsche from his novel Thus Spoke Zarathustra, would rise up
and would live for thousands of years in a near-immortal state.

Eugenical Sterilization in the United States, Harry Hamilton Laughlin, page
Theodore Roosevelt: Preacher of Righteousness, Joshua David Hawley, page
These people, it was believed, did not evolve from the ape, but
rather descended from extraterrestrials.

George Bernard Shaw, the world renowned and revered Irish

playwright, was an ardent socialist and member of the Fabian
Society and initial supporter of Hitler. Shaw delivered many
speeches on the theory of eugenics. In his 1903 play Man and
Superman reworked Nietzsches concept of the bermensch with
overtones of eugenic doctrine61. In the play, the main character in
the play, John Tanner is the author of The Revolutionists
Handbook and Pocket Companion which included chapters on
Good Breeding and Property and Marriage. In the Property
and Marriage chapter, Tanner writes:

To cut humanity up into small cliques, and effectively limit the

selection of the individual to his own clique, is to postpone the
Superman for eons, if not for ever. Not only should every person be
nourished and trained as a possible parent, but there should be no
possibility of such an obstacle to natural selection as the objection
of a countess to a navy or of a duke to a charwoman. Equality is
essential to good breeding; and equality, as all economists know,
is incompatible with property.

In a 1931 newsreel dealing with the imprisonment of criminals,

Shaw states,

You must all know half a dozen people at least who are no use in
this world, who are more trouble than they are worth. Just put
them there and say Sir, or Madam, now will you be kind enough to
justify your existence? If you can't justify your existence, if you're
not pulling your weight in the social boat, if you're not producing
as much as you consume or perhaps a little more, then, clearly, we
cannot use the organizations of our society for the purpose of
Kevles, Daniel J. (1995). In the name of eugenics: genetics and the uses of
human heredity. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. pp. 85
keeping you alive, because your life does not benefit us and it can't
be of very much use to yourself.62

Some have claimed that Shaw was employing the reductio ad

absurdum argument or simply put satire to show the absurdity to
which some eugenicists aspired. It is hard to determine whether he
was being satirical in the newsreel especially taking to account his
previous speeches on the topic of Eugenics. He was even noted in
1933 as calling for the development of a deadly but humane
gas for killing those unfit to live63.

Lets not forget that the Nazi Party was the National Socialist
German Workers' Party. The only difference to the socialist
movements that we saw in other parts of the world at this time was
the nationalist aspect. Communist socialism differently from
Fascist socialism is world socialism. As evidence all throughout
history, socialism always ends up fascistic in nature. There has
never been a stateless utopia as Marx desired or anticipated with
his presumably natural, evolutionary, and scientific dialectical

"George Bernard Shaw reopens capital punishment controversy". Paramount
British Pictures. 5 March 1931. Retrieved 31 July 2011.
Conolly, Leonard (2009). Bernard Shaw and the BBC. Toronto: University of
Toronto Press. p. 189.
Franklin Delano Roosevelt 1882 - 1945

Franklin Delano Roosevelt was one

of the most controversial Presidents
in modern American history. The
Great Depression, Pearl Harbor,
World War II, New Deal, and most
of all the creation of the United
Nations galvanized his presidency.
Roosevelt was also surrounded by
conspiracies. He has been accused of
intercepting a Japanese communiqu
with details of the Pearl Harbor
attacked. His third term Vice President was also accused of being
involved with a Soviet artists mystical plans for searching for the
same Aryan utopia that Hitler was looking for.

Great Depression

Almost every American has become familiar with stories of the

Great Depression, which lasted almost 10 years from 1930 to
1939. Unemployment skyrocketed to over 20% nationwide.
Despite Woodrow Wilsons idea that the Federal Reserve would
curb any financial crisis, banks failed in massive numbers. Many
monetarists like Milton Freedman believed that the Depression
was actually a result of the poor policies of the Federal Reserve by
failing to allow the free market to correct under the Hoover
Administration. Hoover, in The Memoirs of Hoover admitted to
ignoring Treasury Secretary Andrew Mellons advised to let the
recession correct the economy. After several years of federal
spending increasing the spending by 50% for public projects,
Hoover thought he could control the economy, which is eventually,
became Roosevelts New Deal. The result was the Great
Recessions are simple corrections of the market and are highly
sensitive periods of time and extremely important in a free market
economy. They are necessary to stabilize growth as well as deflate
growth bubbles. Market manipulations by monetary policy or the
attempts to curb inflation are claimed to be the biggest result of
economic bubbles like we recently experienced with the Tech
Bubble and the Housing Bubble. As the Federal Reserve is an
arm of the federal government, it is not a secret that Federal
Reserve Chairmen and Secretaries of the Treasury have possibly
used interest rate adjustments to control markets to control
political pressure.

During the Great Depression, FDR was elected as a fresh face in

the White House. He promised change from the previous
Progressive Republican Herbert Hoover. FDR promised relief,
recovery, and reform. This was a system that eventual would be
the proverbial relay baton handed from the failed high spending
Hoover administration.

The 1st New Deal

Within the first 100 days of FDRs administration, FDR focused on

the relief portion of the new deal.

Federal Emergency Relief Administration - to continue
Hoovers relief policies under a different name.
Obviously the renaming was a way to distance himself
from Hoovers economically destructive policies.
Civilian Conservation Corps to employ 250,000
Americans to work on local rural projects.
Federal Trade Commission to provide mortgage relief
to millions of Americans.
Reconstruction Finance Corporation to provide
financing to railroads and industry.
Agricultural Adjustment Administration to manipulate
prices by reducing farming supplies.

National Industrial Recovery Act to reform the
economy by massive regulation to prevent future
failures in the economy.
Securities and Exchange Commission to monitor Wall
Street and set regulatory rules to prevent market

Stimulus Spending - $ 3,000,000,000 in stimulus
money to stimulate the economy. FDR used the
Keynesian model much like Barack Obama used in
Tennessee Valley Authority government owned
enterprise, which was used to launch massive projects
to aid the impoverished Tennessee Valley.
Repeal of Prohibition to use tax funds from alcohol to
pay federal deficits.

The 2nd New Deal

The results of the 1934 Congressional elections paved the way for
father New Deal legislation. With Democratic majorities in both
the House and the Senate, Roosevelt worked quickly to further his
power grabbing agenda.

Works Progress Administration further national relief

for 2 million Americans.
Social Security Act to create economic security for the
elderly, the sick and the poor.
National Labor Relations Act provided rights for
workers to organize labor unions and engage in
collective bargaining.

From the beginning of FDRs term, the national debt increased

from 38% of the Gross Domestic Product to over 125% of the
Gross Domestic Product.

World War

FDR entered World War II as an ally of Stalins Russia and

Churchills Britain. FDR would attack on several fronts including
from France, Italy, and the Pacific Realm. The war strategy would
entail cutting off oil supplies to the Germans and out powering the
Japanese from key islands in the Pacific Ocean. After fierce
fighting against the Japanese, Italians, and the Germans, the war
was won.

The United Nations

As an integral part of The Machine, Roosevelt contributed with

radical federal policies that were simply version two of Woodrow
Wilsons apparent globalization plan. The United Nations would
take over where the League of Nations left off. The formation
would create UNESCO, which was the UNs body to propagate
humanism in the name of world peace. The formation would create
many other agencies, which would structure and control the
unification of nations.

During this period there were obviously many people that were
against FDRs policies. FDRs progressive polices were very
radical and the scope of the government over-reach had never been
witnessed before in the history of the United States. With the
criticism came controversy and conspiracy claims. Amongst the
many conspiracy theories one stands out as extremely compelling.
What makes the claim most compelling is the source.

Westbrook Pegler was a Pulitzer Prize recipient and the first to

receive it as a columnist. He was extremely critical of FDR despite
his support for him in FDRs first election. Pegler was extremely
critical due to rising fascism and communism arising in the world
during World War II. Pegler saw the New Deal as an
international communist plot. He was extremely critical of the
labor unions at the time, as he believed that they were our biggest
national threat. Later his views would lead him to criticize the
Jews and made claims that the civil rights movement was a vehicle
for war being waged on American ideals.

This is not a surprised due to the nature of Progressivism at the

time. There was also great suspicion as the Soviets were waging a
covert war on the United States. When news of the Hitler-Stalin
non-aggression pact became public, many pro-Soviet Communists
defected from the Soviet cause. This included Soviet covert

Whitaker Chambers

Whitaker Chambers was one of these defectors. Chambers was an

American writer and editor who was a member of the Communist
Party USA. He would later be recruited to join the Communist
underground where he began his career as a spy. He along with
spy Walter Krivitsky would later meet with Assistant Secretary of
State Adolf Berle in September 1939 and expose the massive
Communist conspiracy he was a part of while naming 18 current
and former government employees as spies and Communist

Chambers claimed that he was introduced to Harold Ware, who

was the head of one of four Communist underground cells
operating in the United States called the Ware Group. Among the
members of the Ware Group were numerous numbers of
individuals in FDRs New Deal administration. Of these members
included Alger Hiss (Department of State), John Abt (Assitant to
US Attorney General & attorney requested by Lee Harvey
Oswald), Nathaniel Weyl, and others.

Chambers would name special assistant to FDR Lauchlin Currie as

one of the spies who was blamed for losing China to the
Communists. Although FDR and Berle initially dismissed the
claims, Berle later notified the FBI in 1940 of the espionage

In 1941, Krivitsky was found dead in a hotel room of an apparent

suicide. While speculation spread that Soviet agents killed
Krivitsky, Berle became concerned that Chambers would be
targeted as well. It wasnt till 1945 when Soviet spy Elizabeth
Bentley defected that the FBI took Chambers seriously. The US
counter-intelligence program Venona project would eventually
validate much of their claims.

Alger Hiss

On August 3, 1948 Chambers was called before the House Un-

American Activities Committee (HUAC). Chambers named the
individuals that were a part of the Ware Group including Alger
Hiss. Hiss was involved in the establishment of the United Nations
as a US State Department official and eventually a UN official.

Hiss was never convicted for espionage due to the period of

limitations had run out. Hiss would serve three years and eight
months of a five-year sentence due to perjury. Till this day there is
differing accounts on whether Alger Hiss was a spy for the Soviets.
Although the unethical not unlawful acts if Soviet infiltration
and subversion were proven, the trial of Alger Hiss galvanized the
accusations of Soviet infiltration and subversion as McCarthyism.
Franklin Delano Roosevelt is definitely one of the most
remembered American Presidents. With World War II, Pearl
Harbor, The Great Depression, and the United Nations all falling
under his Presidency it is hard to ignore his time in office. What
needs to be most scrutinized is his massive expansion of
government. Regardless of the good intentions, all of the agencies
and programs have been proven a failure over time. The programs
that still exist today are broke and simply a slush fund for
government spending. Agencies like the SEC have been proven
ineffective in many cases, as Social Security has been used in the
biggest Ponzi scheme in American History. All of the things you
have read above were simply cogs placed in The Machine all in
the name of globalization.
Frankfurt School or Institute for Social Research

The Frankfurt school of Germany is

a very important part of The
Machine. Marxism was solely an
Eastern European philosophy until
the Progressive Era. Even during
that era, Marxism was still very
isolated to academics and a handful
of politicians.

During the political and racial purges of Eastern Europe, many

Marxists and Communists alike fled Europe to seek asylum in
many parts of the world. The United States was no exception. It is
important to mention that Hitler sought out Communists like he
sought out Jews. Stalin saw that some Communists were a threat to
his power and killed many. Many also escaped and came here.

Once of the groups of Marxists that left Germany during the rise of
Hitler were the Frankfurt Marxists. It is important to note that the
name Frankfurt Marxists or the Frankfurt School was an
informal name given to the German Marxist thinkers that were
affiliated or associated with the Institute for Social Research. Carl
Grnberg started this institute in 1923 with the intent on
researching the social sciences.

A year earlier in 1922, a young German-Argentine Marxist by the

name of Felix Weil, held a symposium called Erste Marxistische
Arbeitswoche where Marxists such as George Lukcs, Karl
Korsch, Karl August Wittfogel, Friedrich Pollock and others
attended.64 Lukcs happened to be promoting his work The History
and Class Consciousness and is said to have been a heavy
influence on the Frankfurt Marxists.
"The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory", Marxist Internet Archive
(Retrieved Sept. 12, 2009)
The Frankfurt Marxists were concerned with methods and
conditions to allow for social change. Their emphasis was on the
critical component of theory. They desired to reach beyond the
limits of materialism, positivism, and determinism. They espoused
the Immanuel Kants critical philosophy and Hegels dialectical

Critical Theory

Critical Theory is a school of thought that emphasizes the critique

of culture and society by utilizing knowledge of the social sciences
and humanities. Frankfurt Marxist Max Horkheimer explained it as
the attempt "to liberate human beings from the circumstances that
enslave them.65

It must be mentioned that Critical Theory is not the same as critical

thinking. Critical Theory can be considered a form of critical
thinking. Critical Theory is however the expression or the
intellectualization of Marxism.

There are 2 core components or concepts to Critical Theory.

1. That critical social theory should be directed at the totality

of society in its historical specificity (i.e. how it came to be
configured at a specific point in time).
2. That critical theory should improve understanding of
society by integrating all the major social sciences,
including geography, economics, sociology, history,
political science, anthropology, and psychology.

Max Horkheimer 1895 1973

Horkheimer 1982, 244
Our expose of the Frankfurt
Marxists begins with the
introduction to Max Horkheimer.
Horkheimer was born into a
conservative orthodox Jewish
family in 1895. He would attend
Munich University after failing a
military physical to study
philosophy and psychology.
During his attendance there he
would become acquainted with fellows of the Frankfurt School
Theodor Adorno and Friedrich Pollock.

Horkheimer received his doctorate under neo-Kantian philosopher

and Professor Hans Cornelius after writing under his direction a
dissertation entitled The Antinomy of Teleological Judgment and
later habilitated with a dissertation called Kant's Critique of
Judgment as Mediation between Practical and Theoretical
Philosophy. Later his venia legendi (habilitation status) would be
revoked by the Nazis.

In 1930 Horkheimer was elected director of the Institute for Social

Research (Frankfurt School). He would immediately change the
school from an orthodox Marxist school to a heterodox for critical
social research school. The Institute would soon focus on
integrating the views of Marx and Freud.

In 1933 Horkheimer would leave Germany and eventually arrive at

Columbia University in 1934 after Hitler became chancellor of
Germany. It is important to note that the Nazis rejected any form
of Marxism and the Frankfurt School was no exception.

Horkheimers legacy is in the development of Critical Theory.

He had eventually ventured beyond Marxist theory and focused
more on Nietzsche and Schopenhauer but remains very relevant in
the development of the social sciences.
Horkheimer is noted for seeing the individuality of the
Enlightenment transforming into a new instrumentalized
outgrowth where new myths are born as the worshipping of
commodity, technology, or number. These become new repressing
agents. Capitalism becomes the new and only logic. Value
becomes the new myth. This new individuality was described as
Theodor W. Adorno 1903 1969

Theodor Adorno was a leading

member of the Frankfurt School.
He advanced a dialectical
conception of naturally history
that offered criticism of ontology
and empiricism. He did this
through studying existentialist
Soren Kierkegaard and positivist
Edmund Husserl.

He was known for his critical

debates of positivist science with
Karl Popper and his criticism of
Martin Heidegger's language of authenticity. He was also a writer
of polemics following the tradition of existentialist and nihilist
Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche and satirist Karl Kraus.

Adorno was also a musicologist. He viewed music no differently

than any other social or cultural expression. He saw that music
could be used to manipulate the masses and is also a reflection of
the oppression in society.

The theories expressed in music spread to other forms of thought

as well. He believed that since the Enlightenment, thought has
become the instrument of domination under the capitalist. He
claimed that as people try to become or express themselves as
individuals, they actually use the instruments of the capitalists in
order to do so.

The primary instrument is the market. The capitalist or merchant

class to exploit the proletariat or middle class created the market.
As the consumer within the middle class decides to buy a shirt,
which may make them feel unique, it is not only unique but its
purchase is an expression validating the dominance of the

Adorno explained the phenomenon of standardization as an

expression of domination as well. He explained that the
standardization of any product, service, or means to create the
product or service was a product of the capitalists desire for profit.
This action thwarts human progress because it reverses the
quantity to quality principle.

This is not a principle unique to Adorno. In fact Hegel first

realized it. Adorno simply applied the dialectic of Quantity to
Quality to his ideology. Hegel realized that as quantity and
quality are different in measure, that quality is affected once
quantity reaches its limit.

"The identity between quantity and quality, which is found in

Measure, is at first only implicit, and not yet explicitly realized. In
other words, these two categories, which unite in Measure, each
claim an independent authority. On the one hand, the quantitative
features of existence may be altered, without affecting its quality.
On the other hand, this increase and diminution, immaterial
though it be, has its limit, by exceeding which the quality suffers
change. [...] But if the quantity present in measure exceeds a
certain limit, the quality corresponding to it is also put in
abeyance. This however is not a negation of quality altogether, but
only of this definite quality, another at once occupies the place of
which. This process of measure, which appears alternately as a
mere change in quantity, and then as a sudden revulsion of
quantity into quality, may be envisaged under the figure of a nodal
(knotted) line".66

Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich. 1874. The Logic. Encyclopaedia of the
Philosophical Sciences. 2nd Edition. London: Oxford University Press. Pgs 108-
This may be a little complicated at first but lets use a simple
example. If a merchant creates a product with limited resources,
he may use those resources to make a lot of something with less
quality or less of something with more quality. Adorno points out
that a merchant will gradually take quantity over quality in order to
achieve profit.

Trotsky explained this as well in his Open Letter to Comrade


"Every individual is a dialectician to some extent or other, in most

cases, unconsciously. A housewife knows that a certain amount of
salt flavors soup agreeably, but that added salt makes the soup
unpalatable. Consequently, an illiterate peasant woman guides
herself in cooking soup by the Hegelian law of the transformation
of quantity into quality. Similar examples from daily life could be
cited without end. Even animals arrive at their practical
conclusions not only on the basis of the Aristotelian syllogism but
also on the basis of the Hegelian dialectic. Thus a fox is aware
that quadrupeds and birds are nutritious and tasty. On sighting a
hare, a rabbit, or a hen, a fox concludes: this particular creature
belongs to the tasty and nutritive type, andchases after the prey.
We have here a complete syllogism, although the fox, we may
suppose, never read Aristotle. When the same fox, however,
encounters the first animal, which exceeds it in size, for example, a
wolf, it quickly concludes that quantity passes into quality, and
turns to flee. Clearly, the legs of a fox are equipped with Hegelian
tendencies, even if not fully conscious ones.

This can also be aligned with the Theory of Evolution. As animals

adapt to their environment, they become a higher quality of
species. Of course we have disputed this as a disregard to the 2 nd
Law of Thermodynamics. If there is any relevance to Adornos
theory expressed here, it is that quality dissipates because of the 2 nd
Law of Thermodynamics and Adorno is simple confused and
frustrated with this scientific fact.
Adorno like many other Marxists like him see that the Merchant
Class impedes progress of humanity by preventing the evolution
from quantity to quality.
Herbert Marcuse 1898-1979

Herbert Marcuse is one of the

most well known Frankfurt
Marxists most notably due to
his highly influential writings
that helped fuel the sexual
revolution in the 1960s.
Interestingly enough,
Marcuse worked for the
Office of War Information
(OWI) on anti-Nazi
propaganda and for the Analysis Branch of the Office of Strategic
Services (OSS), the precursor to the CIA, to do social research.
The Analysis Branch of the OSS was considered the biggest
American research institution in the first half of the 20 th century
and is considered the place where American Social Science was

In 1943 Marcuse would join Franz Neumann, another member of

the Frankfurt School, as a senior analyst at the Research and
Analysis Branch. He was established himself as a leading analyst
on Germany.67 He would later join the US Department of State as
the head of the Central European Section and later retired in 1951
after his wifes death.

After the war, Marcuse would become a teaching career at

Colombia University, then Harvard University, Brandeis
University, and University of California San Diego where he
retired. He was a political theorist that was open about his Marxist,
Hegelian philosophy, and his support for socialist solutions.

Secrets Reports on Nazi Germany: The Frankfurt School Contribution to the
War Effort, 2013, page3
He would later be considered one of the founders of the New
Left movement which had a heavy Marxist and Marxist-Leninist
approach to class struggle with the influence of such works as An
Essay on Liberation. He would become such an intellectual
superstar that his face would be included on the cover on Life
Magazine. His influence was not only from his university
teachings but also from books and revolutionary material in
pamphlets passed around campuses.

Marcuse found a contradiction in the heart of modernity.

Modernity brought about the rise of liberty and the extinguishing
of superstition and dogma. It was the rise of modern world or
better known as the Enlightenment. It was the rise of science
and most notably capitalism in the historical Marxian dialectic.
The Immanuel Kant would say, dare to use your own reason as
reference to the heart of the Enlightenment. 68

The contradiction that Marcuse saw was that through the

enlightenment, as our intellect became so profound, we also
became more susceptible to totalitarianism through capitalism. He
noted that this rise in technology and intellect brought about a
change in human nature that we can paraphrase as being god-
like. We evolved from a culture that discussed the mysticism of
the apocalypse to being capable of bringing it about with nuclear

Most notably, Marcuse saw a paradox from the Enlightenment in

regards to individual focus with no regards to collective outcomes.
He saw that the individual rationality of the Enlightenment
disregarded the collective irrational results. An example of this
would be what Marx would explain as machines being used to
replace human labor. While a logical objectivist could rebut this
theory, this brought about what Marcuse saw was the need for
government control and inevitably totalitarianism.

Rick Roderick lecture on Marcuse
Interesting enough, that with the abandonment of religion and
spirituality during the Enlightenment, Marcuse recognizes that
human beings need to believe in something. Marcuse stumbled
upon the nature of humanity in which we desire something to
believe in. So when God disappeared and science took its place,
there came the belief in aliens, pagan earth worship, or the
worshipping of people. So the rational interest to the individual is
enlightenment, as there is an irrational outcome.

With these contradictions in modernity, Marcuse saw that we as a

society needed to embrace a well-balanced control over our
economy and society to prevent the realization of these
contradictions from destroying the society. This became the plight
of the New Left movement. It can also be attributed to the
beginnings of the rise of new age Progressivism.

In his book Counter Revolution and Revolt, Marcuse shifts from

the revolutionary militant-ism to a more Progressive approach to
revolution. His recognition of the disintegration of capitalist
society was to recognize the inevitable. It was destined through the
natural progression of dialectical materialism that the oppressed
masses would eventually raise up to reject capitalism.

In one of his most influential books Eros and Civilization, Marcuse

refuted an early theory of Sigmund Freud. Freud believed that
human beings have animal instincts and that the core of these
instincts was sexual in nature. Freud believed that in order to keep
society civil, the people needed to suppress these most animalistic
sexual instincts. Marcuse disagreed.

Marcuse believed that human progress is limited by oppression

and especially the repression of sexuality. In this book, Marcuse
explains that sex produces energy and that energy can be
channeled into progress. So the repression of that energy is
repressive to progress.
So as Marxists explain that there is a class struggle evident in
economic outcomes, Marcuse explains that there is evidence in
class struggle in the amount of pleasure someone receives. Due to
the alienation of labor, the sexual energy produced by the lesser
classes is less. So as the Bourgeois class progresses with more
sexual energy, the Proletariat does not progress due to less sexual

Marcuse believed that the capitalist worked to repress the

pleasure principle in order to maintain the oppressive status quo.
He also believed that unleashing this sexual energy would create a
new revolution against the ruling class. This is what sparked the
sexual revolution of the 1960s.

Arguably Marcuses realization of the contradictions of the

Enlightenment was perpetuated by his own sexually charged
revolutionary propaganda. The sexual revolution, that he directly
influenced, can be attributed to the degradation of American
morality that was the glue that held the civil society together.
Jrgen Habermas 1929

Jrgen Habermas is best

known as a public
intellectual and one of the
last public defenders of
rationalism. He often has
engaged in public debate
discussing democracy, the
rule of law in the social-
evolutionary context, as well
as German politics. With a
heavy influence on American
pragmatism and post-
structuralism, Habermas has
an expansive body of work
mostly about the concept of modernity. He is also very critical of

Habermas worked to extend the work of Herbert Marcuse, Max

Horkheimer, and Theodor Adorno. He was Adornos graduate
assistant who set out to reformulate the theories of Marcuse,
Horkheimer, and Adorno. His first project was to reformulate the
distinction between traditional theories, which utilize science and
philosophy, and critical theory that is the theory of emancipation of
human beings or simply social science. In a whole it was an
attempt to reformulate Marxism for the late 20 th Century. In short,
Habermas had moved away from Marxism greatly but held onto
the goals set forth by Marx.

He believed that human beings had three fundamental interests.

1. Labor to produce something that represents us

2. Communicate to communicate in order to define us.
3. Human emancipation to emancipate other human beings
from oppression.

In these three fundamental interests, Habermas seemed to join the

Marxian philosophy and the philosophy of some within the

In his work titled The Structural Transformation of the Public

Sphere, Habermas explains the notion of the public sphere. The
public sphere was a place where private individuals and
government authorities could meet and debate critical public

Habermas explains in this book that a bourgeois public sphere in

the 18th century and early 19th century was in decline. Habermas
saw that as industrialization occurred, the lines that differentiated
the public and private parts of the public sphere became blurred.
He saw that the attempt to save the liberal constitutional order
destroyed the bourgeois public sphere.

Habermas saw modernization was a result of the corrosion of the

participatory electorate. He believed that the mass media eroded
the public sphere and turned the public into a passive consumer
class and even generated the welfare state. This is a classic parallel
to Gyrgy Lukcs History of Class Consciousness where the
environment creates the consciousness and not the other way

Habermas believed that modernization disenfranchised the public

and merged it with the State. In this oppressive environment the
public sphere would be extinguished and the public would then be
a mass of self-interested contestation for the finite resources of the
state. This condition would promote the state rather than the
While Habermas was a Marxist, he did not wish to abandon the
enlightenment. His work on developing the theory of
Communicative Action is evidence of this. In the work The
Theory of Communicative Action Habermas believes that
rationality is achieved through communication. Rationality is no
longer tied to subjectivistic or individualistic premises of modern
philosophy and social theory. The human self is created through
the interaction with other self or selves. It is through the
responses of our communication that we define ourselves.

Habermas explained that through argumentation between different

participants, the discussion tests and validates the claims to bring
about a rationale. Furthermore the discussion is a self-reflexive in
which the participants can learn from others and build this
collective rationale. We often see this in online discussions or
televised debate.

He also explained that systematically distorted communication

was evidence of what oppresses us and supported communicative
rationality. In other words we choose to espouse what the
bourgeoisie or ruling class desires and not what we really desire.
We can see the attempt to reconcile this with the white privilege
movement in the United States where Caucasians are admitting to
the privileges that whites have. I would add that, arguably, we
could say that those prostrate themselves before the argument of
white privilege are being oppressed by the intellectual ruling class.

Habermas was also an opponent of the ideas of postmodernism.

Post-Modernists believe that the notion of comprehensive social
planning within modernist ideals were a failure. Modernists
believe that efforts to design and cities promoted social reforms
due to their organization and stability. Post-Modernists believed
that this planning when applied eventually evolved into chaos.

In the modernist belief the developers and the corporation could

manage system capitalism. Habermas was not concerned with the
developer or corporation but how planning could be used to better
the lives of individuals. He sought for solutions that could be
engineered by social planners to create a society that benefits all
and not just a few.
Erich Fromm 1900 1980

Erich Fromm was a German psychoanalyst, sociologist,

psychologist, and humanistic philosopher. He was also a member
of the Frankfurt School of Critical Theory. Fromm was the only
child of an Orthodox Jewish family who eventually abandoned
Orthodox Judaism for the secular interpretation of the scripture.

The cornerstone of Fromms humanistic philosophy is the biblical

story of Adam and Eve. Fromm viewed that as Adam and Eve ate
from the tree of knowledge they became aware of their human
existence and their separation from animals. Through this
realization came the existential angst of being within the
authoritarian moral order. They felt naked and ashamed because
they evolved from animals to humans and became separate from
nature while still being a part of it. The feelings of guilt and shame
perpetuated by this realization were quenched by love and reason.
This radical humanist approach only leaves one solution to
eliminate this angst. If the realization of being human and
separated from animals created the angst then reuniting with
animals can be the only logical solution. This explains the rise of
social sciences and the desire to understand our animal nature and
return back to the animal kingdom.

Fromm believes that thats this humanistic idea goes throughout

our society. In an interview in 1958 with Mike Wallace, Fromm
explains that human beings express a sense of superficial or
shallow intimacy with one another. He explains that even husband
and wives do not open themselves up to one another enough.

This idea is in line with Marcuses theory that society is oppressed

because of our repressive sexuality. Sexuality is the core of our
being in the eyes of Freud and Marcuse. In order for us to progress
we must open ourselves up to each other. This would fall in line
with our previous assessment of Fromms desire that is for us to
return to animals. What would be more animal like then to return
to a sexually liberated culture without consequence or guilt? After
all animals are shameless in their sexual pursuits even if it is
forceful and violent. Wouldnt a social scientist seem to justify this
as a part of our core nature?

Fromm further believes that Love is the most important desire of

human beings. It is in our core. The desire to express our love is
overbearing and primitive. He sees that as a society we are
incapable of expressing this love due to the impediments of desires
for success or commodity. This is so overwhelming that in order
for our society to experience true love and community with our
fellow man we must reject the desires
for success and commodity.

Socialist humanism is founded on this

idea that Fromm has expressed.
Fromm believes that capitalism has
alienated modern man. This theory of alienation is quintessential
Karl Marx. The solution was obviously a humanist approach or
even a socialist one. Fromm further expressed this solution in two
of his Marxian publications Marx's Concept of Man and Socialist
Humanism: An International Symposium. He would later be named
Humanist of the Year by the American Humanist Association,
which espouses Good Without A God
Franz Neumann 1900-1954

Franz Neumann was a German-Jewish left wing political activist

and member of the Frankfurt Institute of Social Research at
Columbia University. He is best known for his analyses of
National Socialism and put his analysis to work within the
American government during World War II.

Neumann served with Herbert Marcuse in the OSS (CIA) during

World War II as an intelligence agent. His role was to recognize
Nazis and Nazi groups in order to help the De-nazification
process. Neumann would later be moved to the State Department.

In 1948, Neumann became a professor of Political Science at

Columbia University while working with the Rockefeller
Foundation to strengthen political theory as a part of political
science in American University. He would write a book called
Behemoth: The Structure and Practice of National Socialism that
would explain the rise of National Socialism.

Neumann believed that the rise of National Socialism was due to

the struggle of opposing power structures or groups united within
their disdain for the labor movement. This book would later be
used as a model by other sociologists in the analysis of other
modern market driven democracies.
Siegfried Kracauer 1926-1966

Siegfried Kracauer was a

German writer, sociologist,
journalist, cultural critic, and
film theorist. Like many of the
other Frankfurt Marxists,
Kracauer would leave
Germany after the rise of the
Nazis and eventually reside in
the United States.

Kracauer wrote a newspaper

article titled Street without
Memory in 1932 where he
describes how human memory
is purged by change. In his
studies, Kracauer developed a
theory that memories are
being destroyed by technology. He states for instance that a
photograph is capable of capturing a moment but removes any
depth or emotion that would be associated with that moment. So
the photograph doesnt create a memory but rather an artifact.

Kracauer can be attributed to many beliefs that Marxists express

where technology forms the people using it into machines and
steals their humanity. Of course the capitalists for profit are using
the technology so his theory ties in with all of the other left wing
disdain for capitalism.


The Frankfurt Marxists bent logic in a way that showed that the
environment of society creates its consciousness and the
consciousness of individuals. They extended Marxism from simply
the observation of the class struggle that Marx explained to the
critical analysis of the struggle and its causality.

American Social Science can be directly attributed to the Frankfurt

School members as they flocked to Universities and institutions
after the rise of the Nazis.

Erich Fromm: 1934 - Columbia University, 1957 -

Michigan State University
Theodor Adorno: 1939 Columbia University, 1941
University of California69
Max Horkheimer: 1941 Columbia University70
Franz Neumann: 1948 Columbia University
Karl Wittfogel: 1939 Columbia University, 1947
University of Washington
Herbert Marcuse: 1952 Columbia University, Harvard
University, Brandeis University, University of California
Siegried Kracauer: 1966 Columbia University

Their influence can be seen throughout American society in the

media, in pop-culture, in our education system, and in the
American lexicon. The teachings are not attached to the American
way of life but are directly integrated and have become the
American way.

You cannot scan the channels of television without hearing about

the psychology of some character in American society. The entire
entertainment industry is built on an expression of social science,
critical evaluations of society, or the interaction of individuals
within our society.

Letter from Adorno to Benjamin, November 27, 1937 in "The Complete
Correspondence 19281940", Polity Press, 1999
On Max Horkheimer New Perspectives Edited by Seyla Benhabib, Wolfgang
Bonss and John McCole
There is a newly born American fascination with the critical
analysis of criminality. There is an evolution of sexual expression
that has risen since the 60s sexual revolution. There is a growing
disdain of capitalism over the last century. All of this can be
attributed to the imported social science of Critical Theory
brought here by German theorists within the Frankfort School.
The Creation of the Progressive Vanguard
Vanguardism is a Marxist-Leninist theory of revolutionary struggle
whereby the intellectual and politically awakened members of the
Proletariat work to make the remaining members of the Proletariat
conscious of their class status. This group of intellectuals is called
the Revolutionary Vanguard.

The Vanguard is not supposed to be separate or of higher class than

the working class but simply an usher that is to steer them in the
direction within the ideology of Marxism. This group may be
educators, journalists, politicians, activists, artists, actors, poets,
musicians, writers, etc. The members were ideally avant-garde
who broke free from the status quo.

The intent of these members was to educate the members in

Marxism in order to raise the amateur revolutionary into fully
dedicated and enlightened revolutionaries. The process would
work to cleanse the proletariat of false individual consciousness
and to instill class consciousness.

Lenin explained this in his

revolutionary pamphlet What is to
be done? between 1901 and
February of 1902. He states,

We have said that there could not

have been Social-Democratic
consciousness among the workers. It
would have to be brought to them
from without. The history of all
countries shows that the working
class, exclusively by its own effort, is
able to develop only trade union
consciousness, i.e., the conviction
that it is necessary to combine in
unions, fight the employers, and strive to compel the government
to pass necessary labour legislation, etc. [2] The theory of
socialism, however, grew out of the philosophic, historical, and
economic theories elaborated by educated representatives of the
propertied classes, by intellectuals. By their social status the
founders of modern scientific socialism, Marx and Engels,
themselves belonged to the bourgeois intelligentsia. In the very
same way, in Russia, the theoretical doctrine of Social Democracy
arose altogether independently of the spontaneous growth of the
working-class movement; it arose as a natural and inevitable
outcome of the development of thought among the revolutionary
socialist intelligentsia. In the period under discussion, the middle
nineties, this doctrine not only represented the completely
formulated programme of the Emancipation of Labour group, but
had already won over to its side the majority of the revolutionary
youth in Russia.71

In Lenins view, once the Vanguard brought class-consciousness to

critical mass within the working class, they would lead the
revolution to overthrow the ruling class. This may even involve the
Vanguard operating as military command hubs to coordinate the
revolution. Once the ruling class was overthrown, the Vanguard
would implement the dictatorship of the proletariat to further the
progress to scientific communism.

In the United States, Progressives are using a similar approach

with education. They have shifted education from a rudimentary
individualist approach to prepare individuals for adulthood to a
systematic psychological behaviorist approach that intends to
prepare individuals for participating within the democratic
humanistic collective of society.

We will explore the members of this open Progressive Vanguard

that is working to reshape and fundamentally transform the
American people from a group of free thinking conscious
individuals to a mass of collectively conscious members of society.
I was the mental collectivization of Americans and a spiritual
purge of American souls.
John Dewey 1859 1952

Founder of Progressive Education

Quote: Till the Great Society is

converted in to a Great Community,
the Public will remain in eclipse.
Communication can alone create a
great community

John Dewey is the champion of

Progressive Education. Most of all
Dewey was a strong advocate of
democracy through education and
democracy generally. His strongest
conviction was that humans act
based on the environment in which
they learned. This conviction was the backbone to progressive
education. It was a rejection of the fact that our consciousness
influences our environment but rather promotes that our
environment affects our consciousness.

An example of this would be that we learn a set of values from an

environment and behave based on these values. A collection of
people operating within a certain value structure will create a
culture. This is ideal until you create an environment on something
that is false, untrue, or subjective.

Like many Progressives, Dewey believed that we couldnt have

consciousness without the material environment. Consciousness is
purely human and does not exist outside of the human body. There
was no higher consciousness that we are separated from. In other
words there is not am absolute truth or God that we connect to
develop and nurture our consciousness.
The New School

Dewey was one of the founders

of The New School which
was known as The New
School for Social Research.
The name is synonymous with
the Frankfurt Institute for
Social Research. This was no
coincidence but rather an
indirect relation to the overall
socialist/progressive movement
at the time.

The school was created and populated by many

progressive/Marxist/socialist educators. Anti-capitalists educators
like Thorstein Veblem, pluralists like Horace Kallen, Eugenicists
like Charles Davenport, social engineers like Roscoe Pound, and
Fabian Socialists like Graham Wallas, and Harold Laski are who
made up the backbone of the school.

From this school was created the graduate division the University
in Exile. The Nazis or Italian Fascists created it for scholars that
had been dismissed. Gulf Oil Company part owner Hiram Halle
and the Rockefeller Foundation funded the school. The school
employed scholars like social scientists Max Wertheimer, Hannah
Arendt, and Frankfurt Marxist Eric Fromm.

The New School for Social Research was known for being rich in
the philosophical tradition of Continental philosophy, which was
originated in mainland Europe. The philosophy was rooted in
German idealism, phenomenology, hermeneutics, structuralism,
post-structuralism, existentialism, psychoanalytic theory, and most
of all critical theory of the Frankfurt School.
The school taught teachings from Parmenides, Aristotle, Hume,
Derrida, Kant, Hegel Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Freud,
Marx and others. Frankfurt Marxists Max Horkheimer, Theodor
Adorno, Herbert Marcuse, and Jrgen Habermas also heavily
influenced all divisions of the school.

Many of the alumni from this school are influential members of

society. Some of the alumni are humanist sociologist Peter Berger,
former President of Israel Shimon Peres, actor Marlon Brando,
fashion designer Donna Karan, poet, musician, and songwriter Ani
DiFanco, former First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, artist Norman
Rockwell, actor Woody Allen and many more.

John Dewey is most noted for his non-conventional teaching

methods based on behavioral psychology influenced by thinkers
like Wilhelm Wundt at the University of Leipzig in Germany. He
along with theorist like James McKeen Cattell and Edward
Thordike believed that the current education system was unethical
and needed to encourage what was called "a philosophical habit of
mind," but to teach "social skills," and to ensure that students will
"fit" into society.

Schools prior to John Dewey were firm and rigid, teaching math,
history, and language as philosophers like Plato and Aristotle
prescribed. Religion had to be removed from school as well as it
did not fit into the new Hegelian statist-idealist-philosophy.
Children no longer would learn rudimentary and foundational
knowledge that they would use as tools when they became
individual adult members of society. Instead education would be
used to prepare individuals to join the collective as a contributor to
society. John Dewey thought differently; he wrote in his book
Democracy and Education: an introduction to the philosophy of

"What nutrition and reproduction are to physiological life,

education is to social life. This education consists primarily in
transmission through communication. Communication is a process
of sharing experience till it becomes a common possession."

Education, in this light, was social indoctrination rather than

preparation of children for the time when they would have to make
difficult, complex, and responsible decisions within the collective
society. This was Deweys theory, laying out the foundation for
implementing dialectic process and indoctrination: we will teach
the children what to think, not how to think.

Example 1:

Fact or thesis: Our Founding Fathers were plantation owners and

owned slaves

Opinion or anti-thesis: Our Founding Fathers were racists.

Synthesis: Our Founding Fathers were racist plantation owners

who built the nation by the labor of slaves, thus the nature of
America is unjust.

Example 2:

Fact or thesis: The Declaration of Independence states: We hold

these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that
they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights,
that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.

Opinion or anti-thesis: There are some that believe that God

exists and some that dont believe that God exists.

Synthesis: The Declaration of Independence is an irrelevant

document because not all Americans believe that God exists.

What must be understood is what this does to our society. The

statement that Dewey makes - that education is preparation for
social life - is an absolute farce. It can it must be asked, which
society? Is it the students family and neighborhood society? Is it
the society of Vermont? If it is a Vermont society, how does it
prepare the student for the society in New York or Iowa?

This dialectic process is meant to stigmatize the facts thus far

offered by the educational system render them ridiculous,
offensive, or otherwise undesirable - and then replaces them with
the social scientists opinion through the agency of the teachers
and schools. This is where begins to be seen the creation of the
university professorial elite, whose own personal learning and
experiences, political/spiritual beliefs, and social philosophies are
injected into once objective lessons.

Lenin popularized this idea with vanguardism, which was

conceptualized by Marxist theoretician Karl Kautsky. In order to
maintain the socialist revolution and the momentum of dialectical
materialism, the Marxist tradition needed to be maintained. This
would be done through cultural influence in art and education. By
simply looking at the operation developed by progressive schools
like The New School for Social Research this is overwhelmingly
evident but the subject matter taught and the body of work of the
alumni that attended there.
What is fundamentally foreign
within Deweys educational system
is the removal of the traditional
teacher/ student paradigm. The
infusion of the dialectic process
into education of young children is
the primary cause for ADHD, says
Dr. Samuel L. Blumenfeld, and may
be the Trojan horse into our education system unintentionally or
intentionally to dumb down our children.

Deweys thoughts on the purpose of journalism are important to

mention as well. Dewey mentions extensively, in The Public and
its Problems, his ideas of transforming journalism from a
mechanism for reporting actions and happenings to reporting
alternatives, choices, consequences, and conditions. This is
critical. Much like education, Dewey believed that the evolution of
our society would depend on the stimulating dialogue that
journalism should provide. The problem with this is that it leads
the way to a perspective founded on ideology instead of
investigative reporting. This type of subjective journalism is one of
the causes of media bias.

What might be credited to Dewey as it was for Darwin - is that

Deweys desire for the growth of mankind through the knowledge
of mans opinions as opposed to the facts in order to prepare
children and young adults for society was well-intended, but was
also the creation of the cog that most noticeably threatens the
greatness of America when the hands of progressives manipulate
it. Deweys ideas and social perspectives led him to be an
honorable member of the National Education Association, which is
now running our public schools. His ideas of creating a social
Utopia possessed one key flaw - they were built on tolerance to
weakness and empathy for failure, rather than the education
derivable from nature or natural law: to learn from others failures
and so avoid unnecessary suffering.
When viewing the failures of Deweys model society, there is one
principle that stands out. Dewey denies the existence of God.
Deweys inability to accept God would only suggest that salvation
to him - was in the hands of men. This is apparent with his
involvement in the creation of the Humanist Manifesto. To think
that man can educate himself based on societys evolution can only
guarantee the destruction of man. This is evident in the corrosion
of morals in our current society from generation to generation. The
search for salvation is at the heart of every man; denial is irrelevant
and irrational. Further, repeated exposure to
human error and failure lead one to be tolerant of
mans imperfections; this perpetuates the lesser
self-deceptions that lead us to rationalize
unnecessary and improper extermination of
human life, as in the matter of contraceptive

God is perfect. Realization of this permits most - and leads some -

to perceive humans as imperfect and fallible. This realization is
what separates tolerance from forgiveness and reparation. Mans
society is an imperfect one that must lead astray. A society built on
the fundamentals of the natural laws of a Creator allows the eyes
of its people to be focused on one path to societal perfection, rather
than the impossible and irrational desire for perfection of a person
or group. Deweys attempts at creating a utopian world lead us
back to the Greek meaning of that word No-place.
The Modern Intellectual Elite
In a day when information is at everyones fingertips, the freedom
of speech in America is more magnified than in any other time in
the past. In the America of our Founders, this would have been an
impossibility (or witchcraft!). In todays America, it is a threat to
the intellectuals comprising the ruling political class. Over the last
eighty years, it has not been the enemies from foreign lands that
they have sought to protect us from; they wish to protect us from
ourselves, from blind wandering. The intellectual elite tries to
protect us from being the great beast, or a bewildered herd.

Walter Lippmann -The founder for the elite media

In Walter Lippmanns Public Opinion he

concludes that our democratic process
leaves us floundering in our own
communities hyper-focused on our own
neighborhoods rather than directing our
attention as it should be: the country, or the
world. He claimed that self-serving and
irrational social perceptions kept society
from progressing toward a better world
locked in a cycle of get for me/keep them
down. He also claimed that the individuals of any majority
represented in a democratic society were incapable of making
good decisions regarding the collective majority. It was the
bewildered herd in this individual majority that needed to be
steered by the governing class and the media.

In Walter Lippmanns too-big and too-complex world, he believed

that the intellectual elite was needed to control the people and keep
them focused on progress. He was a communist sympathizer who
believed that Communism was a viable form of governing, and
professed that development of a healthy respect for the Soviet
Union was imperative to American progress. He opposed the views
of others of his time who held that the communist regime was
expansionist and that the communists wished to spread its power
grabbing tentacles across the world.

Later, Lippmann would write his critically acclaimed book, The

Phantom Public, which declared that the public exists merely as a
myth or an illusion. He wrote that the publics perception of the
public as a whole is one type of deceitful mystical notions of
society. He also stated that the public is incapable of determining
the right direction for its future in the absence of a crisis; the
public is only able to address problems that are at hand and not
those that are on the horizon. He stated, Public opinion is not a
rational forceit does not reason, investigate, invent, persuade,
bargain or settle.
Sigmund Freud - The father of sexual psychoanalysis

Sigmund Freud was an explorer of the

human psyche and subconscious. Freud
revealed to the world his theories of the
inner workings of the human mind in a
time when the study of psychology was
taking hold in the intellectual realm, and
became well known in Europe for his
study of what he dubbed the human ego,
super-ego, and id.

For all of his thought and study, Freuds

in-depth analysis of the human mind and its beautiful complexity
never relieved his inability to discover a source of that magnificent
human mind. It is also important to understand that Freud studied
as a scientist, and believed that all of these mechanisms - our
instinctive animal nature - were normal functions of the human
mind but correctable by men. Freuds psychology seemed to
negate the perception that thoughts of sexual perversion and acts
based on primitive instincts were immoral, professing, instead, that
they are more a simple, natural part of us. This perception opened
the door to sympathy for the psychologically misaligned, and
tolerance for sexual perversions.
Edward Bernays - The Century of Self

Sigmund Freuds nephew, Edward

Bernays, was one who would seek to use
Freuds theories to manipulate the public.
In his book Propaganda, published in
1928, Bernays said that Propaganda was
necessary for democracy. He believed that
scientific ways of manipulating the public
were needed to keep society from
spinning into chaos. He believed that the
forces that can utilize the best practices in
propaganda could be effective in governing the body of the people.

During Woodrow Wilsons presidency, Bernays was utilized to

spread propaganda around the world - including at the Paris Peace
Conference at the end of World War I. This propaganda was
needed overseas to quell fears of American occupation - and also
at home in America after Wilson had run his Presidential campaign
on peace (Wilsons slogan during his presidential campaign was,
"He kept us out of the war"). While Bernays knew how to use
propaganda to play on the desires of others, he was not as
perceptive of others motives; it was from Bernays that the Nazis
would learn propaganda.

Adam Curtis documentary, The Century of Self, is about this elitist

movement, and is very disturbing. It seems that Freud discovered
the instinctual inner workings of humans and detailed it to the
world. The engineering of the instincts that humans had sought to
control for thousands of years through faith and religion had been
revealed. Through the gradual decay of the moral society and the
degradation of the society of faith, mans evil abilities were
showing through, but instead of trying to correct the moral failings
through reinforcements in ethics, and faith by promoting the focus
on the creator, these men worked behind the scenes to bring the
focus elsewhere - to distract us collectively.

As the intellectuals of The Machine steered the focus toward

them rather than on the Creator, they sought to perfect man instead
of reminding us of our imperfections. Despite the flourishing fields
of psychology and psychiatry, this past century was one of the
bloodiest and most destructive in history. It seems that, if man
could be perfected through these measures of science, he would
have arrived at our utopia already. The fact is that man is not
perfectible by man. Any who still believe so should study others
through history that also believed thus: Hitler, Stalin, Lenin, Mao,
and Castro.

These leaders thought that the people of their nation were stupid
and incapable of determining what was right for them. They
believed that the public was a bewildered beast that needed to be
tamed by intellectual means and intellectual people. They believed
that propaganda could be used through the media to control the
masses. They believed that the animals astray from the herd and
those that wish not to follow the democratic majority should be left
to die or killed rather than permit disruption to the overall will of
the collective. They believed in governmental command-and-
control economies, viewing their people like kids do ant farms - as
some kind of experiment.

This collective mentality promotes tyranny and the eventual

enslavement to the cause of a tyrant and his vision. Keep them
happy and they will follow, is their motto, until all have sacrificed
their liberty. The programming on the television; the movies in the
theaters; the games on your computer or game system; these are all
means of distraction and control. They seek to instill apathy in
each individual so that they can direct the individual to what they
believe is right. Through the all the forms of the media, the
intellectual elite wish to steer the public with propaganda, meant
in the end - to serve the good of men, not of Man.
A battle that has been waging for many years is
the one, being fought between the State and the
Church, for the minds and hearts and souls of
men. Since the beginnings of spiritual behaviors
and activities, people have depended on religious
or spiritual beliefs to guide their worldly
decisions. In tribal societies, members viewed
the world as every bit as occupied by spirits looking down from
the clouds, lurking behind trees and rocks, standing at your
shoulder as it was by people, animals, and plants. In feudal
societies, the kings and emperors exercised divine right the
mandate of heaven to impose religion on the people. Whether
people used personal prayer or joined worship under guidance of
clergy, a model of perfection led their lives: God.

In the 18th and 19th centuries, a succession of humanists - inspired

by science and impressed with the accumulated achievements of
the human mind emerged following the end of the Inquisition.
Darwin, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Engels, and Nietzsche sought
enlightenment without resort to a higher power or a higher
consciousness. They searched for a way to create heaven - to build
their inner conception of a perfect world they could not prove
through science - here on Earth. They believed that, through the
pursuit of intelligence and truth - employing education, social
equality, the elimination of competition, unity in beliefs, and the
tolerance of all inadequacies - that a peaceful utopian society
would simply emerge.

The reason the environment generally such an important

component to humanists is that they believe that consciousness is
not influenced by a "separate" higher spiritual conciseness. The
environment in which we learn is the developer of consciousness.
In other words there are not inherent rights, as some would call
them OR God given rights. Liberty is learned and not a part of a
natural desire to attain. Therefore consciousness becomes rooted
outside the absolute. In other words, we all have our own
consciousness rooted in experiences different than others. In order
to achieve an ideal society, we would have to join together
collectively to achieve a collective consciousness, which is

The desire to form a cohesive and collective consciousness is a

desire to form a utopian place on earth - in the material. If all
people are collectivized, we attain the same worldview, the same
goals, the same desires, and the same environment, which further
perpetuates this Utopia. This belief system or worldview is directly
related to Existentialism and what sprouted from that worldview

Humanists believe are all sentient beings beyond just thinking

beings but acting, feeling, and living human beings. We should aim
to reject the absurd as in labels, stereotypes, or any preconceived
notion that can be put upon us. They believe that through our own
consciousness we create our own values to determine the meaning
of life. When all of us sentient beings achieve this awareness, we
can achieve this utopian paradise here on Earth.

This collective paradise does not need of government since there is

complete harmony and unison amongst the people. There is no
need for democracy or voting. There is no need to judge since all
human beings have the same set of ideals. Anarchy is just a fear
and not a reality since all of the collective maintain the same ideals
instilled in them by the collective consciousness. The culture
resembles more of a cult of the collective rather than a collection
of individuals connected to a higher consciousness.

In order to attain this Utopia, the humanist must achieve it by

throwing off the labels, stereotypes, any preconceived the
essence that separates us. This must be done through ridicule of
the established essence in order to rebel against it. The humanist
sees the need to educate the collective in the same manner in order
to dialectically transform society from a fractured society into a
cohesive one.

The humanist believes that we need to abandon superstition and

the dogmas of old in order to bring scientific enlightenment. Marx
called this milestone scientific communism. Humanists believe
that man is perfectible if we just work together to mold the perfect
man. In essence we can break our stone individuality down into
mortar to and the humanist can form us into uniform bricks of
society. All of those that wish to remain rigid like stone in their
individuality must be cast aside through ridicule and or
punishment. Upon the foundation of principles laid down by this
enlightened group of people that Lenin called the vanguard, we
can begin erecting our society to the sky into the likeness of a
heaven. It would be a workers paradise.

Ironically, the same tyrannical and totalitarian kind of society that

they despised for its Inquisitions and crushing injustice
consistently grew from every attempt to create their Utopia: as we
discussed with Lenin and Stalin, those who did not wish to
cooperate with their utopian plans were a threat to their path to
heaven on Earth and were imprisoned, tortured, or executed. There
is no refuting these claims; the proof is in graves all around the
former Soviet Union, Germany, China, Vietnam, and many other
places ruled by collectivist forms of government.

The modern Humanist understands the complications of

eliminating God in the minds of men. As stated earlier, all humans
have a desire to be inspired by perfection. Most find perfection in
God; others find perfection in nature; some find perfection in man.
In order to create the ideal Utopia, the tolerance for others beliefs
is necessary. The problem here lies in the inflexibility of religious
thought due to its basis in an absolute truth - many religions
believe that their people are the chosen people. Some radical and
fringe religious groups believe that they must destroy all other
religions in order to create their Utopia. All of these complications
are what the Humanist wishes to solve, and their solution lies in
one unified religion or no religion at all.

So how do they proceed? Most humanists have a list of principles

which they believe could result in the realization of their utopian
society, and the similarities between these lists constitute a curious
collection of different Humanist societies - the list resembles the
number of religious sub-sects within the ranks of the Big Three.
There are Christian Humanists. There are Jewish Humanists.
There are Buddhist, Marxist, and Deist Humanists. Cosmic
Humanists, Existential Humanists, Integral Humanists, Trans-
humanists, Post-humanists, and even Anti-humanists swell the
ranks. On the way to erecting a utopian society, even the humanists
cannot seem to agree on an ideal, universally cogent form of
humanism. This is important to understand. Mans ideas are
always based on the individual; even philanthropic efforts are
determined by the values and virtues of the individual funding
them. We are all independent in our feelings and personal
opinions. We all wish to choose what to believe and we will never
agree on everything. The humanists attempts to conceive of a
collective society with all its members believing in the same
principles can never with the inclusion of the human element
come to pass without forcing patterns of thought and thus
admitting the failure of their efforts. This would be an example of
the most debased barbarity, reminiscent of petty kings of the Dark
Ages; the progressive idea is revealed as truly and actually

A very popular document revered by the humanist is the Humanist

Manifesto. John Dewey, who we discussed previously, was a
contributor to the first version (there have been three versions
since 1933). Each version is more radical than the last, with a
progressive corrosion of formally institutionalized morality.
Humanist Manifesto I
- Development of a new religion
- Removal of a profit-based society
- Voluntary collective cooperation

Humanist Manifesto II
- More rigid then the first version
- Opposition to racism
- Opposition to weapons of mass destruction
- Human rights
- Proponent of legalized divorce
- Proponent of eugenics (birth control, abortion, and
compulsory selective breeding/sterilization)
- Proponent of technology
- Rejection of divine grace and salvation
- Indoctrination of children in public school with humanism

Humanist Manifesto III

- Full reliance on science for all knowledge; rejection of the
- Efforts beneficial to the collective benefit the individual
- Humans find meanings in relationships through social
- Ethics and values are created from human need
- Humans are one with nature and a result of evolution
- Human fulfillment comes from the participation in
benefiting the collective

These are the most prominent of the humanists principles, and are
catalysts for the Communist machine. Many, if not all, of these
principles have become the mantra of the progressive movement.
If not repeated verbatim, they are prevalent in their policies. With
these principles, the public school system has adopted Humanism
through Deweys NEA influence, along with his influence in the
The existence of a fourth version
of the Manifesto is not
inconceivable, as it would fit with
the humanists urge to perfect a
previous effort, like Bill Gates
releasing the latest version of
Windows. This progression is in

The progression then prompts the

question, Progression toward
what? Where does this evolution
or progression lead us? It would
be the milestone that Marx defined
is scientific communism. The
moral entropy that we are
witnessing in this society manifests as a persistent and growing
tolerance for former taboos and the destruction of cultural
boundaries. Instead of celebrating morality, Progressives treat it as
some sort of roadblock on the path to Utopia.

The Socialist or Marxist believes that the community- or State-

controlled people will work as a collective benefit society. This is
in line with the ideals of the Christian, Jew, or Muslim; however,
these differ from Collectivists in that they are not controlled by
anyone they choose, rather, to exercise self-discipline and benefit
others in order to obey God. They are individuals acting in the way
that God wishes them to act, and at the same time forming parts of
a greater community - and the great communities join to create a
great society. As you can see, the only difference is that instead of
self-control, the Marxist relies on governmental control until the
collectivized social consciousness is achieved.

To further explore Humanism, we must explore the means to

which humanists wish for the collective to become in harmony in
order to usher in the stateless utopia.
Bertrand Russell

Bertrand Russell was a British philosopher, mathematician,

historian, logician, social critic, and political activist. Russell was
born into a prominent aristocratic family and considered himself as
a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist. Russell was a very well known
anti-war activist during the First World War later campaigning
against Hitlers and Stalins totalitarianism.

Russell also briefly entered into the Fabian Society until he

departed due to the fact the Societys principle of entente. He
saw that countries allying themselves against Germany could lead
to war. Convinced that war is the epitome of human abomination,
Russell in principle could not support anything that could lead to

Russell was so opposed to war that he saw that it was the

responsibility of the elite intellectuals of society to mold society in
order to eliminate the need for war. In order to do this, Russell
pursued humanism and the institution of the humanist principles in
order to achieve this global society of peace. Much like H.G.
Wells, Russell desired a global government to achieve this goal.
Russell too was a student of German Idealism and expressed his
humanist designs by quoting German philosopher Johann Gottlieb
Fichte. Fichte is best known for bridging the philosophical ideas of
Kant and Hegel. Russell said:

"Education should aim at destroying free will so that after pupils

are thus schooled they will be incapable throughout the rest of
their lives of thinking or acting otherwise than as their school
masters would have wished ... The social psychologist of the future
will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will
try different methods of producing an unshakable conviction that
snow is black. Various results will soon be arrived at: first, that
influences of the home are 'obstructive' and verses set to music
and repeatedly intoned are very effective ... It is for the future
scientist to make these maxims precise and discover exactly how
much it costs per head to make children believe that snow is black.
When the technique has been perfected, every government that has
been in charge of education for more than one generation will be
able to control its subjects securely without the need of armies or

It is evident here that Russells ideology will seek out any means in
order to extinguish the violence in men even if it is to extinguish
the will of man.

This sentiment can be connected directly to the American form of

education by exploring the work of John Dewey previously
mentioned. He would publish a seminal essay in 1898 called The
Primary Education Fetich which was a guide for progressives to
remake American education. He wrote

There is a false educational god whose idolaters are legion, and

whose cult influences the entire educational system. This is
language study the study not of foreign language, but of
English; not in higher, but in primary education. It is almost an
unquestioned assumption, of educational theory and practice both,
that the first three years of a childs school-life shall be mainly
taken up with learning to read and write his own language. If we
add to this the learning of a certain amount of numerical
combinations, we have the pivot about which primary education

It does not follow, however, that because this course was once
wise it is so any longer. On the contrary, the fact that this mode of
education was adapted to past conditions is in itself a reason,
which it should no longer hold supreme sway.... My proposition is,
that conditions social, industrial, and intellectual have
undergone such a radical change, that the time has come for a
thoroughgoing examination of the emphasis put upon linguistic
work in elementary instruction....

The plea for the predominance of learning to read in early

school-life because of the great importance attaching to literature
seems to me a perversion.... No one can clearly set before himself
the vivacity and persistency of the childs motor instincts at this
period, and then call to mind the continued grind of reading and
writing, without feeling that the justification of our present
curriculum is psychologically impossible. It is simply superstition:
it is the remnant of an outgrown period of history.

Dewey obviously rejects the notion of teaching literature based on

previous conditions because those conditions no longer exist. This
would explain the necessity to inject social conditions into the
teachings of history in our current school curriculum. Since the
environment develops our conscious, we cannot be socially
educated without understanding current social conditions.

This is why Dewey and other progressive educators promote a

more social education process. They see that youth need to first
understand the current condition first before they learn other
lessons in order to provide context to the lessons. To Dewey
education was simply a practical means of delivering knowledge
that the society demands. To teach anything to empower the
individual that doesnt empower the collective would be a
disservice to the collective.

In an essay titled "Humanistic Goals of Education from humanist

and psychologist Arthur W. Combs, he wrote:

Modern education must produce far more than persons with

cognitive skills. It must produce humane individualsthe humane
qualities are absolutely essential to our way of lifefar more
important, even, than the learning of reading, for example. We can
live with a bad reader; a bigot is a danger to everyone.

John Dewey believed that there was an oppressive oligarchical

power that prevented the proper education of children. This falls
right in line with the theories of Marx and the capitalist oppressors.
Dewey would explain in 1935 that:

The last stand of oligarchical and anti-social seclusion is

perpetuation of this purely individualistic notion of intelligence. 72

What is amazing about this is how the Progressive system was

designed to discourage literacy while the Progressive politician
pushes for public programs to increase literacy. Seems a bit
contradictory doesnt it? Or do the political ends of secular
socialism justify the means?

In a 1935 survey made of 375,000 Civilian Conservation Corp

(CCC) enrollees, 7,369 or 1.9 percent of them were considered
illiterate. This means they could not read a newspaper 73. On
January 8th, 2009, USA Today reported that over 14% of

The Later Works of John Dewey, Volume 11, 1925 - 1953: Essays, Reviews,
Trotsky Inquiry, Miscellany, and Liberalism, pg 38
Americans could not read the article 74. They were citing a study
done by the Institute of Education and Sciences. Interestingly
enough, violent crime in the United States has increased from 175
violent crimes per 100,000 people in 1960 to 475 violent crimes
per 100,000 people in 2008 as detailed by the FBI.

The Eight Year Study

It is no secret that the Carnegie Foundation has been involved in

Progressive causes. The extent of their involvement however, is
hard to know. From 1930 to 1942 an elite group of educators from
secondary schools and post-secondary schools participated in a
Progressive education program called The Eight Year Study.

The revolutionary and experimental program was designed to alter

the entire method and curriculum of American education and
compare the results to traditional methods and curriculum. The
Progressive Education Association (PEA) founded by Stanwood
Cobb sponsored the program. PEA would later be renamed
American Education Fellowship where John Dewey would later
serve as president. Cobb would later resign during suspicion of
PEA members involvement in communism.

In a documentary on the Eight Year Study by Brigham Young

University Professor Robert V. Bullough Jr., he describes the
biggest challenge to the program was the commitment to
democratic social ideals by the participants. He explained the
role of the teacher was changed from a guide of a conducted tour
to a guide of a group of explorers. He explained, the trend is in
the direction of democratic leadership on the part of the teachers.

The program incorporated the students and a way that extended

them beyond learning and repositioned them as subjects of a
democratic social experiment. Teachers and administrators were
repositioned to work together on policy discussions and program
reform as challenges shifted from curriculum knowledge to
philosophies of education.

Many workshops were developed in order to bring teachers of both

high schools and colleges together to expand the democratic
process. Within these workshops attended were distinguished
social scientists that attended to aid teachers in this social
experiment. 75

In her Education Doctoral Theses at Northeastern University,

Allison Ruda explains in depth the workshops between 1936-1939.
In her research she found three potential frames for examining the
research performed.

1. Situativity Theory a theory that suggest that learning is

meaningfully connected to the social context which it
occurs. In other words learning is connected to the
environment as Dewey proposed.
2. Organizational Change Theory the exploration of the
myriad of pathways to change that promotes and constrains
change in organization. This can be related to social change
and the effective path of change agents.
3. Critical Theory This is the Marxian method to examine
these social factors and results. Ruda mentions 3 different
strands of critical theory that are used to analyze the results
a. The notion of teachers as intellectuals
b. Teacher identity and agency
c. Education for democracy

The entire study from the workshops was to see how the
experience transformed the thinking, attitudes and beliefs of the
participating teachers.

Professional Learning Communities and the Eight Year Study pg 170-179
The idea that the teachers were more than teachers but rather
leaders is what is most important. We can attribute this theory to
the ideas of the vanguard elite that promoted Marxism under
Lenin. The plans were also to expand the teachers influence from
simple educators to leaders but also to informal associates. This
attempt was to eliminate the class (as in class struggle) structure
of a teacher and a student and merge the teacher and student
paradigm into a democratic educational entity. In 1939, 75 percent
of the participants of the Rocky Mountain Workshop explained
that the workshop was the most helpful due to the unusual
opportunity for personal contact.

These professional learning communities (PLCs) had 5

dimensions including supportive shared leadership, shared
values and vision, collective learning, and application of that
learning. Interdisciplinary studies were the goals as a languages
teacher and a history teacher might work together as a collective to
teach rather than work as an individual.76

Ruda explains that there was a dual emphasis on humanistic and

intellectual quality. This was to show a multidimensional to
themselves as teachers. This included engaging in creative arts,
games, and cultural experiences. Ruda further explains that the
critical analysis performed found that the workshops were
successful in promoting independent thought and intellectual
judgment all in response to their environment while collaborating
with others.

What is more apparent by this technique of shifting education to a

more democratic process is the grinding down the edges of
unconformity or most of all individuality. At the same time, the
teachers were introduced to the term agency where they were
encouraged to uncouple themselves from following the curriculum
dictated and prescribed by those with greater hierarchical
Professional Learning Communities and the Eight Year Study pg 170-179
This educational shift from building knowledge within the
individual to molding the individual to participate in the social
consciousness has been highly detrimental to the education
system and America generally. This form of education aims to
conform rather than educate as Dewey and Russell prescribed for a
peaceful and cohesive world population.

The shift away from individuality and the sense of authority has
propagated the American student to detach themselves from
individual or family values and re-erected their value structure
with the democratic value structure of the intellectual institution.
The intent here is to once again cohesively mold the population
into a single minded collective and reject old value systems to
promote peace, fairness, and equality.

Some of those old value systems include entrepreneurship,

individual self-interests, individuality liberty, and competition.
Education shifted from building a base for the individual to
building an individual to participate in the collective. Students
were more prepared to work for someone else as a part of the team
rather than start a new innovating business. This education
technique silenced the independent American spirit and
extinguished American Excellence.

The humanists goal is create a socially conscious morality that

shifts the focus from serving God to serving society. The intent is
uniting the consciousness of individuals into the collective
consciousness. We often hear humanists or those influenced
heavily by humanism say that we find salvation collectively.
President Barack Obama then Senator Obama - expressed this
notion of collective salvation in a speech to graduating students
of Wesleyan College in 2008. He says:

You can take your diploma, walk off this stage and chase only
after the big house and the nice suits and the other things that our
money culture says you should buy, you can choose to narrow your
concerns and live life in a way that tries to keep your story
separate from Americas, but I hope you dont, not because you
have an obligation to those who are less fortunate, although I
believe you do have that obligation; not because you have a debt
to all those who helped you get to where you are today, although I
do believe you have that debt to pay. Its because you have an
obligation to yourself. Because our individual salvation depends
on collective salvation.

He would later say:

And recognizing that my fate remain tied up with their fates, that
my individual salvation is not going to come about without a
collective salvation for the country.

This is not some simple slip of the tongue of Obama. It is a

calculated message to the students of Wesleyan College that they
have an obligation to society or more specially the collective

Salvation is the deliverance from sin and its consequences or the

deliverance from harm. The humanists view is that we are serving
the collective and that our obligation and salvation lie within the
salvation of the collective. Christians believe that they cannot
achieve salvation without eliminating sin from their lives.
Humanists believe something very similar. They believe that we
cannot achieve utopia heaven on Earth without the elimination
of social injustices from the collective consciousness. With
understanding this, we can now realize that secular humanism in
all of its forms is not secular at all and is yet another religion.
Saul Alinsky 1909 1972

Publication: Reveille for Radicals & Rules for Radicals

Saul Alinsky is an
important member of the
Progressive Vanguard. His
methods of agitation and
use of polemics are
legendary in the
Progressive political
activist community. He has
also become so polarized,
as the politically savvy
members of the country have awakened to his type of activism that
the left has tried to make him into a caricature of a desperate right
wing conspiracy.

We must look at the era when Saul Alinsky began his work rather
than just a specific piece of his work. Alinsky came from the home
of Chicago Russian Jewish Immigrants. His family was devout
orthodox - an ideology that he would later renounce. While
working through the Great Depression, he became involved in the
Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO). This organization was
a supporter of FDRs New Deal.
Alinsky would eventually leave
the labor movement and
become more involved in the
community organizing, which
took place in Chicagos - and
eventually Californias -
ghettos. His intentions were
laudable: he encouraged those
without a voice to rise up and
get involved in the political
system. As admirable as
Alinskys tactics appeared,
however, they were notably
controversial77, employing a
radical and unethical set of
procedures. He believed that
justice dictated taking from the
haves and giving it to the
have-nots. In his book,
Rules for Radicals, He states: The Prince was written by
Machiavelli for the Haves, on how to hold power. Rules for
Radicals is written for the Have-Nots, on how to take it away.

The mentioning of the haves and the have-nots is not

authentically Alinsky-ian. It is actual synonymous to the Marxian
lexicon. Marx explained the haves as the merchant class or the
bourgeoisie. The common terms used now are the rich, the
one percent, or the ruling class. Marx explained the have-nots
as the working class or the proletariat. The common terms used
now are the poor or the the middle class.

Alinskys methods to take from the haves and give to the have-
nots were well thought-out and structured. In his Rules for
Radicals - a fascinating, must-read book for all who would like a
The Democratic Promise: Saul Alinsky and His Legacy". July 14,
better understanding the tactics of community organizers and more
specifically the liberal operatives - Alinsky lays out the methods
that he teaches to organizing groups.

His means to an end philosophy especially merits great

attention; he teaches that one must employ whatever means
necessary - ethical or unethical - to achieve the desired end. In his
book, Alinsky makes this profoundly radical statement concerning

you do what you can with what you have, and clothe it with
moral arguments.

What Alinsky alludes to here is that the radical must find ways to
disguise their tactics and actions with moral arguments as a way to
achieve the ultimate goal. He also states that, Ethical standards
must be elastic, to stretch with the times; this is truly the mantra
of the Progressive. The question to the self-proclaimed Progressive
should be, progress toward what? If the means are anything other
than ethical and moral, the progression is, inevitably, toward a
completely unethical and immoral society.

If the Progressive wishes to have everyone become a Progressive,

then all ethics, taboos and morals must and will be erased in the
move to free us; this elimination, however, would lead to general
chaos. This chaos in turn - would require a government to
establish order by imposing ethical standards and moral structure
to bring civility thus defeating the
Marxist/Communist/Progressive agenda.

In the very beginning of Alinskys book Rules for Radicals, he

makes the following dedication to the first radical.

Lest we forget at least an over-the-shoulder acknowledgment to

the very first from all our legends, mythology, and history (and
who is to know where mythology leaves off and history begins
or which is which), the first radical known to man who rebelled
against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least
won his own kingdom Lucifer

Much like his ideological mentor Antonio Gramsci, Saul Alinsky

believed that in order to fundamentally transform society to a more
radical egalitarian system, incremental tactics were required to
achieve his desired ends. What must be understood about
Alinskys tactics is how his influence resonates through our entire
culture. Members of our government or the political class use his
tactics. They organize people to influence individual business
agendas, other power structure organizations, and even elections.

The idea of taking from the haves and give to the have-nots is
not only a way to take property from the wealthy in order to give it
to others, but a means of doing away with the Constitution. Read
on and see examples of some of the rules and how they are being

Rule 1: Power is not only what you have, but also what an
opponent thinks you have. If your organization is small, hide your
numbers in the dark and raise a din that will make everyone think
you have many more people than you do.

Rule 2: Never go outside the experience of your people.

The result is confusion, fear, and retreat. (Curious, coming from a
fire-breathing Progressive like Saul Alinsky)

Rule 3: Whenever possible, go outside the experience of an

opponent. Here you want to cause confusion, fear, and retreat.

Rule 4: Make opponents live up to their own book of rules. You

can kill them with this, for they can no more obey their own rules
than the Christian church can live up to Christianity.

Rule 5: Ridicule is mans most potent weapon. It is hard to

counterattack ridicule, and it infuriates the opposition, which then
reacts to your advantage.

Rule 6: A good tactic is one your people enjoy. If your people

arent having a ball doing it, there is something very wrong with
the tactic.

Rule 7: A tactic that drags on for too long becomes a drag.

Commitment may become ritualistic as people turn to other issues.

Example: Environmentalism > pollution > acid rain > global

cooling > global warming > climate change

Rule 8: Keep the pressure on. Use different tactics and actions and
use all events of the period for your purpose. The major premise
for tactics is the development of operations that will maintain a
constant pressure upon the opposition. It is this that will cause the
opposition to react to your advantage.

Rule 9: The threat is more terrifying than the thing itself. (When
Alinsky leaked word that large numbers of poor people were going
to tie up the washrooms of OHare Airport, Chicago city
authorities quickly agreed to act on a longstanding commitment to
a ghetto organization; they were imagining the mayhem as
thousands of passengers poured off airplanes to discover every
washroom occupied, and the ensuing international embarrassment
and damage to the citys reputation.)

Rule 10: The price of a successful attack is a constructive

alternative. Avoid being trapped by an opponent or an interviewer
who says, Okay, what would you do?

Rule 11: Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it.
Dont try to attack abstract corporations or bureaucracies.
Identify a responsible individual. Ignore attempts to shift or spread
the blame.
These tactics are not only used by street organizers but are being
used by our government to shake down businesses. In an
Investors Business Daily article dated August 27, 2014 and titled
Holder Cut Left-Wing Groups in on $17 Bil BofA Deal, the
article outlines how Bank of America is being extorted by the
Justice Department to benefit left-wing activist or community

The article states that, buried in the fine print, which includes $7
billion in soft-dollar consumer relief, are a raft of political payoffs
to Obama constituency groups. In essence the federal
government is forcing this large bank to contribute to a large slush
fund for Democratic special interests. It further explains that if
Bank of American if it makes extra donations to Interest on
Lawyers Trust Account (IOLTA), a legal service for the poor and
left-wing causes, the bank would get extra credit,

BofA gets extra credit if it makes at least $100 million in direct

donations to IOLTA and housing activist groups approved by

According to the list provided by Justice, those groups include

come of the most radical bank shakedown organizations in the
country, including:

La Raza, which pressures banks to expand their credit box to

qualify more low-income Latino immigrants for home loans;

National Community Reinvestment Coalition, Washington's most

aggressive lobbyist for the disastrous Community Reinvestment

Neighborhood Assistance Corporation of America, whose

director calls himself a "bank terrorist;"
Operation Hope, a South Central Los Angeles group that's
pressuring banks to make "dignity mortgages" for deadbeats.

Worse, one group eligible for BofA slush funds is a spin-off of

Acorn Housing's branch in New York.

It's now rebranded as Mutual Housing Association of New York, or

MHANY. HUD lists MHANY's contact as Ismene Speliotis, who
previously served as New York director of Acorn Housing.

This is quintessential democratic socialism as well as the tactics

inspired Saul Alinsky. The bank is essentially the haves and the
community organizing groups are the mechanisms for
redistributing wealth to the have-nots.

Alinskys work was devoted to collectivizing people against the

system. Alinskys tactics are simply a way to implement a
minoritys interests rather than a majoritys by misleading the
majority or simply holding them politically hostage. It is a grand
illusion, ushered on by bully tactics, which implement unethical
and immoral actions, to achieve power ostensibly, for the
establishing of a (delusional) Utopia.

Our Founding Fathers built the United States to protect the

individual. They knew that the individual was the true source of
ingenuity and excellence. Alinsky, on the other hand, does not
work for excellence and ingenuity, but rather for equality in
outcomes. This equality is what he and the Progressives called
Social Justice or Economic Justice, but in the end it is only
Socialism. Alinsky explains the Progressives ideology best in this
quote from Rules for Radicals:

Action is for the mass salvation and not for the individuals
personal salvation. He who sacrifices the mass good for his
personal conscience has a peculiar conception of personal
salvation; he doesnt care enough for people to be corrupted for

Obama has even invoked this sense of mass salvation. In a

graduation speech at Wesleyan College in 2008, Senator Obama
Now, each of you will have the chance to make your own
discovery in the years to come. And I say chance because, as
President Roth indicated, you wont have to take it. Theres no
community service requirement in the outside world; no ones
forcing you to care. You can take your diploma, walk off this stage,
and chase only after the big house and the nice suits and the other
things that our money culture says you should buy. You can choose
to narrow your concerns and live life in a way that tries to keep
your story separate from Americas.

But I hope you dont. Not because you have an obligation to those
who are less fortunate, although I believe you do have that
obligation. Not because you have a debt to all those who helped
you get to where you are today, although I do believe you have
that debt to pay.

Its because you have an obligation to yourself, because our

individual salvation depends on collective salvation. Because
thinking only about you, fulfilling your immediate wants and
needs, betrays a poverty of ambition. Because its only when you
hitch your wagon to something larger than yourself that you
realize your true potential and discover the role that youll play in
writing the next great chapter in the American story

Alinsky bore a bald contempt for the individuals yearning for

personal success, which he saw as selfish and not beneficial for the
collective. This is where the ideas of no red pens in school for
grading papers and no dodge ball come from - sheer contempt
for competition. It stems from the idea that the environment
determines the outcome outlined by secular humanists.
In Hillary Clintons college thesis on Saul Alinsky, her last
statement was profound:

If the ideals Alinsky espoused were actualized, the result would

be a social revolution. Ironically, this is not a disjunctive
projection, if considered in the tradition of Western democratic
theory. In the first chapter it was pointed out that many as the
proponent of a dangerous socio/political philosophy regard
Alinsky. As such, he has been feared just as Eugene Debs or Walt
Whitman or Martin Luther King has been feared, because each
embraced the most radical faiths democracy.
Critical Race Theory
Critical Race Theory is an academic discipline focused on the
application of critical theory, a critical examination of society and
culture, to the intersection of race, law, and power78. Academic
Scholars who exercise this discipline search throughout the
American culture to find events that somehow represent or
accentuate the oppressive past of the United States. They also wish
to fundamentally transform society or the system under which it is
governed to not only recognizes the connections between the
American legal system and White Supremacy but also to make
reparations in that regard.

The UCLA School of Public Affairs explains that,

CRT recognizes that racism is engrained in the fabric and system

of the American society. The individual racist need not exist to
note that institutional racism is pervasive in the dominant culture.
This is the analytical lens that CRT uses in examining existing
power structures. CRT identifies that these power structures are
based on white privilege and white supremacy, which perpetuates
the marginalization of people of color.79

The roots of Critical Race Theory are directly connected to the

Marxist discipline of the Frankfurt Marxists called Critical
Theory. The criticism of the system is meant to progressively
undermine the current system in order to disenfranchise or
demoralize society into evolving to a more socialist system.
This discipline is being instituted into our education system in
order to promote a culture based on race sensitivity. While the
Progressives desire a society of equality void of racism, they
promote exactly what they wish to eliminate. The theory promotes
the conflict desired by Marxists to perpetuate social consciousness
to progress the struggle for the minority.
Those that practice the discipline of Critical Race Theory utilize
current events involving racial disparities to perpetuate discussion
that is intended to make society aware of the social construct and
its inequalities. During the Treyvon Martin trial and the Ferguson
upheaval, community organizers utilized these opportunities to
foment racial strife as a way to promote social consciousness. The
violence and protests were actions representing the struggle not to
promote civil society but rather to gain attention to the inequities
experienced by black Americans.

If you followed these two events, you would see that both Treyvon
Martin and Mike Brown were seen as the aggressor. The American
system found that George Zimmerman and Darren Wilson were
both acting in self-defense. Those decisions, despite the facts in the
case, were criticized (under critical theory) as biased due to our
white supremacist system. The trial then became a vehicle to
communicate racial injustice rather than a fair and just justice

Gloria Ladson-Billings, a pedagogical theorist at the University of

Wisconsin-Madison School of Education, explained in a
discussion about Critical Race Theory, that the Supreme Court
Brown verses the Board of Education ruling in May of 1954 was a
reaction to the Cold War propaganda spread by the Soviets and not
really an effort to perpetuate racial equality80. Billings claims that
the Super Power alliances of the US and the Soviets were working
to entice other non-member states to join them. She claims that
while American used the Voice of America while the Soviets
used images of segregation and racial unrest to show America had
failed to follow through on its principles of equal justice for all.

While Billings may be correct in the propaganda tactics of both

America and the Soviets, her dialogue fails to mention how big
government solutions instituted by Progressive politicians
accentuated the failures of socialist systems and directly
undermined the freedom of the black community.
Institute for Policy Studies and Transnational Institute

The Institute for Policy studies is a think tank in Washington D.C.

founded by Richard Barnett and Marcus Raskin in 1963. It began
as a dedicated force against the war in Vietnam in1963.

Samuel Rubin funded IPS at start up. Rubin, a well know

communist philanthropist in the bowels of progressive-socialists-
Marxists circles, aimed to destroy capitalism and fundamentally
transform The United States of America.

Along with the DC based American Progressive think tank IPS,

Rubin also funded an international foundation called Transnational
Institute or TNI. Both of these organizations attract billionaire
radicals such as George Soros, Peter Lewis of Progressive
Insurance Company, and Ted Turner as well as other rabble-
rousers such as Ramsey Clark, George Sweeney, and Jesse

The IPS as well as TNI operates in a revolutionary manner to

promote actions of activists within the Progressive, Socialists, or
more properly labeled Marxists worldview. John Rees, of the
Maldron Institute who infiltrated the new left culture in the
1960s, explained that IPS-TNI focus on public control of
economic decisions including limiting profits of large corporations
as well as the delivery of the progressive-socialist-Marxist
message at the lowest political unit, such as the city, community, or

This falls right in line with the efforts of groups like SDS and
others, discussed later in this book, which utilizes the tactics of
Saul Alinsky to activate communities. IPS-TNI is the developers

Shadow World Resurgent Russia, The Global New Left, And Radical Islam,
by Robert Chandler, pg184
of the Vanguard policy executed by the massive network of left
wing progressive-socialist-Marxist groups.

Orlando Letelier

To this day the left wing media is still fascinated with the
assassination of former Chilean Communist regime official
Orlando Letelier to the point of obsession. Letelier was also a
former head of TNI. In the briefcase he had when he was
assassinated were documents linking him to the Soviet controlled
DGI. On a letter addressed to Letelier dated Havana, May 8,
1975, details of a $5000 payment and a future payment of $1000
for support of his activities were exposed. The letter was signed by
Tati Allende, who was living in Cuba and married to Luis
Fernandez Ona, identified by U.S. intelligence as a top official of
the Cuban DGI.

IPS 20th Anniversary Celebration and Committee

To show the massive influence of this Progressive think tank, we

can simply observe the individuals that attended its 20th
Anniversary Celebration. Trevor Loudons wiki page,, gives a detailed list of the attendees that range from
congressmen and women, former governors, teachers, professors,
activists, etc.

Sen. Gary Hart - (D-CO)

Sen. Christopher Dodd - (D-CT)
Representatives - Present Members:
Les Aspin - (R-WI)
George Brown - (D-CA)
Philip Burton - (D-CA)
George Crockett, Jr. - (D- MI) George Crockett
Ron Dellums - (D-CA)
Don Edwards - (D-CA)
Walter Fauntroy - (D-DC)
Tom Harkin - (D-IA)
Robert Kastenmeier - (D-WI)
Richard Ottinger - (D-NY)
Leon Panetta - D-CA
Patricia Schroeder - (D-Co)
John Seiberling - (D-OH)
Ted Weiss - (D-NY)

Former Members of Congress:

Sen. James Abourezk - (D-SD)
Sen. Birch Bayh - (D-IN)
Sen. Frank Church - (D-ID)
Sen. J. William Fulbright - (D-AR)
Sen. George McGovern - (D-SD)
Sen. Gaylord Nelson - (D-WI)
Rep. Robert Eckhardt - (D-TX)
Rep. Henry Reuss - (D-WI)

Key Participants and Attendees:

Richard Barnet - IPS cofounder
Marcus Raskin - IPS cofounder
Peter Weiss - IPS Board Chairman
Jules Feiffer - leftist cartoonist and humorist/writer
Rita Mae Brown - "lesbian writer"
Marion Barry - DC Mayor
Paul Warnke - Pres. Carter's top arms control negotiator
Andrew Young - Atlanta Mayor and former member of Congress
Bianca Jagger - former wife of Rolling Stone singer Mick Jagger
and strong supporter of Marxist dictator of Nicaragua Daniel
Ortega and his FSLN movement
Jerry Brown - former Governor of California
Dr. Helen Caldicott - "peacenik physician" who has amassed a
significant record of participating in the Communist-dominated and led
"Anti-Defense Lobby" in the U.S.
Clayton Fritchey - syndicated columnist, including the Washington
Post where he wrote consistent leftist story lines that were usually very
inaccurate [11].
John Kenneth Galbraith - economist, who started out with the
communists in the 1930's and stayed on the Left, though his policies,
like the writings of Fritchey and Lippman, were consistently wrong
(notes Friedman as an addendum to the above cited communication)
Mark Green - a Ralph Nader associate
Terry Herndon - National Education Association (NEA) Executive
Seymour Hersh - former New York Times reporter, and veteran anti-
American reporter from Vietnam to the States
Adm. Gene LaRocque - Director of the leftist, anti-defense Center for
Defense Information (CDI), one of the top projects of the Communist-
influenced Fund for Peace. [12]
Eleanor Holmes Norton - former head of the Equal Employment
Opportunity Commission, a former Human Rights Commissioner in
New York City, an soon to be the non-voting U.S. Representative from
DC. Holmes was in the process of creating a significant record of
supporting far-left fronts and causes, esp. in D.C.
Earl C. Ravenal - CATO Institute, a libertarian think-tank, though
Ravenal represented the left-wing of that movement and was an IPS
Mark Schneider - former aide of Sen. Ted Kennedy (D-Mass)
Michael Tigar - "who is defending Rep. Dellums against drug charges
(which were later dropped). Tigar got his far-leftist start as part of the
SLATE team in the Univ. of California Berkeley, then in the anti-
HCUA movement/riots, the CPUSA front, the National Lawyers Guild
(NLG) and other CPUSA legal fronts and causes.
Dr. Jerome Weisner - "a former science adviser to John Kennedy and
strong leader for a harmful to the US arms control policy
Gary Wills - columnist
William Winpisinger - the socialist leader of the International
Association of Machinists (IAM)
Anne Zill - "a representative of that bankroller of leftist causes, Stewart
"Sen. Mark Hatfield (R-Ore) is not listed as a member of the
anniversary committee, but his comments about IPS were included in
the invitation to the affair. Hatfield said, 'I respect the often thoughtful
and scholarly work of these individuals. I have no doubt that theirs is a
legitimate and useful role in the formulation of national policy."
Members of the "IPS Twentieth Anniversary Celebration Committee
(in formation) identifications provided by KW:
Mr. Paul C. Warnke - Chairman
Hon. James Abourezk - Sen. (D-SD)
David Alber
Gar Alperovitz - IPS
Sharon Alperovitz
Les Aspin
David Baltimore - leftist physician
Hon. Marion Barry - Mayor/City Council, (D-DC)
Hon. Birch Bayh -Sen. (D-IND)
Norman Birnbaum - veteran leftist
Hon. George Brown - Rep. (D-CA)
Hon Jerry Brown - Gov., (D-CA)
Hon. Philip Burton - hardcore communist sympathizer
Sala Burton - wife of Phillip Burton and reportedly as hardcore a leftist
as he was; became a US Representative when he died in office
Conrad Cafritz - very liberal Democratic financial angel in DC
Mrs. Peggy Cooper Cafritz - the leftist wife of Conrad Cafritz
Dr. Helen Caldicott - far-left Australian anti-defense activist
Barbara Caldwell
Charles S. Caldwell
Lillian Calhoun
David Carter
Dale C. Carter, Jr.
Noam Chomsky
Bethune Church
Hon. Frank Church - Sen. (D-ID)
Dr. Mary Coleman
Catherin Conover
Hon. George Crockett, Jr. - Rep. (D-MI)
Dr. Harriet Crockett
Dr. Franklin Davis
Dr. Howard C. Davis
Dr. Maryam M. Davis
Hon. Ron Dellums - Rep. (D-CA)
Diana DeVegh
Dr. James Dixon - the far-left head of Antioch College
Hon. Christopher Dodd - described in the Human Events article as
"leading the fight for a Communist coalition government in El
Leonard Dreyfus
Rhoda Dreyfus
Celia Eckhardt
Hon. Robert Eckhardt - Rep. (D-TX)
Hon. Don Edwards - Rep. (D-CA)
Hon. Walter E. Fauntroy - Rep. (D-DC)
William Fitzgerald
Mrs. Nancy M. Folger
Mrs. Yolande Fox
Dr. Jerome D. Frank - a veteran supporter of Communist Party fronts
and causes for decades
Robert Friedman
Glaston Fritches
Hon. J. William Fulbright - Senator (D-AR)
Hon. John Kenneth Galbraith
Mr. Ghent Gaellal ?
Hon. Jack Gordon
Mark Green - Ralph Nader associate
Dean Charles Halpern
Ms. Susan Halpern
Hon. Tom Harkin - Sen., (D-Iowa)
Ms. Jane Harman - future U.S. Representative (D-CA)
Mr. Sidney Harman
Hon. W. Averell Harriman - former US Ambassador to Russia
Hon. Gary Hart - Sen. (D-Col) (former)
Terry Herndon - the leftist head of the [[National Education
Association-- (NEA)
Seymour Hersh - far-left writer for the New York Times and the leftist
Dispatch News Service (DNS)
Karl Hess - IPS, former speechwriter for Sen. Barry Goldwater
Ms. Therese Hess - middle initial illegible
Ms. Sonya Hoover
Richard Hubbard - middle initial illegible
Mrs. Ruth Hubbard - veteran leftist
James I. Hudson
Thomas L. Hughes
Ivan Illich - Marxist teacher on education
Christopher Jencks - IPS, Marxist writer on education
Vernon I. Jordan, Jr. - Urban League
Ms. Dorothy Kastenmeier
Hon. Robert Kastenmeier - Rep., (D-PA), hardcore leftist
Ms. Kathse Kenety - sp?
Ms. Kristina Kiehl
Ms. Patricia King
Gabriel Kolko - Canadian Marxist, professor, Hanoi contact for the
Canadian "Hanoi Lobby"
Ms. Joyce Kolko
Peter Kovler
Admiral Gene R. LaRocque - the dovish retired admiral, leader of the
leftist Center for Defense Information (CDI)
Dr. James Lieberman
Ms. Betty Jean Lifton
Dr. Robert Jay Lifton - noted psychiatrist and leftist, author of a major
book on "Thought Reform" in Red China
Philip E. Libenthal
Ms. Sally Libenthal
Edgar Lockwood - leader of the far-left Washington Office on Africa,
IPS Trustee
Franklin A. Long
Ms Luelle R. Loure - last name spelling partially illegible
Reginald Loure - last name spelling partially illegible
Ira M. Lowe - radical attorney
Dr. Bernard Lown - leftist leader of International Physicians for the
Prevention of Nuclear War and other pro-disarmament groups who
cooperated with the Soviets in IPS "peace" conferences
Michael Maccoby - Liberal Project, cofounder of IPS
MS. Sandylee Maccoby
Ms. Beatrice Magdoff
Harry Magdoff - identified Soviet spy during WW2; Monthly Review
(MR) magazine
??? Martin - first name illegible
Charles Mason - leftist husband of Hilda Mason
Hon. Hilda Mason - Marxist member of the DC City Council, leader of
the communist-dominated DC Statehood Party, veteran supporter of
communist fronts and causes, esp. in D.C., both CPUSA and SWP
Anthony Mazzochi - the Marxist leader of the Oil and Atomic Workers
Hon. Eugene McCarthy - former Senator, (D-Wisc)
Ms. Dorothy H. McGhee
Hon. George McGovern - former Senator, (D-SD)
Hon. George Miller - Representative, (D-CA), hardcore leftist and IPS
Ms. Brenda Moore
Rt. Rev. Paul Moore, Jr. - WW2 marine hero turned pacifist and
supporter of the Hanoi Lobby and other communist fronts and causes
Sidney Morgenbesser
David Morris
Very Rev. James Parks Morton
Steve Muller
Hon. Gaylord Nelson - Senator, (D-Wisc)
Edward Norton
Ms. Eleanor Holmes Norton - veteran NYC and DC leftist, sponsor of
many CPUSA and SWP fronts and causes, later to become a non-
voting Representative (D-DC) in Congress. Also former member of the
Hon. Richard Ottinger - Representative, (D-NY), far-left supporter of
radical causes
Ara Oztemel
Ms. Grace Paley - marxist poetess
Hon. Leon Panetta - Representative, (D-CA)
Ms. Sylvia Panetta
Charles Peters
Robert E. Piker
Ms. Rebecca Bolling Pollack
Dean Ronald Pollack
David Ramage, Jr.
Earl Ravenal - IPS and its Govt. Accountability Project; then the CATO
Hon. Henry Reuss. Esq - Representative, (D-Wisc), veteran leftist
Dr. Margaret M. Reuss
Ms. Cary Ridder
Mitchell Rogovin - very liberal lawyer; IPS attorney and Fellow
Ms. Florence W. Rossma (sic)
Maurice Rosenblat
Charles Savatt
Andre Schiffron
Stephen I. Schlossberg - leftist leader of the United Automobile
Workers Union (UAW)
Mark I. Schneider - senatorial staffer for Sen. Ted Kennedy, (D-Mass)
Ms. Susan Schneider
Hon. Patricia Schroeder - Representative, (D-Col), leftist
Herman Schwartz
Ms. Elizabeth Seiberling
Hon. John Seiberling - Representative, (D-Ohio), veteran leftist
Herbert Semmel
John Sewell
Richard B. Sobol
Ralph Stavins - IPS
Ben Stephansky
Philip Stern - leftist financial angel of the Left, esp. in DC, including
F. Stone - so-called "maverick" journalist who later was identified as a
secret member of the CPUSA and a paid Soviet agent of influence (See
the Accuracy In Media story on what they found in his FBI "FOIA"
Dr. Belinda C. Straight
Paul Sweezy - openly marxist editor of Monthly Review
Ms. Zuel Sweezy
Edward C. Sylvester, Jr.
Studs Terkel - folk-history, working peoples writer and identified as a
secret member of the CPUSA in Chicago
Michael E. Tigar - veteran marxist attorney from the Berkeley SLATE
and Free Speech Movement, NLG, CCR, NECLC, etc.
Michael B. Trister
Dr. George Wald - college professor, member of the Hanoi Lobby, and
veteran support of communist fronts and causes
Mrs. Lisa Weiss
Peter Weiss - IPS Trustee, husband of IPS Trustee/funder, Cora Weiss
Cora Weiss Rubin
Stanley A. Weiss
Hon. Ted Weiss - Representative, (D-NY), one of the most hardcore
leftists in Congress
Dr. Jerome B. Wiesner - leader of the pro-disarmament movement,
former scientist, MIT, former advisor to Pre. John Kennedy
David C. Williams
Gary Wills - liberal writer/columnist
Luke W. Wilson - local "peace" activist, leftist
Mrs. Ruth F. Wilson - local peace activist
William Winpisinger - marxist labor leader, IAM
Harris Wofford
Robert F. Wolff
Hon. Andrew Young - Representative, (D-GA), leftist congressman
who came out of SCLC
Hon. Frank P. Zeidler - socialist mayor in Wisconsin
Ms. Anne Zill - assistant to leftist financial angel, Stewart Mott, the
GM heir82

The IPS is the most influential Progressive think tanks in the world
and holds great power in steering the direction of the United
States. The members and patrons of this organization span

throughout the entire left wing Progressive establishment and work
towards the common purpose of fundamentally transforming the
United States of American to a Socialist country.
Zeitgeist: sixties & seventies Counterculture

Up until the 1960s, the American culture was a family oriented

culture. The biggest problems in the culture were race relations.
There was however a growing opposition to capitalism due to a
maturing left wing movement born in the Progressive Era.

The growing opposition was espectially virulent in the colleges as

professors slowly became more influenced by Eastern European
Social Science, Critical Theory, and traditional Marxism. The
biggest influence was from the teachings of the Frankfurt Marxists
and their intelectual progeny.

Angela Davis

An example of this influence

was the students of Frankfurt
Marxist scholars like Angela
Davis. Angela Davis
encountered Frankfurt
Marxist and Brandeis
University Professor Herbert
Marcuse at a Cuban Missile
Crisis rally. In a television
interview she mentioned Marcuse and his influence by saying,
"Herbert Marcuse taught me that it was possible to be an
academic, an activist, a scholar, and a revolutionary." 83 She
would later follow Marcuse to the University of California,
Sandiego after returning from a 2 year pursuit of a graduate degree
in Frankfurt Germany

Davis would eventually join the radical socialist group Students

for a Democratic Society, the Black Panthers, and the Communist
Barbarella Fokos (August 23, 2007). "The Bourgeois Marxist". San Diego
Reader. Retrieved October 21, 2010.
Party USA. In 1969, she would become an assistant professor at
University of California, Los Angeles where she received
contention from the Board of Regents for her Communist
affiliation. While she was dismissed and reappointed after a self
proclaimed liberal activist judge Jerry Pacht stated that she could
not be fired due to Communist Party affiliations, she would
eventually get fired for inflamitory language in the class room. 84

Turner, Wallace (April 28, 2011). "California Regents Drop Communist From
Faculty". The New York Times.
Abbie Hoffman

Another highly infliencial political

activist was Abbie Hoffman.
Hoffman receieved a B.A. in
psycology after studying under
Herbert Marcuse at Brandeis
University. He would say that
Marcuse had a profound effect on
his political outlook and theories on

Hoffman was most known for his

radical antics during the rise of left
wing activism in the 1960s. He
would make a name for himself
during the anti-Vietnam War
protests in Chicago where he would
be tried for conspiracy and inciting a riot. He along with seven
others would be known as the Chicago Eight.

When he was on trial the Chicago Eight Trial - for inciting riots
at the 1968 Democratic National Convention, he became a subject
of the headlines for mocking the Judge in the trial. While he was
not convicted for conspiracy he was convicted of inciting a riot. He
would serve 5 years with a $5000 fine. 85

The Vietnam War brought a great deal of political stress to the
United States in the 1960s and 1970s. This stress along with a new
social movement led by activists and social scientists enabled the
development of a huge counterculture that sent ripples through
society like a tsunami. It was an opportunity for social change and
Linder, Douglas O. "The Chicago Seven Conspiracy Trial." UMKC School of
Law. Accessed 2008-10-23.
these actors on the stage of worldwide instability used it to propel
socialism in America.

Most think of the Hippie

movement as one that was started
in the 60s as a sort of bohemian,
laissez faire movement begun
in the United States. The only
aspect that was American was the
name. The Wandervogel86 was a
German Youth group within the
nationalist movement. They
practiced back-to-nature exercises
much like our modern-day Boy Scouts, with more emphasis on
political activism.

The German Youth Movement used an educational philosophy

based on an older youth teaching a younger youth, rather than an
adult teaching the youth. This aspect of their group was a principle
taught by 20th century German educational reformer and self-
professed freethinker, Gustav Wyneken. He subscribed to the idea
of Pdagogischer Eros the attraction between teacher and
student that was influenced by the Ancient Greek Platonic Ladder
of Beauty' model of same-sex relationships.

Together, these principles would ignore the former traditional

culture, eventually turning - for a new, more-enlightened culture
to a nihilistic or existential philosophy similar to Nietzsches. In
short, it looked to the inner self for inspiration, rather than God.
Later, Hitler would seek this group out for the purpose of
spreading nationalist propaganda throughout the youth culture.

The Frankfurt Marxists and groups like SDS perceived this model
as extremely successful. In order to make radical change, these
"Hitler Youth, 1922-1945: an illustrated history" By Jean-Denis
Lepage pg 15
Marxists knew that they had to create a huge chasm between the
traditional Christian culture and the youth. It is even said that the
hippies adopted symbol of peace is a Nero Cross - representing
anti-Christianity. It is said that the Apostle Peter was hanged,
upside-down, on a cross like this. To effect this division, they used
the tactics of Frankfurt Marxist Georg Lukacs teaching and
instilling disenfranchisement, promiscuity and social rebellion.

The schism was widened with the help of so called mind-

expanding drugs such as LSD, mescaline, and psilocybin. These
drugs would allow the individual to strip down the boundaries
imposed by strong traditional values. The use of these drugs
removed the essence that prevents the individuals from
rediscovering themselves. It is the ideal drug of the existentialist.

Plato explained that concrete beings acquired their essence through

their relations to Forms which were abstract universals logically
or ontologically separate from objects of sense perception. This is
the root of the existentialists belief that our environment defines
us. So for the hippies, expanding the mind was to strip one away
from these Forms in order to acquire a new perception of social

The movement would encourage the youth to remove themselves

from the influence of their families and projecting the expectations
of their future; their teachers would be musicians and movie stars
with whom they were better able to relate due to similarities in
age. These disaffected, drug-dazzled young people were the
Students for a Democratic Society: 1960 -1969

From the time when the Vietnam War and the Civil Rights
movement were erupting, SDS
emerged as the most widespread
and virulent of radical student
groups. SDS was the offspring of
the League for Industrial
Democracy (LID) itself a spin-
off from the earlier
Intercollegiate Socialist Society
created in 1905. All of these
organizations pursued industrial
democracy, student democracy,
and labor democracy87.

SDS held its first meeting on the campus of the University of

Michigan in 1960, where Alan Haber was elected president. Tom
Hayden - most known for his marriage to Jane Fonda, drafted the
groups manifesto, called the Port Huron Statement. The Port
Huron Statement was highly critical of the political system of the
United States, of the Cold War militarism, Civil Rights
infringements on the black population, economic inequality, and
runaway Capitalism. Here is a statement from the Port Huron

The decline of utopia and hope is in fact one of the defining

features of social life today. The reasons are various: the dreams
of the older left were perverted by Stalinism and never recreated;
the congressional stalemate makes men narrow their view of the
possible; the specialization of human activity leaves little room for
sweeping thought; the horrors of the twentieth century, symbolized
in the gas-ovens and concentration camps and atom bombs, have
Frum, David (2000). How We Got Here: The '70s. New York, New York:
Basic Books.
blasted hopefulness. To be idealistic is to be considered
apocalyptic, deluded. To have no serious aspirations, on the
contrary, is to be "tough-minded.

As you can see, the statement is

heavily suggesting that the Leninist-
Marxist model is ideal. The claim
that Stalinism simply perverted
Socialism is the extreme political
perversion that Tom Hayden was
seduced by. It was, in fact, Socialism
that perverted Stalin; it was the
unbridled power of the government
and the worship of mans power that
drove Stalin to believe he was a god.
It was he who believed that he must
exterminate in the name of
Socialism - the rationalization for his evil, carnal perversions.

After siding with the Soviet Union on the Cold War, SDS came
under fire by LID. Michael Harrington - best known for his highly
influential book about Lyndon Johnsons War on Poverty, The
Other America: Poverty in the United States - wanted SDS to
denounce the Soviet Union as the cause of the Cold War. SDS
refused to do so, preferring to splinter from LID88.

From the SDS movement, many similar movements sprouted

around the country. Groups like the Black Panther Party and
Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee - which was once
chaired by a former D.C Mayor and convicted felon - took off with
their own versions of radicalism. When Lyndon Johnson escalated
the war in Vietnam, SDS and other radical groups began holding
protests that were covered by the news media as an extension of
the former Progressive movement under the New Left.
Tom Hayden and Dick Flacks, The Port Huron Statement at 40 in The
Nation, 5 August 2002
The movement grew, and demonstrations were held at prominent
colleges all over the country. Interestingly enough, all of these
colleges were homes to the Frankfurt Marxists. The most notable
demonstrations were held at University of Michigan, University of
California Berkley, and Columbia University. One of SDSs big
claims to fame was its shutting down of Columbia University in
1968 which was led by its Chairman, Mark Rudd.

After some in fighting between the various groups comprising

SDS, two groups emerged with any relevance: the Black Panther
Party, and the Weather Underground Organization both, most
notably, extremist and militant. It was from the influence of SDS
that the modern Progressive movement would flourish. Those
factions that spread to various areas of the political spectrum can
be seen throughout the political system.

What is important to recognize is the relevance of SDS today. The

radicals that came from this group dispersed as college professors,
high school teachers, elementary teachers, daycare workers,
politicians, and businessmen to promote their SDS ambitions. The
Fabian Socialists and the Frankfurt Marxists would influence them
through academics. The ineffectiveness of radical force to change
the political structure taught these men and women that they must
align with the Fabian Socialist and Frankfurt Marxist models. The
emergent new model was to patiently and legitimately infiltrate the
current political system; gradually rot, destabilize, and topple the
United States from within; and raise the new American Union over
the grave of the United States of America.

In 2006, SDS would form again and continue its political strategies
according to this model.
Weather Underground

Bill Ayers - 1944

Bernardine Dohrn - 1942

Mark Rudd - 1947

John Jacobs 1947 - 1997

Jeff Jones - 1947

Inspired by Bob Dylans lyrics

from Subterranean Homesick
Blues - "You don't need a
Weathermen to know which way
the wind blows" - , the Weather
Underground formed from the
fractured ruins of the SDS
organization in retaliation for the
attempted takeover by the Progressive Labor Party. The
Weathermen became the purest form of revolutionary socialism in
the United States.

In the midst of the Vietnam War, the Weathermen sought what they
still believe were justified reparations for the actions of an
imperialist American military. Allegedly, the group travelled to
Cuba to get training on how to revolt. John Jacobs, who led the
Days of Rage, is quoted saying,

"Weathermen would shove the war down their dumb, fascist

throats and show them, while we were at it, how much better we
were than them, both tactically and strategically, as a people. In
an all-out civil war over Vietnam and other fascist U.S.
imperialism, we were going to bring the war home. 'Turn the
imperialists' war into a civil war', in Lenin's words. And we were
going to kick ass."89

The intent of the Days of Rage was apparent; it was to revolt

against the American government and bring a new Communist
regime to the forefront in the political spectrum. After the death of
Black Panther member Fred Hampton in an FBI raid, Bernardine
Dohrn issued WUOs declaration of war against the United States
government. In this declaration, she states,

We've known that our job is to lead white kids into armed
revolution. We never intended to spend the next five to twenty-five
years of our lives in jail. Ever since SDS became revolutionary,
we've been trying to show how it is possible to overcome the
frustration and impotence that come from trying to reform this
system. Kids know the lines are drawn; revolution is touching all
of our lives. Tens of thousands have learned that protests and
marches don't do it. Revolutionary violence is the only way.

The legacy of the Weather Underground is a litany of violent and

deadly acts. Other than the Days of Rage, some of them include:

Park Place Police Station Bombing: A nail bomb was detonated,

killing Sergeant Brian McDonnell and blinding Robert Fogarty.

Fire bombings in New York City: Molotov cocktails were tossed

at the home of New York State Supreme Court Justice Murtagh,
who was presiding over the trial of the Panther 21 who had
planned to bomb New York landmarks and department stores;
these bombings were considered failed.

Gilles, quoted in The Last Radical, Vancouver Magazine, Nov 1998
Greenwich Village townhouse explosion: While manufacturing
nail bombs for future attacks, a bomb prematurely detonated -
killing Diana Oughton, Ted Gold, and Terry Robbins.

State Street & Trust bank robbery: Nearly $27,000 was stolen
and a Boston police officer was killed.

Plot to Bomb California State Senator John Brigg: The plot

was broken up by two moles in the Weather Underground (A
TIME90 article in 1978 explains the infiltration). It was this
infiltration that caused Mark Rudd, Bernardine Dohrn, and Bill
Ayers to turn themselves in. They would receive only probation
and minimal fines. Bill Ayers charges would actually be dropped
due to unconstitutional wire-tapping.

Brinks armored car robbery: Former Weathermen members

formed a new group, called the May 19 Communist
Organization; the group was said to have had an alliance with the
Black Liberation Army. Kathy Boudin, Judith Alice Clark, and
David Gilbert would attack a Brinks armored car, killing two
police officers and a security guard. All three received jail

In a chilling report, FBI undercover agent and Weather

Underground member Larry Grathwohl reports - in the 1982
documentary, No Place To Hide - the following statement:

I brought up the subject of what's going to happen after we take over

the government. We - we become responsible, then, for administrating,
you know, 250 million people.
And there were no answers. No one had given any thought to economics;
how are you going to clothe and feed these people. The only thing that I
could get was that they expected that the Cubans and the North
Vietnamese and Chinese and the Russians would all want to occupy
different portions of the United States.

They also believed that their immediate responsibility would be to
protect against what they called the counter-revolution. And they felt
that this counter-revolution could best be guarded against by creating
and establishing re-education centers in the southwest, where we would
take all the people who needed to be re-educated into the new way of
thinking and teach them... how things were going to be.

I asked, well, what's going to happen to those people that we can't re-
educate - that are die-hard capitalists? And the reply was that they'd
have to be eliminated. And when I pursued this further, they estimated
that they would have to eliminate 25 million people in these re-
education centers. And when I say eliminate, I mean kill. 25 million

I want you to imagine sitting in a room with 25 people - most of whom

have graduate degrees from Columbia and other well-known
educational centers - and hear them figuring out the logistics for the
elimination of 25 million people.

And they were deadly serious."

Where are they now?

Mark Rudd
Reportedly, Mark Rudd is now an algebra teacher in Albuquerque,
New Mexico. He is also a member of the Democratic Party, the
leader of Movement for Democratic Society (MDS) (a group of
former Weather Underground members), a member of the
Communist Party USA, a member of Democratic Socialists of
America, and a member of the Committees of Correspondence for
Democracy and Socialism. He recently supported Barack Obama
during his campaign.

John Jacobs
John Jacobs lived on the run,
jumping from blue-collar job to
blue collar job with several stints
in school. He forever remained
radical, often selling drugs to get
by. He would eventually die of
cancer after 27 years of living on
the run

Bernardine Dohrn

Quote about Charles Manson

Murders in 1969:
"Dig it! First they killed those
pigs and then they put a fork in
pig Tate's belly. Wild!"

"Offing those rich pigs with their

own forks and knives, and then
eating a meal in the same room,
far out! The Weathermen dig Charles Manson!"
Dohrn is currently a Professor at
Northwestern University Law
School, and Director of the Children
and Family Justice Center at
Northwestern University.

Bill Ayers

Ayers sums up the Weather

Underground as the American
Red Army. He is quoted in a
2001 New York Times article 91

Kill all the rich people. Break

up their cars and apartments.
Bring the revolution home: Kill
your parents.

Today, Ayers is a professor at Illinois

University. He is married to Bernardine
Dohrn and has two children: Malik
(Muslim name of Malcolm X) and Zayd
(Zayd Shakur was a Black Panther
killed while driving radical JoAnne
Chesimard (Assata Shakur) to a hideout
they were later stopped in a traffic

stop which ended in a shootout where a New Jersey State Trooper
was murdered).

Ayers is assumed to have been involved with President Barack

Obama; he has claimed to have hosted the launching of Obamas
political career. He is also claimed to have written Obamas book,
Dreams from My Father92.

Jeff Jones
Jones serves as a director of the
Apollo Alliance93, and contributed to
the crafting of Barack Obamas $787
billion stimulus package in 2009. He
is a staunch Climate Change activist
and involved with: West Harlem
Environmental Action; the Mohawk
Hudson Land Conservancy; the
Healthy Schools Network; the
Capital District Chapter of the League of Conservation Voters; and
Movement for a Democratic Society (MDS).

The Midwest Academy

Former SDS members Heather Booth, Steve Max, and Paul Booth
founded the Midwest Academy in 1973. They authored a pamphlet
in 1969 called Socialism and the Coming Decade, which explained
their strategy to create a class conscious section of society called
conscious socialists using community organizing. The result
would be a mass movement capable of bringing socialism to the
United States gradually and incrementally.94

Heather Booth

Heather Booth trained with Alinsky in 1971 while Paul Booth co-
leads an Alinsky organization named CAP in Chicago that is
becoming the new capital for American Socialism. She authored a
pamphlet called Socialist Feminism: A Strategy for the Womens
Movement where she revered the use of Community Organizers to
weaken the power of the ruling class. In the pamphlet she cited
the planks for instituting incremental Democratic Socialism with
universal healthcare, disarming police officers, collective societal
responsibility for childbearing, among others.

Steve Max

Steve Max operated as a field secretary for SDS. He crafted a

pamphlet called Socialism and the Coming Decade that claimed
that the United States was in a revolutionary period. He wrote
that Socialists needed to use stealthy incremental tactics to
approach social change while dropping the more confrontational
tactics as used by SDS, the Weather Underground, and others. He
proposed community agitation to create social change with urban
redevelopment and socialized health care, which would provide,
the socialist movement relevance to the daily lives of the people.
Radical in-Chief, Barack Obama and the Untold Story of American
Socialism, pg.133
Max also co-authored a 425 page training manual called
Organizing for Social Change with Kim Bobo and Jackie Kendell
which is still used by the AFL-CIO, Defense Fund, NARAL,
United States Student Organization, and the Sierra Club. Jessie
Jackson also encourages his followers to read it as well.

In 1973, Heather Booth, Steve Max, and Paul Booth join forces
with the New American Movement or NAM as well as Michael
Harringtons Democratic Socialist Organizing Committee and
form the Midwest Academy. The effort is to educated, activate, and
lead a populist communitarian movement guided by this new
Vanguard of Socialists.

From the Midwest Academy sprung hundreds if organizations

directly and indirectly with the tactics of Alinsky and the goal of
incremental Democratic Socialism. The Midwest Academy claims
in their mission statement that,

is a national training institute committed to advancing the

struggle for social, economic, and racial justice. From local
neighborhood groups to statewide and national organizations,
Midwest Academy has trained over twenty-five thousand
grassroots activists from hundreds of organizations and coalitions.
Midwest Academy teaches an organizing philosophy, methods and
skills that enable ordinary people to actively participate in the
democratic process.

Courses and consulting services are designed for progressive

organizations and coalitions that utilize civic engagement
activities to build citizen power at all levels of our democracy.
Over the years, the Academy has been instrumental in helping to
build statewide coalitions in many states. Today, the Academy
continues to provide training to these multi-issue, statewide
organizations, as well as to numerous other groups, ranging from
students to senior citizens and from neighborhood to national

Some of the products of the Midwest Academy were people like

Former President of the Service Employees International Union
(SEIU) Andrew Stern, Woods Fund Board Member Ken Rolling
who helped fund Barack Obamas community organizing efforts,
and the man who trained Barack Obama Jerry Kellman. The
influence of this school is quite obvious.

Some of the funders of the Midwest Academy are as follows:

The Arca Foundation

The Capital Group Companies Charitable Foundation,
The Charles Stewart Mott Foundation,
The Chicago Community Trust,
The DeHaan Family Foundation,
The Elias Foundation,
The Energy Foundation,
The Foundation for Deep Ecology,
The H. W. Buckner Charitable Residuary Trust,
The Jessie Smith Noyes Foundation,
The John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation,
The Lilly and Company Foundation,
The Nathan Cummings Foundation,
The New York Community Trust,
The New York Foundation
The Nicholas H. Noyes, Jr. Memorial Foundation
The George Soros's Open Society Institute
The Retirement Research Foundation
The Wieboldt Foundation
The Woods Charitable Trust
The Woods Fund of Chicago.
Soviet Ideological Subversion
We briefly mentioned ideological subversion in the chapter
introducing Antonio Gramsci. Ideological Subversion is
something that is new to the world as of the twentieth century but
was introduced as recorded doctrine in the Art of War by Sun
Tzu. He explained that the best way to defeat an enemy is not by
military conflict but by destroying the enemy from within.

The Soviets perfected the

method of ideological
warfare as recognized by the
alliance they have built on
the side of socialism. Their
efforts were to achieve a
worldwide socialist alliance.
Currently South America and
Central America is
predominately socialist in
nature. This is a result of
Soviet Subversion as
explained by former soviet KGB operatives. The KGBs efforts
were approximately 80% devoted to cultural warfare while 20%
was dedicated to intelligence warfare.

The way that the Soviets subverted and ideologically conquered

nations around the world is to follow the following steps outlined
by former KGB operative Yuri Bezmenov in a 1985 interview with
G. Edward Griffin:

1. Demoralize
2. Destabilization
3. Crisis
4. Normalization
Griffin (0:00): Our conversation is with Yuri Alexander
Bezmenov. Mr. Bezmenov was born in 1939 in a suburb of
Moscow. He was the son of a high-ranking Soviet officer. He was
educated in the elite schools inside the Soviet Union and he
became an expert in Indian culture and Indian languages. He had
an outstanding career with Novesti, which was the, and still is I
should say, the press arm or the press agency of the Soviet Union.
It turns out that this is also a front for the KGB. He escaped to the
West in 1970 after becoming totally disgusted with the Soviet
system, and he did this at great risk to his life. He certainly is one
of the world's outstanding experts on the subject of Soviet
propaganda and disinformation and active measures.

Mr. Bezmenov, the Soviets use the phrase "Ideological

Subversion." What do they mean by that?

Bezmonev (0:54): Ideological subversion is the process that is

legitimate overt and open, you can see it with your own eyes. All
you can do, all Americans needs to do is to unplug their bananas
from their ears, open up their eyes and they can see. There is no
mystery. It has nothing to do with espionage. I know that
espionage and intelligence gathering looks more romantic, it sells
more to the audience through the advertising, probably. That's why
your Hollywood producers are so crazy about James Bond type of
thrillers. But in reality, the main emphasis of the KGB is not in the
area of intelligence at all. According to my opinion and the
opinion of many defectors of my caliber, only about fifteen percent
of time, money and manpower is spent on espionage as such. The
other eighty-five percent is a slow process that we call either
ideological subversion or active measures, or psychological
warfare. What it basically means is, to change the perception of
reality, of every American, to such an extent that despite an
abundance of information no one is able to come to sensible
conclusions in the interest of defending themselves, their family,
their community and their country.
It's a great brainwashing process, which goes very slow and is
divided into four basic stages. The first one being demoralization.
It takes from fifteen to twenty years to demoralize a nation. Why
that many years? Because this is the minimum number of years
required to educate on generation of students in the country of
your enemy, exposed to the ideology of the enemy. In other words,
Marxism, Leninism ideology is being pumped into the soft heads of
at least three generations of American students, without being
challenged or contra-balanced by the basic values of
Americanism, American patriotism.

Most of the activity of the department was to compile huge

amount, volume of information on individuals who were
instrumental in creating public opinion: Publishers, editors,
journalists, actors, educationalists, professors of political science,
members of Parliament, representatives of business circles. Most
of these people were divided roughly in two groups. Those who
were told the Soviet foreign policy, they would be promoted to the
positions of power through media and public opinion
manipulation. Those who refuse the Soviet influence in their
country would be character assassinated, or executed physically
contra-revolution. It was as in a small town named HEWA in
South Vietnam. Several thousand so of Vietnamese were executed
in one night when Vietcong captured the city for only two days.
And American CIA could never figure out, how could possibly
Communists know each individual, where he lives, where to get
him, and would be arrested in one night, basically in some four
hours before dawn, put on a van, taken out of the city limits and
shot. The answer is very simple, long before communists occupied
the city there was extensive network of informers, local Vietnamese
citizens who knew absolutely everything about people who are
instrumental in public opinion including barbers and taxi drivers.
Everybody who was sympathetic to the United States was
executed. Same thing was done under the guidance of the Soviet
Embassy in Hanoi, and same thing I was doing in New Delhi. To
my horror I discovered that in the files where people were doomed
to execution there were names of pro-soviet journalists with whom
I was personally friendly.

Griffin (5:02): Personally?

Bezmonev (5:03): Yes! They were idealistically minded leftists

who made several visits to USSR and yet the KGB decided that
contra-revolution or drastic changes ion the political structure of
India, they would have to go.

Griffin (5:17): Why's that?

Bezmonev (5:18): Because they know too much. Simply because,

you see, the useful idiots, the leftists who are idealistically
believing in the beauty of Soviet socialist or Communist or
whatever system, when they get disillusioned they become the
worst enemies. That's why my KGB instructors specifically made a
point, never bother with leftists. Forget about these political
prostitutes. Aim higher. This was my instruction-try to get into
large circulation established conservative media. Reach
moviemakers, intellectuals, so called academic circles, cynical
egocentric people who can look into your eyes with angelic
expression and tell you a lie. This are the most recruit-able people,
people who lack moral principles, who are either too greedy or
suffer from self-importance. They feel that they matter a lot. These
are the people KGB wanted very much to recruit.

Griffin (6:21): To eliminate the others. To execute the others.

Dont they serve some purpose, wouldn't they be the ones to rely

Bezmonev (6:27): No. They serve purpose only at the stage of

destabilization of a nation. For example, your leftists in the United
States, all these professors and all these beautiful civil rights
defender, they are instrumental in the process of the subversion,
only to destabilize a nation. When their job is completed, they are
not needed anymore. They know too much. Some of them, when
they get disillusioned, when they see that Marxist Leninist has
come to power obviously they get offended. They think that they
will come to power. That will never happen of course. They will be
lined up against the wall and shot. But they may turn into the most
bitter enemies of Marxist Leninists when they come to power, and
that's what happened in Nicaragua, you remember most of this
former Leninist Marxists were either put to prison or one of them
split and now he's working against Sandinistas. It happened in
Grenada when Maurice Bishop, he was already a Marxist, he was
execute by a new Marxist who was more Marxist than this Marxist.
It happened in Afganastan when first there was Tariki he was
killed by Amin, and Amin was killed by Karmal with the help of
KGB. It happened in Bangladesh when his own Marxist Leninist
military comrades assassinated Mujibur Rahman, very pro-soviet
leftist. It's the same pattern everywhere. The moment they serve
their purpose all the useful idiots are either executed entirely, all
the idealistically minded Marxists, or exiled, or put in prisons like
in Cuba where many forms of Marxists are in Cuba, I mean in

So, basically, America is stuck with the demoralization unless,

even if you start right now here this minute, you start educating
huge generation of Americans, it will still take you fifteen to
twenty years to turn the tide of ideological perception of reality
back to normalcy and patriotism.

The result? The result you can see. Most of the people who
(reeducated) in the sixties, drop outs or half-baked intellectuals
are now occupying the positions of power in the Government, civil
service, business, mass media, educational system. You are stuck
with them. You cannot get rid of them. They are contaminated,
They are programmed to think and react to certain stimuli in a
certain pattern. You cannot change their mind even if you expose
them to authentic information, even if you prove that white is white
and black is black you still cannot change the basic perception
and illogical behavior. In other words, these people, the process of
demoralization is complete and irreversible. To get rid society of
these people you need another twenty or fifteen years to educate a
new generation of patriotically-minded and commonsense people
who would be acting in favor and in the interests of the United
States society.

Griffin (9:37): And yet these people have been programmed, and
as you say, in place, who are favorable to an opening to the Soviet
concept. These are the very people who would be marked for
extermination in this country?

Bezmonev (9:48): Most of them, yes. Simply because the

psychological shock when they will see in future what the beautiful
society of equality and social justice means in practice, obviously
they will revolt. They will be very unhappy frustrated people. And
the Marxist Leninist regime does not tolerate these people.
Obviously they will join the likes of dissenters, dissidents. Unlike
in present United States there will be no place for dissent in future
Marxist Leninist America. Here you can get popular like Daniel
Ellsberg and (fils riche) like Jane Fonda for being dissident for
criticizing your Pentagon. In future these people will be simply
"pffft." Squashed like cockroaches. Nobody's going to pay them
nothing for their beautiful noble ideas about equality. This they
don't understand and it will be greatest shock for them of course.

(10:51) The demoralization process in the United States is

basically completed already. For the last twenty-five years,
actually it's over-fulfilled because the demoralization now reaches
such areas where previously not even comrade Andropov and all
his experts would even dream of such a tremendous success.
Americans do most of it to Americans thanks to lack of moral
standards. As I mentioned before exposure to true information
does not matter anymore. A person who was demoralized is unable
to assess true information. The facts tell nothing to him. Even if I
shower him with information, with authentic proof, with
documents, with pictures; even if I take him by force to the Soviet
Union and show him concentration camp he will refuse to believe
it until he is going to receive a kick in his fat bottom. When the
military boot crashes his rear end, then he will understand; but not
before then and that's the tragic of the situation of demoralization.

The next stage is destabilization. This time, the subverter does not
care about your ideas and the patterns of your consumption,
whether you eat junk food and get fat and flabby, doesn't matter
anymore. This time, and it takes only two to five years to
destabilize a nation, what matters are the essentials: Economy,
Foreign Relations, Defense Systems. And you can see it quite
clearly that in some areas, in such sensitive areas as Defense and
economy, the influence of Marxist Leninist ideas in the United
States is absolutely fantastic. I could never believe it fourteen
years ago when I landed in this part of the world that the process
will go that fast.

The next stage of course is Crisis. It may take only up to six weeks
to bring a country to the verge of crisis. You can see it in Central
America now. And after crisis with a violent change of power
structure and economy you have so called the period of
Normalization. It may last indefinitely. Normalization is a cynical
expression borrowed from Soviet propaganda. When the Soviet
tanks moved into Checkoslovakia in 1968, comrade Brejnev said,
Now that the situation in brotherly Checkoslovakia is
normalized. This is what will happen in the United States if you
allow all the schmucks to bring the country to crisis, to promise
people all kind of goodies and the paradise on Earth, to
destabilize your economy, to eliminate the principle of free market
competition and to put big brother government in Washington DC
with benevolent dictators like Walter Mondale who will promise
lots of things never mind whether the promises are fulfilled or not.
He will go to Moscow to kiss the bottoms of new generation of
Soviet assassins, never mind. He will create false illusions that the
situation is under control. The situation is not under control. The
situation is disgustingly out of control.

Most of the American politicians, media and educational system

trains another generation of people who think they are living at
the peacetime. False. The United States is in a state of war;
undeclared total war against the basic principles and the
foundations of this system. And the initiator of this war is not
comrade Andropov, of course, it's the system, however ridiculous it
may sound, the world communist system, or the world communist
conspiracy, whether it scares some people or not, I don't give a
hoot. If you're not scared by now, nothing can scare you. But you
don't have to be paranoid about it. What actually happens now
that unlike myself you have literally several years to live on unless
the United States wakes up? The time bomb is ticking. Every
second, the disaster is coming closer and closer. Unlike myself,
you will have nowhere to defect to unless you want to live in
Antarctica with penguins. This is it. This is the last country of
freedom and possibility.

Griffin (15:23): Ok, so, what do we do? What is your

recommendation to the American people?

Bezmonev (15:27): Well, the immediate thing that comes to my

mind is of course, there must be a very strong national effort to
educate people in the spirit of real patriotism, one. Number two, to
explain the real danger of socialist communist whatever, welfare
state, big brother government. If people will fail to grasp the
impending danger of that development, nothing ever can help the
United States, you must kiss goodbye to your freedoms, including
freedoms to homosexuals, to prison inmate, all this freedom will
vanish. It will evaporate in five seconds including your precious
lives. The second thing, the moment, at least part of the United
States population is convinced that the danger is real. They have
to force their Government, and I'm not talking about sending
letters, signing petitions and all this beautiful noble activity. I'm
talking about forcing United States Government to stop aiding

Nikolai Sergeyevich Leonov

Senior KGB officer, Cuban DGI confidant, and Latin America

expert Nikolai Sergeyevich Leonov explained how they operated
as subvertors in Latin America in a memoir expressing some failed
opportunities under Brezhnev.

Already in the first year of the

Brezhnev administration
everything was different from the
Khrushchev era: a policy of
moderation began to be applied,
one of caution; some might say
cowardice... From then on, in the
most tense of situations, Soviet
policy would be confined to
sending advisers and material
supplies. In this period the Soviet
Union let highly advantageous
situations pass by not only in
the Third World which could
have meant a territorial, as well
as an ideological and economic
expansion of its power.96

He explains further,

What was Soviet Intelligence up to in Latin America? What

things did it do? The work we carried out in practice was the
classical type, but it limited by a basic frontier: the Latin
96, pg
American countries were not the targets of Soviet Intelligence
activities. And for this simple reason: no Latin American country,
including Chile, was seen as an enemy of the Soviet Union. At no
time, even when you had a military regime, did we perceive Chile
as an enemy country. Hence there was no need to carry out work
against you. Rather, we saw the whole territory of Latin America
as a hunting ground for opportunities in our work against the
United States. We always ask forgiveness of the Latin Americans
for having used their territory for this purpose. It was easy for us
to receive our U.S. contacts here. Here we could talk with them,
receive information, pass them money if necessary, or provide
them with technical things needed in the spying profession, as
some call it (we never used that name). Counterintelligence inside
the United States is rigorous and strong, but when a North
American leaves his country he is another person completely. And
if we receive him in Rio de Janeiro, or here, or in Acapulco, the
situation is completely different There are a huge number of
North Americans in Latin America businessmen, journalists,
politicians and others. It was much easier to work with them here
than in the United States, above all when we had Latin American
friends who helped us to study them, to see them through an infra-
red light and discover their weaknesses. This also allowed us to
acquire North American citizens who could be useful to us. And of
course, the Latin American who had direct access to certain North
American secrets also came in to our field of vision. A
businessman who worked with the United States could buy us
things we needed, for example. These are the classical intelligence

It is obvious by reading these passages that the Soviets were not

secretive about their efforts.

Leonov would do as all subversive diplomats would do as outlined

by former KGB operative Yuri Bezmenov explained in an expose
of KGB tactics. Leonov worked as a translator for Fidel Castro on
a visit to the Soviet Union and worked through Raul Castro to
indoctrinate Che Guevara in their Cuban communist revolution. It
must also be mentioned that Leonov is a longtime friend and
mentor of Vladimir Putin.

DGI in the United States

Cuba was and still is an important hub for the Russian intelligence
agencies. Even today, the Russians are using Cuba as a base for
military ships that spy on American naval activities. During the
Cold War, the Cuban Direccin de Inteligencia (DGI) Cuban
intelligence agency worked to indoctrinate American students.
The goal was to foment social strife and make the students
consciously aware of the inequalities in society. All of this fits into
the Marxist/Progressive/Socialist schema for fundamental
transformation of the United States.
The Students for Democratic Society (SDS) were a prime target
for Soviet KGB operatives. The KGB operatives worked through
the Cuban DGI as a proxy to indoctrinate American students and
specifically members if SDS. In a FOIA publication from the FBI
titled Weatherman Underground Summary Dated 8/20/76, the
document stated as follows:

On July 29, 1969, AYERS made a speech on the campus of the

University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon, during which time he
discussed the SDS's role in the Venceremos Brigade and promoted
this trip to Cuba. During the course of this speech AYERS
commented as follows in response to a question about the Brigade:

In November and beginning January, SDS was involved in

sending 150 people, both times to Cuba to cut cane, to cut sugar,
as part of Cuba's program to create, to put out 50 million, or what
is it 100 million, 10 million tons of sugar.97

AYERS continued as follows:

They are not being paid because they are not honkeys who need
to get paid in order to do something, in order to serve the people,
and what they're going to do is, there will be about 75 SDS people
on each trip and about 75 people from, recruited from the Black
Panther Party and Young (illegible) organizations, and other black
and brown organizations that will go to Cuba, are going to live
and learn about the country, by going to work to create and help
the Cubans create a solid economy in the face of an economic
boycott by the United States, in the face of constant threats from
the United States, in fact a couple of invasions that didn't work
because the Cuban people were too well armed and well educated.
The Venceremos Brigade is an idea which is an attempt to show
the people of the world that all Americans aren't solid in their
nature of Cuba, and that all Americans aren't solid in their support
of the economic boycott of Cuba, and so we are going to go and
we are going to attempt to, attempt to help the Cubans in their
efforts. DAVID JOHNS from the (SDS) National Office is one
person who's going on that trip, other people from here who are
interested should talk to BILL THOMAS from Portland afterwards
because he's got, in Portland, he's got applications. It's a simple
matter; if you're under 17 you need your parents' permission.

This effort by the KGB through the Cuba DGI was the creation of
the Vanguard. The Vanguard was created in order to usher in the
revolution. In a document produced by the Weather Underground
authored by Celia Sojourn and Bill Ayers outlined in the FOIA, the
document titled Politics in Command stated the following:

The Necessity of Violent Revolution

There are many on the left who self-righteously condemn all

violence of revolutionaries. They are keeping their own hands
clean by avoiding the full consequences of revolutionary ideas.
For these people, the revolution will happen only some day and
hopefully be made by somebody else. But power concedes nothing
without a demand. Armed struggle is an extension of political
struggle, just as war is politics with bloodshed. Under certain
historical conditions political struggle leads necessarily to armed
conflict. When a small ruling class maintains itself in power by
force and violence, when the masses of people are forced to work
and live in brutalized and violent conditions, political struggle
both peaceful and violent is the inevitable result.

Reactionary capitalist violence is criminal: revolutionary violence

will bring about the new society. Marxism-Leninism holds that 'the
fundamental question of every revolution is the question of power.'
Marx considered violence as 'the midwife of all old societies about
to bring forth a new one.' The capitalist system of private property
is protected forcibly by a group of violent, dangerous men. The
development of mass revolutionary violence is essential to smash
the state of the exploiters and to wrest power from the armed
defenders of imperialism.

Politics in Command

Our job is not only to carry out action -- that is comparatively

simple. Our job is to succeed in making a revolution. The
guerrillas, like all revolutionaries, bear the responsibility of
developing full political strategy, and a mistake in military
strategy can be deadly. The stakes are high, not only for the people
and organizations carrying out military work, but for the course of
the revolution. Ho Chi Minh said, 'a military without politics is
like a tree without roots -- useless and dangerous.' That is why we
use the slogan 'Politics in Command.'

Our goal is to build communist organization toward the stage

where armed struggle becomes a mass phenomenon led by a
Marxist-Leninist party: a revolutionary stage. Organization is the
strongest resource of the people. Organization unites and builds
and means that each day's efforts add up. Organization is made up
of individuals but is bigger and longer lasting than any one
individual. Individuals are precious but organization is decisive.
Only organization allows continuity of experience and leadership,
and carries the deeds of the individual fighters beyond themselves
into the future....

The strategic necessity for this period is to mobilize the oppressed

and exploited people against US imperialism. Militarily this is the
stage of armed propaganda; the test of action is primarily the
ability to win the people....

...But revolutionary violence must be specific, comprehensible to

the people, and humane. The violence of the revolution must be
clearly distinguished to the oppressed and exploited people from
the violence of capitalist society. People do not need us to be
fearful, or to create chaos. Chaos prevails. Our task is to show the
way out of the madness....

...We must never hesitate to fight, but we must never build any
mystification about violence. We must be a force of armed
militants, not militarists....

We do not condemn violence that originates from the left, just as

we do not condemn violence against the state that originates from
the working class. The oppressed peoples and the working class
have a right and an obligation to develop armed struggle as a
means to liberation.

It is a right wing error to argue that only legal forms of struggle

are legitimate. For some, no level of mass struggle will justify
armed struggle; these are naive and irresponsible people, never
ready to raise the question of violence or of the need to fight and
ultimately win state power....

...Our revolution will need both open and clandestine movements,

legal and illegal struggle, peaceful and armed struggle -- and we
will need harmony and organization among all levels of the
struggle toward the goal of a revolutionized and fighting people.

Bill Ayers and Celia Sojourn are writing about the stages of
subversion. It is clearly expressed as a need to build a coalition of
revolutionaries and organize a mass movement ripe for violence.
Cloward-Piven Strategy

Richard A. Cloward 1926 2001

Frances Fox Piven 1932

The people of the United

States rejected the attempts by
the radical youth groups of the
New Left by exposing their
intentions. This exposure
however didnt destroy the
will of those connected to the
movement or the propagation
of propaganda. A new movement of Community Organizers led by
members of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) fought
for the rights of the impoverished and unfortunate by educating
them on ways to transfer power from the Upper Class to the Lower
Class or what Alinsky called the Haves and the Havenots. This
movement provided the vehicle while a new strategy provided
method to achieving the inevitable ends of Scientific Communism
or a socialist utopia.

With the New Left feeling that the momentum was dead in the
more violent revolution, they needed a new strategy. This strategy
arose from Columbia University. Columbia University was a viral
culture for the New Left movement after years of influence from
the likes of Franz Leopold Neumann, Karl August Wittfogel,
Theodor Ludwig Wiesengrund Adorno, Erich Seligmann Fromm,
and Siegfried Kracauer who all resided there after migrating from
the Marxist Frankfurt School.

Sociologist, political activist, and co-founder of the National

Welfare Rights Organization (NWRO) Richard A. Cloward and
Professor of Political Science and Sociology and member of the
Democratic Socialists of America Frances Fox Piven developed
this new strategy. The strategy is known as the Cloward and
Piven Strategy. In an article published on May 2, 1966 in the left
wing magazine The Nation, Cloward and Piven ironed out their
revolutionary process. The process consisted of implementing a
crisis strategy to overwhelm the entitlement system over a gradual
extended period of time. Cloward and Piven believed that the
ruling upper class (bourgeoisie) was using welfare to weaken the
poor (proletariat) and the only way to fix this was to take the
power away gradually.

Cloward and Piven were right with the theory that welfare was
enslaving the lower class proletariat. However instead of trying to
liberate the so called lower class by encouraging them to
participate in the capitalist system which would free them from
these chains, Cloward and Piven proposed to deepen and expand
the enslaving entitlements to plunge the United States into
economic disarray overthrowing the current status quo. The true
intention was not the freeing of these so called slaves of the system
but to enslave more which would increase animosity and pay back
the greedy upper class bourgeoisie. It was a true Marxist
revolution intended to slowly overcome the system.

This strategy based on a slow patient creeping method, was now

published and available to community organizers and politicians
alike to form a team join in revolution to fundamentally transform
the American society from one built on individualism to one built
on collectivism.

From this strategy sprouted groups like Acorn and NWRO, which
encouraged the existing entitlement programs to the lower class
and proposed new programs to politicians to expand their
constituency. This created a whole new array of supposed
compassionate bleeding heart politicians that redefined the
Democratic Party and eventually the Republican Party. This
disillusioned compassion was in-fact punishing the lower class
and those having to pay for the entitlements with high taxes.

So as the entitlement machine chugs along, more and more

entitlement programs are sprouting. Not only are the radicals in
government implementing entitlements for individuals, we are now
seeing government implement programs as entitlements to huge
corporations and financial institutions. Modern Progressive
Democrats who previously proclaimed they represented the lower
class are now backing legislation with a Statist agenda bailing out
banks and manufacturing. These programs and policies are simply
a way to progress society into Socialism and inevitably Scientific

As the economy becomes more sluggish, government radicals

implement entitlement programs like the Community
Reinvestment Act (CRA) signed by Jimmy Carter in 1977 with the
intentions of helping the poor. Over time this program led to
massive loan defaults as the program expanded. While banks tried
to offset the risks in the investment arena, the market uncertainty
eventually collapsed under the weight of excessive entitlements
and risks. Instead of the government allowing the market to adjust
naturally through the necessity of corrective recession, the
government under George W Bush and Barack Obama bailed out
banks and the auto industry. Now the welfare state was expanded
from simply enslaving the lower class to now enslaving insolvent
institutions with entitlements of their own.

The normal recessionary cycle that would normally weed out weak
institutions and businesses was now a crisis that needed to be fixed
with radical government officials eager to use the Cloward and
Piven strategy to further damage a weakened capitalist system. So
now that individuals know they dont have to work in a productive
and innovative way, simply eat from the governments poisonous
hand. Large banks realize now that if they take excessive risks they
too will receive welfare. This anti-capitalist method of rewarding
failure is simply a Marxist agenda to tear down the system with
slow methodical revolutionary cancer. Soon the system will
collapse and the crisis will grow with the dependence of all on the
government. This dependence will lead to the forfeiting of rights
and the elimination of classes as the Marxist wishes.
Tides Foundation

Founder: Drummond Pike

Chair of Directors: Wade Rathke

Board Member: Chip Berlet

Before founding the Tides

Foundation, Drummond Pike
was an associate director of the
Youth Project (YP) organized
by the Center for Community
Change. The group was
designed to spearhead left-wing
campaigns. Center for
Community Change is a
Alinsky-style organization
similar to ACORN.

Board Member Chip Berlet was

an organizer and founding
member of the pro-Stalinist
organization, Friends of
Albania. Chip claims to be a watchdog that monitors the so-called
fascists on the right wing. He was also a former Vice President
of the Communist group National Lawyers Guild. Chip also
serves on the Advisory Board of the National Committee Against
Repressive Legislation, formed in the 1960s in retaliation for the
anti-Communist movement.

Drummond Pike as a filter through which major contributors could

safely fund radical left-wing efforts designed the Tides Foundation
and Tides Center. Through a legal loophole, non-profits can use
Tides to essentially launder their contributions, and then funnel
them back to their own for-profit organizations. For example (as
reported by Gretchen and Tom Randall of the Capital Research
Center), The Pew Charitable Trust funnels money through Tides to
fund for-profit media groups:

Tides also earns revenue from three for-profit journalism

projects set up by the Pew Charitable Trusts in 1995 and 1996.
The Pew Trusts are among the largest U.S. foundations, with
assets of $4.3 billion in 2001. Because a private foundation cannot
legally give money directly to a for-profit media group, Pew has
used Tides as a conduit to fund the Pew Center for Excellence in
Journalism, the Pew Center for Civic Journalism, and the Pew
Center for the People and the Press.

Some of the efforts that Tides supports:98

radical environmentalism
the anti-war movement
anti-free trade campaigns
the banning of firearms ownership
abolition of the death penalty
access to government-funded abortion-on-demand
radical gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender advocacy

Some of the groups that receive money from Tides:

American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee (Pro-
Amnesty International Accuses Israel and US of war
American Friends Service Committee (AFSC)
Communist supporter


American Immigration Law Foundation promotes
amnesty and legal representation of illegal aliens
Campaign for America's Future George Soros-funded;
supports heavy progressive tax
Center for American Progress Clinton and Podesta think
tank - aided Media Matters
Sierra Club radical environmental group

There are hundreds more.

AT&T Foundation
Barbra Streisand Foundation
Ben and Jerry's Foundation
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation
ChevronTexaco Foundation
Energy Foundation
Fannie Mae Foundation
Ford Foundation
Heinz Family Foundation - Teresa Heinz Kerry and John
Lear Family Foundation
Open Society Institute
Pew Charitable Trusts
Rockefeller Family Fund
Rockefeller Foundation
Turner Foundation
Vanguard Public Foundation
Verizon Foundation
Woods Fund of Chicago Bill Ayers fund
Again, there are hundreds more.

Grants received from US Government during Clintons
$395,219 from the Department of Interior
$3,350,431 from the Environmental Protection Agency
$3,487,040 from the Department of Housing and Urban
$208,878 from the Department of Agriculture
$39,550 from the Department of Energy
$93,500 from the Small Business Administration
$10,986 from the Department of Health and Human
$84,520 from the Centers for Disease Control U.S. Agency
for International Development.

ACORN (Association of Community Organizations for
Reform Now)

Founder: Wade Rathke

Co-Founder: Dale Rathke

ACORNs relevance to The Machine is critical. The intentions

of the group, as discussed by founder Wade Rathke, are to provide
assistance to low-income families and individuals. ACORN was
designed to promote living wage ordinances, affordable (i.e.,
taxpayer-funded) housing, mortgage lending, and voter-registration
drives. However, the organization had a more illicit plan - it would
merge the tactics of Saul Alinsky and the strategy of Cloward and
Piven a means of using a populist drive for welfare enrollment to
force a national welfare state.

In the late 1960s Wade Rathke, a former draft-resistance organizer

for SDS, joined NWRO (National Welfare Rights Organization) as
an organizer. He is noted for his development of the "Maximum
Eligible Participation" Solution (MEPS) a concept that promotes
the seizing (and even creation) of crises in order to induce as many
Americans as possible to enroll in as many welfare programs as
they qualify for. When intense conflict broke out between
NWROs militant black groups, Rathke left -taking what he had
learned from Cloward and Pivens NWRO and forming ACORN.

Rathke expanded the group to be a juggernaut for the Progressive

agenda. It has a dues-paying membership of more than 400,000
people. In a Capital Research Center Foundation Watch report,
Matthew Vadum explains how The Weather Undergrounds
intentions have spilled over into the much more patient and
methodical community- organizing tactics of ACORN101.

Michael B. Farrell (2009-09-16). "What is the ACORN controversy about?".
Christian Science Monitor.
ACORN, with its members dressed in bright red shirts, organizes
crude protests against business people and public officials.
Opposed to the profit motive and capitalism in general, it pushes
for more government control over citizens and the economy.
ACORN supports gun control, a government monopoly in
healthcare, and an open door immigration policy. It supports a big
raise in the federal minimum wage and so-called livingwage
laws enacted by states and cities. ACORN wants more funding for
urban public schools, and wants federal and state laws enacted
guaranteeing paid sick leave for all full-time workers. The group
claims to fight for affordable housing and it rails against
foreclosures and so-called predatory lending, even though it
demands that banks make loans destined to default.

This report also goes into great detail about the affiliates of
ACORN, which have created a maze of pathways to divert funds
for its Marxist agenda.

Among ACORNs many affiliates and subsidiaries are:

385 Palmetto Street Housing Fund Corp.

4415 San Jacinto Street Corp.
Acorn 2004 Housing Development Fund Corp.
Acorn 2005 Housing Development Fund Corp.

ACORN Associates
ACORN Beneficial Association
ACORN Campaign Services
ACORN Campaign To Raise The Minimum Wage
ACORN Center for Housing, Inc.
ACORN Childrens Beneficial Association
ACORN Community Land Association
ACORN Community Land Association of IL
ACORN Community Land Association of LA
ACORN Community Land Association of PA
ACORN Community Labor Organizing Center
ACORN Cultural Trust
ACORN Dumont-Snediker Housing Development Fund
ACORN Fair Housing
ACORN Housing Corp.
ACORN Housing Corp. of IL
ACORN Housing Corp. of MO
ACORN Housing Corp. of PA
ACORN Institute
ACORN Law For Education, Representation, And Training
ACORN Management Corp.
ACORN National Broadcasting Network
ACORN Services
ACORN Television In Action For Communities
ACORN Tenant Union Training And Organizing Project
ACORN Tenants Union
Affiliated Media Foundation Movement
Agape Broadcasting Foundation Inc
American Environmental Justice Project Inc.
American Home Childcare Providers Association
American Institute for Social Justice
Arizona ACORN Housing Corp.
Arkansas Broadcasting Foundation
Association for the Rights of Citizens Inc.
Associated Regional Maintenance Systems
Austin Organizing and Support Center
Baltimore Organizing and Support Center
Boston Organizing and Support Center
Broad Street Corp.
California Community Network
Chicago Organizing and Support Center
Chief Organizer Fund
Child Care Providers for Action Franklin
Citizens Action Research Project
Citizens Campaign for Work, Living Wage & Labor Peace
Citizens Consulting, Inc.
Citizens Campaign for Finance Reform
Citizens for Future Progress
Colorado ACORN Housing Corp.
Crescent City Broadcasting Corp.
Desert Rose Homes LLC
Dumont Avenue Housing Development Fund
Elysian Fields Corp., Inc
Elysian Fields Partnership
Fifteenth Street Corp.

Floridians For All PAC
Franklin ACORN Housing
Greenville Community Charter School Inc.
Greenwell Springs Corp.
Hospitality Hotel and Restaurant Organizing Council
Houston Organizing And Support Center
KABF Radio
KNON Radio
Labor Neighbor Research and Training Center Inc.
Living Wage Resource Center
Louisiana ACORN Fair Housing
Massachusetts ACORN Housing Corp.
Metro Technical Institute
Missouri Tax Justice Research Project
Montana Radio Network
Mott Haven ACORN Housing Development Fund Corp.
Mutual Housing Association of New York Inc.
National Center for Jobs & Justice
New Mexico Organizing and Support Center
New Orleans Community Housing Organization
New York ACORN Housing Company Inc.
New York Agency for Community Affairs Inc.
New York Organizing and Support Center Organizers
Pennsylvania Institute for Community Affairs
Peoples Equipment Resource Corp.
Phoenix Organizing And Support Center
Project Vote
SEIU Local 100
SEIU Local 880
Service Workers Action Team
Shreveport Community Television
Site Fighters
Sixth Avenue Corp.
Social Policy
Southern Training Center
St. Louis Organizing And Support Center
St. Louis Tax Reform Group
Student Minimum Wage Action Campaign
Texas ACORN Housing Corp. Inc.
Wal-Mart Workers Association
Wal-Mart Association for Reform Now
Working Families Association

Frighteningly pervasive.
Parts of ACORNs organization are subsidized by our tax dollars.
Dale Rathke has riddled ACORN with corruption including the
embezzlement of $5,000,000. Conservative Blogger Michelle
Malkin102 has reported on this, as well as the lack of coverage from
the liberal media.
The Washington Examiner103 has also reported on ACORNs
extensive tax troubles, and Breitbarts BigGovernment.com104
reports that ACORN owes $2,300,000 in taxes.

What must be understood is that the ACORN organization is

driven by a radical far-left agenda with every intention of toppling
the US welfare system and, by extension, the national economy -
by employing the "Maximum Eligible Participation" Solution
(MEPS). The Sub-Prime mortgage crisis was evidence that this
type of tack works effectively to destroy the Capitalist system that
has brought the United States to the top of the World. The beltway
elites know that ACORN is a thoroughly corrupt entity but refuse
to combat its tax-payer-fleecing mechanisms due to political

Take a day or two and look up ACORN on YouTube; see all of the
radical, unethical, and plain illegal activities they have been
involved in.

ACORN will continue to use taxpayer money to topple the

American capitalistic system. The Alinsky tactics it employs are
highly effective in misleading the low-income community into
supporting its bully tactics and fraudulent activities. With the help
of SEIU and other union groups, ACORN acts as the militant arm
of the Progressive Democratic Party - reminiscent of Lenins

Bolshevik revolutionary army, Stalins Cheka, and Hitlers
Brownshirt SS troops.

As a critical part of The Machine, ACORN has implemented the

radical strategy of Cloward and Piven. Its roots began in a
founding by former Communist/SDS member, Wade Rathke, and
they stretch into the Congress and the White House. With an
alliance with the SEIU and other left-wing groups, ACORN will
succeed in its implementation of the Cloward and Piven strategy if
Americans do not stop them. We must stand up against this anti-
American group and stomp out groups affiliated with its fraudulent
agenda. We must expose them by demanding a thorough audit of
their books to see where our tax money is going. We must then
protect the low-income communities by getting rid of the criminal
ACORN organization and removing the deadly poisonous thorn of
Cloward/Piven and Saul Alinsky. We must also watch if ACORN
disbands under any resistance and possibly morph into another

ACORN has since renamed themselves Alliance of Californians

for Community Empowerment, and the New York ACORN
members and staff founded New York Communities for Change.
Lyndon B. Johnson: 1908 1973

The presidency of Lyndon B Johnson

marks the second phase of the United
States Governments participation in
the construction of The Machine.
During the Cold War, when
Communism was the most-feared
force of evil to approach mankind,
Johnson would push sweeping legal
measures to bring this most-feared
evil onto our own shores.

During Johnsons political career he

was able to witness many horrible atrocities of Stalin, Hitler, Mao,
Khrushchev, Castro, and Ho Chi Minh. However, instead of
fighting the spread of Communism in the East and even off the
coast of Florida, Johnson simply viewed the spread as a political
thorn. In Joshua Zeitzs article in American Heritage Magazine,
1964: The Year the Sixties Began, Johnson states his political

I knew from the start that I was bound to be crucified either way I
moved. If I left the woman I really loved-the Great Society-in order
to get involved in that bitch of a war on the other side of the world,
then I would lose everything at home. All my programs But if I
left that war and let the Communists take over South Vietnam, then
I would be seen as a coward and my nation would be seen as an
appeaser and we would both find it impossible to accomplish
anything for anybody anywhere on the entire globe.
Great Society

Johnsons prize and claim to

fame was the launching of a
series of Socialist programs
under the name The Great
Society. Many of these
programs were seeds to promote
government expansion,
usurpation, fraud, and abuse.
One of the most important, and
legitimate, of all the programs
implemented was the civil rights
program. When the public was
sensitized to the changes in civil
rights concerns by leaders like
Martin Luther King Jr, Malcolm
X, and Johnsons predecessor -
John F Kennedy - vocalizing the
need for legitimate solutions to
racism, Johnson saw this feature of his plan as the flagship to
launch a fundamental change to Americas future.

1. War on Poverty
Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 Some of the programs that
were started under this legislation are: Job Corps, Peace Corps,
Neighborhood Youth Corps, Volunteers in Service to America,
Upward Bound, Food Stamps, Community Action Program, Model
Cities Program, and Project Head Start.

2. Education
Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 This act
greatly increased public school funding.
Higher Education Act of 1965 This act increased funding to
universities by way of scholarships and low-interest loans for
students. It also created the National Teachers Corps.

3. Arts and Cultural Institutions

National Foundation for the Arts and Humanities Act of 1965
This act created the National Endowments for the Arts and the
National Endowment for the Humanities.

4. Healthcare
Social Security Act of 1965 This act created Medicare and

5. Public broadcasting
The Public Broadcasting Act of 1967 Created the Corporation for
Public Broadcasting (CPB) and the Public Broadcasting System
(PBS). Both are federally funded. Later, National Public Radio
(NPR) would be created.

6. Transportation
Urban Mass Transportation Act of 1964 - This act funded large-
scale urban public-and-private rail projects. This act created the
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit

National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 This act
set up the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) and introduced regulatory standards for automobiles to
protect public safety.

7. Environment

Wilderness Act of 1964 This act created The National Wilderness

Preservation System, protecting 9 million acres of federal land.
Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965 This act established regulations
concerning underground storage tanks, landfills, incinerators and
other disposal systems.

Motor Vehicle Air Pollution Control Act of 1965 This act

amended the Clean Air Act of 1963. The amendment would set
vehicle emissions standards for the first time. It set to reduce
hydrocarbons by 72%, carbon monoxide by 56%, and crankcase
hydrocarbons completely in all automobiles created after 1968.

Endangered Species Preservation Act of 1966 This act set up the

National Wildlife Refuge System in order to protect endangered

National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 This act would

preserve archaeological sites around the country.

National Trails System Act of 1968 This act created the National
Trails System that recognizes and protects historic resources
around the country.

Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968 This act established the
National Wild and Scenic Rivers System which was meant to
preserve scenic, recreational, geologic, fish and wildlife, historic,
and cultural assets in the country.

Aircraft Noise Abatement Act of 1968 This act would limit public
aircraft noise levels over 90 decibels.

National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 This act set up the

environmental standards for all government agencies.

What must be communicated here is the understanding of

governments practice of implementing long-term usurpations of
liberty. All of these programs, at face value, appear legitimate and
necessary; what many Americans fail to realize, is that many of
these programs fail to address the problems that they are designed
to fix. Such legislative practices destroyed the Great Society - and
did so with the vehicle of Socialism through a most insidious
method they claimed to be acting on behalf of the greater

One of the biggest failures of Johnsons policies was the War on

Poverty. This plan has been a complete economic failure, reducing
poverty by only .4% from 1966 to 2005 nearly forty years as
shown in a 2005 Income, Poverty, and Health Insurance Coverage
in the United States Report.

Also of considerable interest is the dismal effect on dropout rates.

A census report from 2007 shows a gradual decrease of dropout
rates - while the education program was supposed to eliminate it
entirely; 12th grade dropout rates got significantly worse. Even
more interesting is the SAT reading and math scores average since

As shown in this chart of a ten-

year breakdown on SAT scores,
the math scores have improved
slightly overall, but the reading
and writing scores have fallen. It
is also hard to miss the
plummeting numbers from the
Lyndon Johnson plan around the
end of Jimmy Carters presidency,
and during George W. Bushs
presidency with his, No Child
Left Behind program. The Washington Post even wrote an article
about the significant drop in SAT scores in 2006, calling it the
most notable dip in SAT scores in 31 years105.

The sole intention of the education system should be to provide

our youth with the basic knowledge from the past so that they can
think for themselves in the future: preparing them - in a moral,
responsible, self-sufficient, and ethical way - for entry into society
to support and promote the prosperity of America.

View a reflection of a long-standing failure to honor the above

intent: in a collection of FBI reports since 1960 to 2008, crimes
have increased from 3,384,200 in 1960 to 11,149,927 in 2008.
With the population rising from 179 million citizens to 304 million
citizens, we can see a substantial increase in crime - the population
grew at 8% while crime grew at 27%. Researching the same
reports from the Justice department reveals a significant
contradiction where one would expect these two agencies to be on
the same page.

The following are very highly pertinent statistic from that
shows the inefficiency of the education system.

Expenditure, by year and source
Single student Expense Total, by year

Considering the quality of schools product, this kind of

expenditure should not be; it has accomplished very little for the
enormous amounts of money. shows how funding has
grown from 248.9 Billion for Elementary and Secondary education
in 1990 to 536 Billion. Imagine the private education that these
children could have received for $9000 a student, instead of
funding public schools.

Lyndon B. Johnson had little faith in the American people, and

much more in governments ability to do good. He put into place
huge programs for Socialists and Progressives to take the nation on
the path to Communism. His intentions were good, but they
opened up the doors for any radical successors to the Presidency
and other government offices.
The Machine
The Machine

The nature of The Machine is a social structure developed by

social scientists designed to progress society through a dialectic
process as outlined by the likes of Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
and Karl Marx. To propel the society into this process, the
Progressives needed to insert themselves into all aspects of the
society to push society through the process.

The Machine is one of perpetual motion once Progressives occupy

all the positions. As energized magnetic current propels an electric
motor, the Progressives inject electrified polemics - a strong verbal
or written attack on someone or something - into the political
dialogue in order to dissolve the essence. That essence could be
religious values, family values, patriotism, or the desire for private
property. This electrified agitation is what propels the Progressive

Once the polemic is generated by the progressive social scientists

and injected into the political dialogue by the progressive
politician, the public begins to debate the thesis and anti-thesis of
the polemic. This creates energy in society that is monitored by the
social scientists, politicians, and the media. Once the polemic
seems to gain momentum, the progressive mass media perpetuates
the polemic to the public providing a ripe environment for
progressive change.
The Polemic

The polemic is simply propaganda generated by social scientists or

social engineers to agitate the public towards progress. Lenin
explained how to use polemics in his writings. Here is an excerpt,

Now it is exceedingly praiseworthy, gentlemen of the Goremykin

government, that you should try the art of gentle persuasion! You
should have tried this long ago. It really would have been far
better had you dealt with the peasants by argument rather than by
means of the birch, the knout, bullets and rifle butts. Almost all
newspapers would publish a government communication. The
village priests, the Zemstvo officials, the rural district elders and
the police officials would read it to the peasants. The peasants
would ponder over it. They would be taught sense by the
government, how to understand their real interests. And after
thinking it over, and having been taught something by the
government, they would decide by a majority vote that was right.
How nice it would be if this were so! But how atrocious it is when,
with one hand, the Goremykins and their myrmidons flog, torture
and murder the peasants, and with the other, they run down their
throats communications to teach them to understand their own
interests! Peasant newspapers are being suppressed; peasant
delegates and members of the Peasant Union[1] are languishing
in jail, or in Siberia; the villages are inundated with troops, as if
they were enemy territoryand the Goremykin government hands
the flogged and tortured peasants a communication to the effect
that they are being flogged and tortured for their own good!106

Lenin is clearly explaining that persuading the people from the top
down is much easier and less violent by using gentle persuasion.
Lenin use this method effectively. Here is an example of how
Lenin used polemics in order to generate the discussion designed

Lenin Collected Works, Progress Publishers, 1965, Moscow, Volume 11,
pages 40-42.
to persuade the people to put the control over production in the
hand of the state.

Dear comrades writing for Novaya Zhizn, you resent our criticism,
which you call angry. We shall try to be mild and kind.

To begin with, we wish to take up the two questions you raised.

Can one seriously speak of control over production, to say nothing

of regulating it, without ending the "inviolability of commercial

We have maintained that Novaya Zhizn has not answered this

practical question. Novaya Zhizn objects, saying that we can
find" the answer even in Rabochaya Gazeta.

We cannot find it, dear comrades! Nor can you ever find it. Look
more carefully and you will see you cannot find it.

You will pardon us for saying so, but Novaya Zhizn has sinned
because, while holding forth about control, it has not raised the
practical question of the inviolability of commercial secrecy in a
practical way.

Second question: can one confuse the immediate introduction of

socialism (which Novaya Zhizn has been arguing against and
which we have never suggested) with the immediate assumption of
actual control over the banks and trusts? When, in answer to that,
we pointed out that we did not propose to expropriate, regulate, or
exercise control over small-scale economy, Novaya Zhizn
commented that we had made a "valuable confession", a
legitimate one, but had done it overhastily.

Have a heart, dear comrades, how can you call it "over hasty"
when it is just a brief paraphrase of the long and detailed
resolution passed by our conference? Or didnt you care enough to
read that resolution?

In polemics, one should stick to the

point. It is harmful in this kind of
polemics to try to quibble the issue

Motion of The Machine

The motion of the machine is the use
of polemics to perpetuate the dialectic
process. Remember that Hegel
explained that through the conflict of
the thesis and the antithesis would
generate a synthesis, which would
then become a new antithesis.

This used of polemics is not new to the United States or the world
for that matter. It is however unique in the Marxist worldview
since it is not intended to be used to find the absolute truth but
rather to progress the truth.

An example of this is the desire by Cultural Marxists to eliminate

capitalism by destroying the culture. One way the Cultural Marxist
did this was to destroy the essence of the family. The family unit is
the building block of the American Society. The American culture
is perpetuated by the transcendence of knowledge, morality, ethics,
individualist philosophy, patriotism, and other American ideals.

One way the destruction of the American family was perpetuated

was by simply using the momentum of human desire for self-
pleasure. Herbert Marcuse explained that society progresses
through sexual activity. So In order to progress society, the sexual
taboos needed to be explored and broken down and made to be
Lenin Collected Works, Progress Publishers, 1977, Moscow, Volume 25,
pages 63-64.
accepted as normal. Of course the use of the profit motive needed
to be exploited. This was how pornography was used to promote
sexual promiscuity and the redefining of sex as used for pleasure
rather than simply procreation. It is also used to promote the
redefining of sexual orientation.

If you question this motive or process, ask yourself a simple

question. Is sexual promiscuity and homosexuality more
acceptable today than in 1960? Lets look at a chart from a Pew
research report that shows the growing support for homosexual
marriage on the opposite page. As you can see the traditions and
morals of the older Baby Boomer generation are slowing accepting
homosexual marriage 32% in 2001 to 48% in 2014 - but at a
much lower percentage of the Millennial generation 44% in 2004
to 68% in 2014.

This is due to the incremental cultural change perpetuated by

Progressive Social Scientists.
Keep in mind that
homosexuality has not been
proven scientifically as a
medical condition nor simply
natural human condition. Rather
it is a choice until scientific
evidence is found.

Now we must state for clarity

that from a position of liberty
and freedom, homosexuality as
a behavior that should not be
outlawed no differently than
any other form of sodomy
between consenting adults
should be outlawed. There also
should not be hate perpetuated on people that participate in
homosexual behavior. Our position is that homosexuality
summarily reckless promiscuity is not a behavior that promotes a
healthy virtuous society.
Behaviors are a result of the foundation on which the individual
exhibiting the behavior has built his moral repertoire. Morality
cannot be forced onto a society. A moral order of a civil society has
to be a compact between the collections of individuals and must be
backed up by logic, science, and most of all-purpose. A society that
desires no moral order does not desire a free and civil society at

John Adams stated that, We have no government armed with

power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by
morality and religionOur constitution was made only for a
moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the
government of any other.

George Washington further explained, The federal government . .

. can never be in danger of degenerating into a monarchy, and
oligarchy, an aristocracy, or any other despotic or oppressive form
so long as there shall remain any virtue in the body of the people.

So John Adams and George Washington both acknowledge that in

order to achieve freedom and liberty, a society requires a moral
and virtuous people. This morality and virtue is not something
provided by an environment or condition. It is passed down
through generations of moral people. It is a culture. It is a virtuous
moral order perpetuated by the nuclear family as transcended from
the laws of nature and natures God.

Arthor Mark Levin explains that, Reason cannot, by itself,

explain why there is reason. Science cannot by itself explain why
there is science. Mans discovery and application of science are
products of reason.

Reason and science explain the existence of matter, but they

cannot explain why there is matter. They can explain the existence
of the universe, but they cannot explain why there is a universe.
They can explain the existence of nature and the law of physics,
but they cannot explain why there is the law of nature and physics.
They can explain the existence of life, but they cannot explain why
there is life. They can explain the existence of consciousness but
they cannot explain why there is consciousness.108

So with this acknowledgement of a higher consciousness or higher

purpose for the laws and science, the question of why is
extremely important to acknowledge what is moral and virtuous.
This question is asked in the context of spirituality. Why is the
family important?

The family as well as the interaction within the family builds the
foundation of a society. Little boys and little girls learn morality,
virtue, independence, respect, and responsibility, among many
other important attributes from their parents. These attributes help
the child eventually create their own healthy family to further
perpetuate these attributes. This tradition will continue. This is
what creates the fabric of a virtuous society.

A moral order designed to undermine the unit of the nuclear family

wishes for a society of disorientation. This disorientation will
include individual alienation, sexual disorientation, drug
dependence, criminal association, government dependence, and
further perpetuation of societal disorientation. Once this
disorientation becomes prevalent in society, the fabric of a virtuous
society will implode and lead to the inevitable destruction of the

This destruction will produce the government that Washington and

Adams warned about which will work to institute a moral order by
force. The moral order will be based on the Statist ideas of
powerful elite men and not upon the foundation of individual
freedom and liberty. Freedom and liberty cannot exist in society of
disorientation and chaos.

The following chart of percentage of births to unwed mothers

expresses how the American family is in decline.
Liberty and Tyranny, Mark Levin, 2009, PG 24 & 25
As you can see the depletion of the family grew significantly,
especially for blacks, during the 1960s Great Society welfare
boom. The severity in that differs within the races can be
paralleled with the income gap.
By the end of the 1970s The Machine had been completely
assembled and was operational; Communism was now in the
United States. It was like a cancer to the hope of the World - the
champions of the free world, who had fought to protect the
freedom of foreign nations overseas, would now be fighting this
most evil ideology on their own shores. Communism is
diametrically opposed to the foundation and design of America;
the two cannot be reconciled, and Communism knows this. In
order for Communism to take raise its red flag, it must destroy
America in the hearts and minds of Americans.

America was designed with the idea that its citizens would be self-
governing as far as reason and human nature would permit - with
the focus all laws being the protection of the individuals rights and
liberties, and the individuals concern being the good of the family.
This self-government was perpetuated with the respect and
understanding of the liberties of every American and the
acknowledgment of an almighty Creator who grants those liberties.
Within the confines of our self-government and the protections
provided by the Constitution of the United States, Americans are
empowered to deliver ingenuity and imagination to future of the
world. It is in consequence of this system that so many people
from around the world seek to follow the words of Lady Liberty -
and their tyrant leaders would despise us as their greatest threat.

Communism is the religion of the tyrant demanding total surrender

of humanity. It is a religion because all faith must be in
Communism and the ruling party. The neo-feudal Oligarch or
dictator ruled through propaganda, and through isolation from the
virtue that makes free men hope, both for freedom, and for self-

Between the two ideologies of Americanism and Communism,

there is always conflict, a battle for the faith of the people. At issue
is the origin of the rights of the people: are they a gift from a
supreme Creator, or of men? If the people are unable to self-
govern due to their inability to recognize that it is their duty to
society to self-govern, then they shall forfeit their rights to self-
government to a body that governs for them. It is this battle that
defines liberty and tyranny. Essentially, if Americans do not
protect their liberties by responsible living, Americans are
surrendering no, turning with open arms! - to tyranny.
In a land that has been overrun by the corrosion of self-
responsibility and the promotion of government entitlements, the
Communist is winning the battle. He is promoting our demise
through the corruption of our free- thinking mind. The Communist
demonizes the individual as a selfish and greedy monster, while
denying that those very demons exist as well in government. The
Communist engages in witch-hunts - searching for any business
that attains a profit - and demonizes that business as a greedy and
selfish monster, as well. He excoriates and crucifies the
condemned individual or business for all to see, and demands that
all individuals and businesses be regulated extensively to prevent
such selfishness and greed all for the greater good. It is these
regulations that shall imprison us, though we might walk the street
in daylight.

To recognize the different aspects of The Machine, it is useful to

understand its purpose. The gears have been outlined up-close,
revealing all the minute mechanisms and how they fit into place.
To see the purpose, The Machine must now be seen as a whole.

The purpose of this Mephistophelian monstrosity is to render men

incapable of self-government. It plays on the fear of dispossession
by the affluent, authoritative, and privileged; it produces a noxious
fume that chills the blood, bewilders the brain, and quenches the
fire in the belly. The Machine distracts from truth, and punishes
any who are clever enough to see past the smoke and mirrors.
Standing in the voting booth, we are induced to pull the voting
levers on the basis of fear rather than conscience.

A look at The Machine from a distance:

1. Abolition of private property and the application of all rent

to public purpose.
The 14th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution (1868), and various
zoning, school & property taxes. Also the Bureau of Land

2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax.

Misapplication of the 16th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution,
1913; The Social Security Act of 1936; Joint House Resolution
192 of 1933; and various State "income" taxes. Referred to as
"paying your fair share".

3. Abolition of all rights of inheritance.

The Federal & State estate Tax (1916); or, reformed Probate Laws;
these limit inheritance via arbitrary inheritance tax statutes.

4. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels.

Included here: government seizures, tax liens, and Public
law 99-570 (1986); Executive order 11490, sections 1205 and
2002, which instruct the DUD on how to relocate large groups of
people to temporary shelters and housing, and to prepare for
emergencies (pursuant to Executive orders 10705, 10952, 10995,
and 11051 all enacted prior to 1970!); the imprisonment of
"terrorists" and those who write or speak out against the
"government" (1997 Crime/Terrorist Bill, a new and better
incarnation of the Sedition act of 1798); and IRS confiscation of
property without due process (anyone care to guess what the
numbers 4 and 5 have to do with this?).

5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means

of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive
Now called the Federal Reserve, which is a credit/debt system
nationally organized by the Federal Reserve act of 1913, it was
preceded by the First and Second Banks of the United States (both
of which proved such central banking to be insufficient to the task
at hand, and susceptible to all manner of corruption). All local
banks are members of the Fed system, and are regulated by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

6. Centralization of the means of communication and

transportation in the hands of the State.
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Department
of Transportation (DOT) - mandated through the ICC act of 1887,
the Commissions Act of 1934, The Interstate Commerce
Commission established in 1938, The Federal Aviation
Administration, and Executive orders 10999 and 11490. Consider,
as well, State-mandated driver's licenses and State Department of
Transportation regulations.

7. Extension of State ownership to factories and instruments of

production; the bringing into cultivation of waste lands; and
the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a
common plan.
This has been given the comforting names: corporate capacity, The
Desert Entry Act, and The Department of Agriculture. Also (and
less-well-known): Department of Commerce and Labor,
Department of Interior, the Environmental Protection Agency,
Bureau of Land Management, Bureau of Reclamation, Bureau of
Mines, National Park Service, and the IRS control of business
through corporate regulations.

8. Equal liability of all to labor; establishment of Industrial

armies, especially for agriculture.
Called the Social Security Administration and The Department of
Labor. The National debt and inflation caused by the communal
bank has caused the need for a two "income" family. Women in the
workplace since the 1920s; the 19th amendment of the U.S.
Constitution; the Civil Rights Act of 1964; assorted Socialist
Unions; Affirmative Action; the Federal Public Works Program;
and, of course, Executive order 11000.
9. Integration of agriculture and manufacturing industries;
gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country
by a more equable distribution of the population over the
Called: the Planning Reorganization act of 1949; zoning (Title 17
1910-1990) and Super Corporate Farms; also, Executive orders
11647 and 11731 (ten regions), and Public "law" 89-136.

10. Free education for all children in government schools; the

abolition of children's factory labor in its present form and a
combination of education with industrial production.
People are being taxed to support what we call 'public schools
which are more for training the young to work for and within the
communal debt system. We also call it the Department of
Education, the NEA, and Outcome-Based "Education".

These are the 10 planks of Communism. All of the gears are

aligned to gradually reduce men to batteries, hammers, and grist.
People with good intentions, who trusted in a good government,
installed all of these gears. Unfortunately, the more remote a
government from the people, the more crooked and corrupt the
government becomes - the more these agencies, bureaus and
departments gnaw, with their thousands of teeth, on your freedom.
Those who align themselves with the Communist will use these
breaches in the enamel of our freedoms to bite ever deeper; as we
cease to care for them, the damage grows worse but is no longer
observed. When the time comes, however, that we suddenly miss
these rights and liberties, they are rotted away to blackened
stumps, and all we have are the raw nerves at the center of each
dead and putrefying freedom to remind us of our folly; rights lost
once are lost forever.

A fine example: shall the Patriot Act be repealed after the War
Against Terror is over? The progressive federal income tax was
never repealed - and it was only to pay for a World War. So now,
with new powers never intended for it, the government grows ever
more daunting.

The machine that has been built is now slowly grinding up and
incinerating the rights and liberties of America fueling itself and
adding to its mass even as it takes away both strength and will. The
Communists have developed The Machine and desire that
Capitalism must fall. The fall, should it happen, shall leave all
mankind dependent on government. Cloward and Piven is the
program directive for this Machine; Marxism/Communism is the
program code. Its purpose: to devour all life, liberty, and property.

Knowing the directive and the code, one may combat this
malignant thing. It is a machine, and it does not tire as men do
but it must have fuel or it fails. Deprive it of fuel turn the hearts
and souls of men from it and help them to turn others and The
Machine, no matter how great or cunningly wrought, must fall.
There is a misconception that, with the rise of the United Nations,
all wars shall cease, all of the hungry shall be fed, and all
environmental and social justice shall be achieved. Those same
socialists in America who believe that government can achieve this
sustain this misconception. The fact is that, unless you remove all
religious secularism, all dictatorial regimes, and all corrupt
political mechanisms, there is no chance of this. The fact is, there
are no angels in politics.

The elitists in these ranks are dazzled by their own utopian ideas.
They participate in their own form of intellectual imperialism by
forcing their skewed ideological principles on the masses through
all the earmarked policies hidden within legislation and
international treaties. After all the shady, behind locked doors,
smoky-back-room deal cutting, the final cut legislation hits far
from the originally intended mark. Dont be misled by these clever,
but ill-conceived, policies; they are a blurry means to a focused
end the deceitful means by which the Utopian seeks to achieve
his goal (again with the Alinsky, means to an end). They all seek
to achieve the same result, pushing all of us closer to the
evacuation of all liberties.

Societies under socialism are merely subjects of a social

experiment by the personality in charge. Intellectual elitism is a
typical facet of the socialist agenda. The intellectuals wish to
impress their colleagues with some thesis or other, in a type of
competitive impressionism. These personalities press their own
theoretical ideas of ways to enhance societies within the confines
of their vision. The narcissism that exists in this elitism punishes
all that fail to live among the same ideology of the personality. It is
this narcissism that fuels the personalitys utopian dream while
destroying the lives of all subject to their whim or will.

1. The removal of liberty - the means

In order to distribute the wealth of Americans, the progressive
Washington beltway crowd and the intellectual elite community
need to convince Americans that there is something worth
sacrificing their liberties for. Once this goal is achieved, taxes are
put into place ostensibly, to fund the grandiose schemes and
plans sold to the American people - that extract the public wealth
in order to place it in the government coffers for disbursement. In
order for this to have any substantial effect, the process must be
accepted: 1, by free, developed countries around the world; and 2,
in a democratic manner. As is most often the case, however, the
reasons for this distribution are misleading, un-proven, and often
wrong; the underdeveloped countries - often run by dictators or an
oppressive oligarchy - are more than happy to accept international

The American people would have to approve any mass

distribution, as well as the mechanisms to provide it. There are
several proposed issues that are being used to steer the American
public to forfeit their liberties and their wealth in order to facilitate
this global agenda: the United Nations is working hard to push
through massive regulations and mechanisms in order to extract
money from the worlds developed nations through Cap-and-
Trade, the Kyoto Treaty, or other treaties similar to it.

One of the vehicles that the elite are using is environmentalism.
Most reasonable people do not wish to hurt the environment,
believing sincerely in a need to preserve it by any reasonable
means. However, when the severity of the environmental problems
is exaggerated - or purposely distorted to justify an alternate ends -
the American public has trouble deciphering what is the correct
action to take; many Americans are still used to thinking for
themselves, and being fed contradictory or irreconcilable data only
puts them off. The Progressive movement has seen a huge
opportunity to hijack the environmental movement as the means to
their socialist/communist ends.
With the Internet and hundreds of television channels available to
those around the world, there is great opportunity for exaggeration
and misinformation. Consider, for a moment, the number of
channels airing some program or other about environmental
disaster or end times. Many of these programs are actually
counterproductive, providing more misinformation, fear, and
paranoia than education. To keep the viewer tuned in, certain
tricks of the trade timing, soundtrack, narration have been
noted, compiled, and made a part of media communications
training for keeping the viewers waiting through ads to see what
happens next. The viewer for the most part untrained and
unsuspecting - must stand at neutral vantage point in order to
derive an opinion not coaxed by fear, sympathy, and/or arousal. It
is the individual that ultimately makes the decision whether the
environmental fear is snake oil or legitimate.

Anti-War movement
The anti-war movement is common among all Progressive
messages. No reasonable American wants to go to war, unless it is
to protect America. The Progressive uses this stance to stir up
popular dissatisfaction until a sufficient mass of American
citizens are both angry and convinced at which point they
mobilize, as a group, to defeat the Conservative. Progressives will
go so far as to blame Americans in general - for all foreign
relations problems. Claims against past administrations for global
imperialism - for the sake of oil exploration and Capitalist
endeavors - fit right in line with the Anti-War propaganda. By
tying environmentalism to the anti-war movement, the
Progressives take the message of anti-Capitalism to center stage
and the distortion of both the relevance of oil company profits, and
of the current administrations purposes and justifications for the
war, is all driven to disenchant the American people from the
Capitalist system. They reject all Capitalism as Imperialism,
declaring that big corporations are trying to take over the world -
the mantra of the Communist. While there is no doubt that all
powerful entities needs to be watched by the people the price of
freedom being eternal vigilance the Progressive moves to
demonize all Capitalism while ignoring the equally-imperialist
mechanisms inherent in all of the Progressives goals.

Progressives truly understand the huge forum that all media outlets
provide. Through such venues as Hollywood, the Progressives
inject their propaganda as the means to their end. Recently, Avatar
- a $237,000,000 movie with world acclaim for its incredible 3D
viewing - offered a perfect vehicle for the radical environmental
and anti-war message. The movie showed an imperialistic
Corporate/military force taking over a beautiful, primitive world in
order to secure access to a valuable source of great power
without regard of the wishes or interests of its inhabitance. Further,
it illustrated with brutal clarity what such self-justifying
powers do to any who oppose them. It bears extremely close
parallels to the Progressives - and many secular 3 rd world
governments - claims against Americas military occupation of
Islamic territories.

This is common practice for Hollywood. The intent is for the

viewer to fall in love with the underdog and question similar
injustices. Once the viewer watches liberal news, they immediately
relate the real-life claims to the emotional attachment they
developed to the fictional characters/events and their fight for

2. The Current Socialist Utopian Goal the ends

All of these radical methods bring society to a defined, focused
end: one global government, with all of the worlds people unified
under one throne. This solitary government is the United Nations.
With massive distribution of wealth -directed from the United
States, China, Russia, and Europe - third world countries become
grateful recipients of the new orders largess although they
need not cease being needy and backward, since these are the
conditions that allow this One Nation Earth concept to continue
justifying its own existence. Under the UN regime, all countries
must and shall operate under externally imposed trade agreements,
regulations, and social laws. With this Utopian idea, social
justice is to prevail on a global scale and if things keep on the
current track, you can safely bet that this is going to come to pass.
President Jimmy Carter

Jimmy Carter, it has been said,

was a better man than a President.
He is best remembered for his
many humanitarian efforts and his
ongoing fight for the underdog.
Like many other Progressives,
Carter ignored the possible
repercussions of bad policy and
advanced these bad policies on the
humanistic, feel-good principle
- not sound economic principle.
Instead of empowering Americans
to help themselves, he empowered
the government to enable sloth
and greed.

What should be focused on primarily is one excellent example of

bad policy pursued by Carter: his handling of the Iran Hostage
Crisis and Israeli/Palestinian relations - although done with good
intention at heart, they bore disastrous consequences. There were a
number of other such actions taken by Carter that have negatively
impacted America, and they shall be discussed later in this work,
but one in particular that merits scrutiny is the Community
Reinvestment Act.

Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) of 1977

This act impacted history in a big way, due to the contrast of what
it was intended to do and its total failure on those fronts, which
resulted in one of the biggest recessions in American history -
negatively effecting millions of people across the country and
billions around the world. The CRA was intended to help lower-
income families and individuals receive loans without the banks
using any financially discriminatory practices. With the energy of
the civil rights movements still vibrant in America, government
politicians pushed for banking institutions to lower its self-
preserving lending standards with regards to lower-income people.

The way the bill was structure-affected banks expansion into

lower-income areas. Banks are always looking to put new branches
on the ground in order to expand business. The federal government
- through CRA regulations - forced banks to lower lending
requirements in order to expand into new locations. However, with
the lowering of their lending requirements, the banks would face
great risks; however, while any expensive undertaking requires
risk and cost/benefit analysis, the banks now had a legal and
rather large gun pointed at them. Rather than invite punitive
action from the government, banks took the big risks rather than
small ones.

Eventually, banks began to make loans to people who did not have
proof of their ability to responsibly use credit. Once again, the
federal government - in the name of fairness and equality - forced
businesses to take unnecessary and unwise risks, believing that
those with bad credit or insufficient income deserve the same
benefits as those who have been more financially prudent.

Very few today understand the importance of leaving the free

market as unregulated as possible; metaphor may serve to clarify
most easily: many years ago, the Mississippi River was completely
unrestricted (unregulated). It would replenish the wetlands with
sediment and kept wildlife and coastlines protected. As people
began to populate cities along the river and wished to expand into
the wetlands, they were faced with the power and unpredictability
of the Mississippi. To battle this unpredictability, the people
regulated the river by building levees to force the river to flow
where they wished.

What resulted from these imposed conditions (regulations)

follows: the natural deposits of soil and silt, along the river and in
the delta, began to deplete reducing the richness of the soil that
came with the Nile-like floods, and interfering with the natural
mechanisms of the delta estuaries. With this also came the
depletion of the coastline, bringing the Gulf of Mexico closer to
the city and suburbs of New Orleans. The salty waters of the gulf
then began killing the vegetation around the inland areas,
destroying much of the protection from seasonal hurricane storm
surges. Once the perfect storm arrived in the form of Katrina, the
house of cards, that the US Corp of engineers had built, collapsed.
Katrina devastated the city and its outlining suburbs. Levees broke
due to corrupt and inadequate maintenance practices and the
inability to curb the inexorability of natures intentions.

Consider the development of the southern United States if nature

had been respected and worked with rather than worked over: New
Orleans would not be where it is perhaps not be at all and the
damage that resulted from all of the prior efforts of Mankind to
force nature to be nice to people would never have come to pass.
Placed in the realm of economics: refusal and rejection of the
regulation of economic forces as natural as wind and waves would
have forced men and their institutions to adapt to those conditions
rendering mankind more capable of using them responsibly, and
further protected by the natural ebb and flow of these forces.

Government regulation works the same way with the river of the
free market. They put up regulations and roadblocks with the
intention of helping the free market, for the greater good. This
inevitably causes cumulative and, frequently, unnoticed - damage
to the systems in place (in the form of local policies and cover-
ups). All that is needed, after a while, is one good destabilizing
event to bring everything crashing down. CRA would provide the
regulations; time itself provides the entropic decay of incompatible
policies and the buildup of failed communications; left under these
conditions long enough, even a small instability far short of
anything considered catastrophic could trigger acute and massive

Free markets do go through recessions - the winter of the

economic cycle. This winter period of the free market economy
kills off the bad businesses and opens up opportunities for the
good ones come spring. This seasonal, cyclical feature of a free
market economy is the essence of what makes it work.
Government CRA regulations only made banks weaker by
allowing the unfit to continue doing business; these regulations
damaged the economy by helping unfit businesses to keep limping
along, intensifying the recession when it arrived. Add bad business
decisions, mandated by the government, and America was brought
to this place.

To continue: Banks needed to spread out their risks with these new
CRA regulations, so they built levees around the unpredictable
risks. These came in the form of Mortgage-Backed Securities
and Credit Default Swaps, and would allow the banks to
distribute the risks by spreading them out on the free market as an
investment vehicle. Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are
the biggest issuers of Mortgage-backed securities, and
predictably, as we have seen - Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
collapsed in 2008 due to the storm surge of risk that had built up
since the creation of CRA. It was inevitable that the artificially
induced and -accelerated increase of loan defaults within the
American mortgage system would collapse the entire system.

Bubbles: To understand bubbles, we must understand the capital

markets. Bubbles are actually natural in free market economics.
Large bubbles are a sign of market manipulation. An example of a
bubble is experienced simply by the rise and fall of a stock. Think
of a stock as a glass of water. Buying and selling a stock by a
number of investors is much like adding and removing water from
the glass. The more buying of a stock increases the value of the
stock as the more selling decreases value. True value is determined
by the individual transactions of all that buy and sell the stock.
Below is a chart of Microsoft. You can see that in the late 90s
Microsoft was overvalued. Part of its decline was due stock
overvalue of the entire tech sector. Once the market realized that
there was too many overvalued tech companies and the Federal
Reserve raised interest rates slowing the economy, the value
retreated to its true value at a much lower value along with the rest
of the tech industry. You can see where the stock value bounced
became a trend line. It is this trend line that shows evidence of
Microsofts value at around $23 per share.

So now that we understand the basics behind bubbles, we can now

look at the housing bubble which was much more substantial. Lets
take a look at the chart of the housing market since 1970.
As you can see, it is obvious that the market was overvalued at the
turn of the century into 2006. So lets ask why. Well we already
mentioned the CRA. Immediately after the passing of this bill in
1977, there was an increase in the buying of homes, which
increased the value. The market eventually reacted with the fall of
housing prices in 1980. At this point the turbulence of the
legislation took hold. With the reduction of interest rates and the
reduction of inflation, the market began to oscillate more
erratically around its true value. In 1995 Bill Clinton allowed HUD
through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to join the speculative sub-
prime process. By the end of his presidency, Clinton had turned
around the slumping housing market through government policy.
This created a massive bubble that sent banks running for cover to
hedge the unstable housing market. Eventually the market came
down in 2006 when the economy slowed.

The hypothetical levees of government regulation had collapsed.

Banks around the world would see the catastrophic failure and
seek to distance their economies from it as much as possible.
Hedge funds saw the collapse coming and short-sold the securities
in their trust, placing further weight on an already staggering
system. The free market was drowned by the levee collapse,
with many companies forced to downsize or close. Immediately
following this was massive unemployment.

In a shocking and disgusting play for power and leverage,

opportunists sought to capitalize on the crisis: instead of admitting
the true reasons of the collapse, media and government officials
politicized it to take advantage of the disaster. Many tried to
simplify it by blaming Bush when, in fact, it was Carter that set
the foundation for the house of cards.

Understand that most of the people behind this crisis are not stupid
people. By engineering the crisis, massive bailouts were easy to
sell to a public immobilized by fear and uncertainty arising from
the crisis. For the powers-that-be, this crisis then became an
opportunity to redistribute public wealth, implement new
government regulations, issue new taxes, fund radical political
organizations in order to rebuild the economy with a more
Progressive socialist agenda and all with the approbation of the
people. Now, everything would become a reason for the collapse:
healthcare, energy reform, and immigration all became reasons for
the collapse.

Jimmy Carter believed - like many other Progressives that, by

partnering government with business, government could
redistribute wealth through the mechanisms of the free market.
Instead of rewarding success and prudence, the Progressives would
reward failure - the Cloward and Piven strategy. Eventually, the
whole house of cards would collapse, and the government would
have to take over everything.

Saul Alinsky is a hero to many Progressives,

Socialist, Communists, and Marxists because
of his philosophy of arriving at an end with
the use of any means necessary. Radical
Environmentalism has become a valuable
vehicle for the Progressive left. It is
undeniable that any sensible American cares
to preserve the environment within reasonable means. The
Progressive movement has found numerous ways to exploit
American sensibility, with the intention of distributing wealth in
the name of so-called progress. The crucial question, however, is,
Progress toward what?

Americans are a compassionate and intelligent people, looking to

faith and/or science to justify their decisions. In order to develop a
successful means to their Socialist ends, the Progressives needed a
vehicle solidly backed by science but that also touches the hearts
and souls of Americans. Environmental concerns would become
that vehicle.

With the forming of the European Union, the globalist

Progressives reached an incredibly important milestone to forming
a one-world government. Its biggest hurdle to completing the
transformation was convincing the independent American people
that this would be a good thing, a positive change. In order to
achieve this, they would have to convince Americans to abandon
the United States Constitution the single greatest reminder of
whom and what Americans are. In order to convince the American
people to abandon their governing charter, Progressives would
need to repeatedly distract and deceive them with little things
baubles and clever tricks - until the end was irreversibly achieved.
Sadly, this attempt has been somewhat successful.
The History of Environmentalism

Germans did not create environmentalism during the sixties by the

hippie movement, but during the rise of the Third Reich. The baby
boomers of the radical sixties, and their children, are the largest
number of American Environmentalists; with the product of the
sixties Counterculture at the prime of their lives, and more children
to influence, Environmentalism - The Green Movement - became
its own religion.

The problem with the movement in its early stages (during the 60s)
was that it needed science to back it up. With the industrialization
of America, radical sixties Progressives saw that as the means to
their need to de-industrialize - they must create laws to suppress
and oppress the advancement of industry. Early on, its number-one
enemy was the automotive industry; later, when the big three
automakers found that they could make money and manufacture
environmentally friendly vehicles - the oil industry would come
under fire.

There was a following, in scientific circles, that a new global ice

age was possible, perhaps imminent. Noted in this 1974 Time
article109, scientists noted a 2.7-degree decrease in global
temperatures since the 1940s. This was the science that the
Enviro-Socialists needed.

Throughout the 70s and 80s, Environmentalists attacked many

possibilities for this phenomenon: oil refineries, chemical plants,
and automotive manufacturers were demonized for the evil
destruction they were bringing upon all mankind (while the mad
rush to own and operate these machines, goods, and services was
never addressed). The federal government passed sweeping laws
restricting these companies with CAFE (Corporate Average Fuel
Economy) standards and pollution restrictions.

In all events, no sensible American wishes to see plumes of sulfur
pumped into the atmosphere, so these laws were passed without
hesitation (or, in some cases, consideration). To a remarkable
degree, the manufacturers of automobiles, oil, and chemicals have
gone to great lengths - and made significant strides - toward
protecting the environment.

Just like the civil rights issues of the sixties, environmental issues
have proven a huge asset to the Progressive movement; even
today, Progressives continue to bemoan the great injustice in
America regarding racism. Even though Barack Obama was
elected to hold the most powerful position in the world, the
Progressive movement still cites civil rights as a major issue of our
day. In spite of refineries, chemical plants, and auto manufacturers
having cooperated under the law to protect the environment, they
are still attacked continuously with claims that these manufacturers
are negatively impacting the environment; these attacks do not
express any true interest in the condition of the environment, but
are intended to lead to de-industrialization of the nation by
promoting conditions destructive to, and incompatible with,
prosperous and thriving industry.

Once pollution standards had been successful in significantly

reducing smog, acid rain, and many other airborne pollutants, the
well had run dry for the Progressives - they needed a new enemy.
They needed to find something sufficiently ubiquitous that was
also a primary by-product of industrialization. The culprit would
be Carbon Dioxide.

Science could show a gradual increase in global temperatures;

science could prove that CO2 could contribute to atmospheric heat
retention all politicians and social scientists needed to do was
merge the two in a way that was suitably convincing (or
sufficiently baffling), and the war on freedom would resume. In
time, the connection was made and the winds shifted for the
Progressives as they were able to attach all of their enemies to one
issue - Global Warming.

Global Warming

So the latest discussion that has heated up on the Lanterns of

Liberty debate forum on Facebook is the debate about whether
Global Warming is man-made and what can we do about it. There
are many sides to this debate. There is the science behind the
problems. There is the science behind the solutions. Then there is
the politics involved in both of these. Why is it politics? The
reason is that the solutions are strictly political solutions to curtail
mans use of fossil fuels and its byproducts most of all Carbon

The Science

Obviously we are not going to solve the scientific problems or

solutions in a blog post so I am not going to attempt it. There are
many blogs and journals that attempt to represent both sides of the
debate. I will add a little perspective to the science behind the
warming of the Earth only to shed light some things that may not
be a part of discussion which seem to be pretty obvious.

I will be fair and declare my position in order to not muddy the

waters here. I am clearly not convinced that man is causing the
Earth to warm abnormally nor am I convinced that the Earth is in a
long-term warming trend. In fact, many ice cores, like the Vostok
Ice Core, that have been extracted to study long term warming and
cooling cycles show that we have been beginning a cooling trend
from the last 5000 years or so.
Since the early written record of modern man, we have been
experiencing warm temperatures. These warm temperatures have
been cycling between a mean of -2 degrees Celsius and +2 degrees
Celsius. These Ice cores show cycles that actually drop gradually
to -9 degrees Celsius during cold cycles but shoot up drastically to
+2 degrees in others. Based on the last cycle, which started
140,000 years ago at +2 degrees, there was 120, 00 period where
temperatures gradually dropped to -9 degrees. Then within less
than 5,000 years the temperature shot up to +2 degrees where we
are now.

So lets think about this, what caused this warming? I dont think
there was SUVs 10,000 years ago. I would assume that there is no
one person reading this post that thinks man caused this 11-degree
rise in the temperature. Could we say that the cycles are natural?
After all they have been going on for the last 500,000 years from
what we can see in the ice cores.

So lets think about what causes temperature fluctuations. Well the

most obvious is the Sun. Yes, that 4.6 billion year old flaming ball
of fire 109 times the size of Earth. Its temperatures fluctuate
between 27,000,000 degrees F and 15,000,000 degrees F. Now we
cannot gawk at the intensity of the Suns violence without admire
the beautiful miracle that is the Earth. We are so frustrated with a
swing of 4 degrees that could or could not have any influence from
man, that we are willing to completely alter our way of life by the
chance of it.

The other part of the equation that causes temperature fluctuations

is the Earth. Yes, could we actually imagine that the Earth under
the violence of the Sun without some means to regulate the
bombardment of heat and radioactive particles? Well if it couldnt
regulate it we would all be dust on the crust of the Earth. Our
biosphere regulates the heat through a homeostatic mechanism
fueled by water of the oceans, the atmosphere, and greenhouse

I have often seen rather elementary examples of how CO2 causes

heat to rise. The Smithsonian offered a Bill Nye the Science Guy
example that showed a closed glass jar with a globe in it where the
temperature rose when carbon was pumped into it while under a
heat lamp faster than a jar with less CO2. Sadly this example does
not represent the same factors at all. The Earths atmosphere is not
closed but rather permeable and complicates the entire models 10
fold. In fact there have been many studies that have shown how
this occurs.

A journal by Roy Spencer and William Braswell at the University

of Alabama called Remote Sensing explains this complicated
permeable atmospheric behavior. The Abstract reads as follows:
The sensitivity of the climate system to an imposed radiative
imbalance remains the largest source of uncertainty in projections
of future anthropogenic climate change. Here we present further
evidence that this uncertainty from an observational perspective is
largely due to the masking of the radiative feedback signal by
internal radiative forcing, probably due to natural cloud
variations. That these internal radiative forces exist and likely
corrupt feedback diagnosis is demonstrated with lag regression
analysis of satellite and coupled climate model data, interpreted
with a simple forcing-feedback model. While the satellite-based
metrics for the period 20002010 depart substantially in the
direction of lower climate sensitivity from those similarly
computed from coupled climate models, we find that, with
traditional methods, it is not possible to accurately quantify this
discrepancy in terms of the feedbacks that determine climate
sensitivity. It is concluded that atmospheric feedback diagnosis of
the climate system remains an unsolved problem, due primarily to
the inability to distinguish between radiative forcing and radiative
feedback in satellite radiative budget observations.110

The cycle can be explained simply outside of the chemistry. If the

surface of the Earth warms, this causes increase evaporation and
water vapor. We witness this every year as spring rolls around. We
have spring showers as the Earth revolves passed the Spring
Equinox. Of course rain showers continue throughout the year that
is further evidence that the Earth is regulating the temperature
amongst other vital functions. Clouds block more sunlight and
heat, which decreases solar radiation. When the surface cools there
is a decrease in evaporation and water vapor, which decreases
cloud cover and allowing the Earth to warm again.

Lets mention another scientific aspect of the ice core data. If you
look at the data posted in this blog, you will see that the Carbon
Dioxide (CO2) Parts Per Million (PPM) fluctuates upward and
downward after the temperature increases and decreases. This
would bring even the scientific novice to the conclusion that CO2
levels are tied to temperature fluctuations and not the other way
around. In other words, CO2 doesnt cause the temperature to rise
but rather the temperature causes CO2 to rise.

So the question is, are we affecting this CO2 level? Of course we

are! Much like living organisms, the oceans, the forests, volcanoes,
amongst other actors within our biosphere, we are affecting the
climate. After all we are a part of nature not void of it. Some would
claim that we are viruses and humanity or human life itself is
destructive to the biosphere. We all could come up with ways that
we could make the environment much less desirable for humans to
live but does that change the fact that we are a part of the evolution
of the biosphere. No it does not.

Lets step away from the more esoteric philosophical meaning of

mans place in the biosphere and understand the practicality of the
fact that we do want a clean and stable environment. We do. We all
have a responsibility to protect the environment to pass on a clean
and stable environment to our children. The hardest question to
answer is how to effectively and efficiently do it without
destroying the economic stability, after all our economy is also
sensitive to human interaction. Lets not forget that our way of life
depends not only on a clean environment to prosper but a method
to prosper. We cannot sacrifice one for the other or the actions will
be in vain.

So we would not be honest if we were not to mention the high

levels of CO2 created by fossil fuel usage around the world.
Actually it is confirmed that we have reached 400 ppm of CO2 in
the atmosphere which is a higher than pre-industrialization. While
this may be concerning, we must consider what scientists call
"Carbon Sinks". These are things like the oceans, trees, grassland,
land mass, etc. All of these absorb carbon dioxide. Science has
proven that increased levels of CO2 actually do increase
photosynthesis in plants which increases the biomass of plants.
While there is concerns of Acidification of the oceans which could
cause things like coral bleaching, we also see positive effects of
higher acid levels in the oceans. The math to determine what is
becoming consumed, actually does not add up. So there is a
missing "Carbon Sink" that has still yet to be found. There are
plants like mint that consume CO2. Tropical rain forests have been
found to absorb huge amounts of CO2 but it is impossible to
quantify. Of course when you approach the discussion with a view
of CO2 being the cause of the warming, you would be alarmed.
However as illustrated by the ice core data, CO2 fluctuations
follow temperature fluctuations.

So should we be alarmed? I dont believe we should be alarmed as

much as aware. Even if we are contributing to warming which the
current ice core data does not illustrate, we are entering a cooling
trend which will most likely go on for 200,000 years. Even as a
Global Warming skeptic, I believe it would be irresponsible to not
continue to study the effects of CO2. It would be equally
irresponsible for us to not search for renewable resources of
energy. There is not a common sense Conservative or Progressive
that does not support this. However the means to which to pursue
them is where the true rub is.

The Politics

There are currently many reasons why Global Warming policies

are being supported. Of course we can state the obvious that there
are people supporting policy to prevent Global Warming. The other
reasons are what I along with millions of other Americans are
concerned about. Those reasons would be policy that only creates
a corrupt tool for bankers, corporatists, and politicians. Cap and
Trade has been estimated to be a several trillion dollar market
created out of thin air. Obviously this market would have to
initially drain the resources from somewhere and redistribute them
within the new market. The intention is to redirect the economy
through bankers, corporations and politicians all in the guise of
saving the planet.

What is Cap and Trade? Well simply put, it is a system that

requires industry participants to buy or sell carbon offsets
depending on their level of CO2 and pollutants they emit into the
atmosphere. The advertised intention is to create an incentive to
reduce pollution and CO2 from being expelled into the
atmosphere. To make it even simpler to understand, the system
taxes polluters and redistributes that money to non-polluters.

This may sound reasonable right? Well we must realize that there
has to be a regulatory body that is going to determine the allowable
CO2 / pollutant allowance. This can be adjusted based on the will
of the regulators or more narrowly the EPA. Keep in mind that
regulations are simply laws created not buy the elected
representatives of the people but by the unelected appointed
bureaucratic entity or agency.

It must be understood that no matter the intention, whenever the

legislative power is ceded into the hands of the executive, there is
no other result than tyranny. Seems a little extreme? This is not a
claim by a simple mind but rather from the mind of intellectual
giants that help our founders craft our government of checks and
balances. Charles de Montesquieu, who inspired Maddison and
many other founders, wrote in the Spirit of Laws of 1748, When
the legislative and executive powers are united in the same person,
or in the same body of magistrates, there can be no liberty; because
apprehensions may arise, lest the same monarch or senate should
enact tyrannical laws, to execute them in a tyrannical manner.
This is not a simple quote but yet a warning.

Cap and Trade more or less creates a mechanism for the federal
government to control the economy and specifically for the
Executive Branch steer it. It can determine what a reasonable limit
is. But while this seems to be a bit far-fetched, there already exists
mechanism all throughout the 4 Branch of government called the
Administrative state. If you wish to see how this is being done,
simply look at CAF standards. The unelected bureaucracy
regularly adjusts them.
Keep in mind that Cap and Trade was rejected by the legislature.
Not just an ordinary legislature but also rather a Senate with 60
Democrats. So the implantation of Cap and Trade is a direct
rejection of not only representatives of the people but also the
Presidents own party. Like Montesquieu, John Locke warned us
of the usurpation we are not seeing. Locke said in his Two
Treatises of Government, When the President or the legislature
makes not the law, but their will, the rule; and their commands
and actions are not directed to the preservation of the properties of
the people or made use of; to impoverish, harass, or subdue them
to the arbitrary and irregular commands of those that have it; it
becomes tyranny."

What is so absurd about the Global Warming solutions projected

on us by politicians, businessmen, activists, etc., is that the whole
world would have to participate to even make a dent in the
problems cited. The EPA Administrator Jackson even admitted in
front of congress that Cap and Trade would not have any effect on
the climate without China and India.

So it is obvious that politicians, bankers, businessmen, and

activists desire to deindustrialize the United States just as a
principled leap of good faith despite the zero impact or there are
other intentions. I contend there are other intentions.

You have to look no further than the now bankrupted Cap and
Trade exchange formally called the Chicago Climate Exchange.
When looking into the financiers of the exchange, which would
simply operate similar to a stock exchange, you will find no other
than a litany of Goldman Sachs bankers (David Blood, Mark
Fergussen, and Peter Harris), a 10% stake by Goldman Sachs, and
Generation Investment Group owned by no other than Al Gore.
Goldman Sachs and Al Gore were slated to make Billions on the
multi-trillion dollar market by simply owning the exchange where
the shares were to be traded.

Cap and Trade would also require homes to be monitored for

energy usage. Some states such as Colorado are even employing
these monitors without federal mandate. While a mild version of
the monitor simply reports the energy usage to centralized agency
databases, some more stringent systems allow energy adjustments
from administrative controllers. While much of this is still on the
drawing board as far as legislation is concern, if Cap and Trade
gets underway, we could be a few steps from not being able to
have the liberty to determine the temperature in our own homes.

Lastly the Cap and Trade system would funnel money from the
United States to the IMF to redistribute among 3rd world nations
as reparations for the effects of Global Warming.

The fact is there is so much unknown about our Earths climate.

Activists and politicians are now pushing forward in their efforts to
simply rush judgment on mans influence on the changes in the
climate. Some are solely trying to mislead for a more insidious
agenda, which is to de-grow the American economy. Capitalism
is a demon to the far left. A robust industrial culture is a product of
industries people. People that truly hate a system that creates
varying levels of success in the culture will stop at any measure to
destroy the industrial system in an attempt to equalize the results
of the citizenry.

This may seem conspiratorial but it is rather mapped out by the

anti-capitalist left. Many of the former Communist sympathizers of
the radical 60s now double as environmental activists. Simply
look at groups like the Apollo Alliance, Green for All, the Emerald
Cities Collaborative, Population Connection, The Sierra Club,
amongst others and you will find a amalgamate of Union leaders,
Union Sympathizers, environmental radicals, and politicians. Look
at the people connected to these groups and their passed history.

So what is the solution to our environmental problems? The

solution exists within us. Each of us has the responsibility to
protect the environment. We all have an opportunity to make a
difference whether it is through environmental awareness or even
providing solutions through entrepreneurship. The answer is not in
the hands of government, big business, and radicals that wish to
fundamentally transform the United States into a Utopian Statist

The Enemy List

In order to understand the argument for the Progressives and their

intentions, we must understand the enemy list:

1. Oil industry
2. Chemical industry
3. Automotive industry
4. Coal industry
5. Utility industry
6. The American Consumer

Environmentalists attack the producers of fuel and energy, and the

consumers of their products. These industries, and the American
consumer, make up a huge portion of our capitalist system.
Unfortunately, due to the cost associated with doing business in
America (because of environmental legislation), manufacturing is
falling behind banking and service-oriented industries banks
move the money, and services absorb the money, but
manufacturing earns the money. Manufacturers, in order to remain
solvent (and to increase their profit margins) are moving to other
countries, where environmental restraints are less stringent.
Unfortunately, they take their jobs with them, leading to a loss of
income and a loss of dignity for Americans. This is good business
sense, but any intelligent person understands that the world is
worse shape with this scenario.

The Progressive Claims

1. Oil refineries, chemical plants, coal plants, energy providers,

and automobiles produce large amounts of Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
- which causes notable increases in global temperature.

2. Americans desires for larger SUVs with larger engines

burning more gasoline - promote higher carbon dioxide levels.

3. Americans demands for homes cause depletion of forested areas

around the world - which eliminates the consumers of carbon

4. Americans reckless use of electricity promotes coal-, nuclear-,

and oil-powered electricity generation plants to pump large
amounts of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.

5. Americans who consume meat are promoting and supporting the

breeding of methane- and carbon dioxide-producing animals.

6. Obesity and fatty foods produce excess carbon dioxide and

methane gas in humans.

In order to prevent this, Progressives propose promoting non-

existent, impractical, and economically nonviable alternatives to
industrialized energy production. This is why Progressives support
oppressive CAFE standards to make larger vehicles less
affordable. This is why the Progressive promotes ever-expanding
suppression of de-foresting; this is why Progressives support
penalizing cattle owners and food producers with high taxes for
their sins against the environment; this is why taking over
Healthcare is such a priority to them. Progressives would be able
to ideologically control our consumption and make us healthier.
Lastly, Nationalized Healthcare would reduce populations through
abortion and healthcare rationing.

Progressives believe industrialization and over-population of the

planet are bad for the environment. Such an ideology very like that
opposed to the Judeo-Christian belief that the Earth is a gift from
God for us to develop and steward responsibly. Instead, there is a
demand to worship the Earth offering up all of our efforts to see
that the Earth Mother Goddess is protected and respected. All of
this is driven by the same progressive belief that, if left in the
hands of intellectuals, the human race can be perfected.
Environmentalism is the belief that the intellectuals can make the
Earth the same Earth they tell us is our Mother and Goddess
into something it is not: a perfect seasonless/disasterless world. It
boils down to the intellectual elite being divine not the Earth.
They believe they are the issuers of rights, the Creators, and the all
Maurice Strong

Considered one of the most

dangerous men in the world by
many, Maurice Strong is
considered a socialist by ideology
and capitalist by methodology.
This fits into the Progression to
Secular Socialism, as he would
appear to be using Capitalism to
usher in the new Socialism.

Maurice Strong is a Canadian who

currently lives in the Peoples
Republic of China. He holds the
position of President of the
Council of the United Nations'
University for Peace. This
university is the unique in the world - a university that can be
attended by people from any member nation; can issue valid
degrees accepted in any member nation; and featuring a
curriculum controlled by the United Nations. He also is a professor
at Peking University in China and the Honorary Chairman of its
Environmental Foundation. Strongs United Nations involvement
stretches back to 1947, where all of his efforts were headed up in
the name of environmental efforts.

In 1971, Strong delivered a report to the UN Stockholm

Conference that he co-authored with Rene Dubos and Barbara
Ward, titled, Only One Earth: The Care and Maintenance of a
Small Planet, where they detailed the state of the environment
around the world. It is important to mention the late Rene Dubos
briefly because of his efforts regarding the Social Evolution of
our planet and on behalf of the World Order intended to manage it.
This is where environmentalism became a concern of the United
Nations. The United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) was
formed and headed up by Strong and was located in Kenya - the
first United Nations agency to be located in a third-world country.
This is where the first motions toward proving man-made climate
change began.

Strong is most known for his oil endeavors in Canada, where he

became one of the more-successful oil tycoons. By the age of 35
he became President of the Power Corporation of Canada. This is
when Strong showed his myth-making skills and political clout: he
had mentioned, when he left, that he had forfeited a $200,000-a-
year salary when, in actuality, it was only $35,000 - in a
narcissistic attempt at overvaluing himself. He would continue to
use this tactic all along his way to the top of the United Nations,
where he would contribute to both Democratic and Republican
parties in order to use both to advance his position. A most-notable
friend of his was George H W Bush, who helped Strong keep his
position at the 1992 Rio Conference Earth Summit.

Maurice Strong was a political enigma, playing both sides of the

ideological duality. He pushed his power-seeking agenda by
subsidizing business ventures, which appeared, otherwise
completely opposed to his Environmentalist efforts within the
United Nations. His most notably unethical implication was the
2005 Oil for Food Scandal, where he endorsed a check for
nearly a million dollars -written to himself. A South Korean
businessman delivered it by the name of Tong Sun Park a man
later implicated in both the Korea-Gate scandal and for
conspiring to bribe UN officials to favor Saddam Hussein in the
Oil for Food program111.

The pseudo-socialist-economy

What is being attempted now with Global Warming, or what is

now being called Climate Change, is the development of an
"Maurice Strong: The U.N.'s Man of Mystery -".
entirely new economy. This change is being driven by unproven
and even bogus - science that has been riddled with corruption. It
is driven by a new, hybrid Capitalism that focuses on slamming the
door on the middle class in order to prop up a politically motivated
elite. Much like the old Communist regimes, they use Progressive
tactics to position the leaders of the new economy and then enable
them to make massive profits in order to perpetuate socialist
agendas. Maurice Strong, Al Gore, Barack Obama, and many other
Progressives in the federal government are leaders within this new
form of socialism.

To understand this specific mechanism within The Machine, it is

vitally important to ignore the Socialists messages and to focus
awareness on their goals. The fundamentals of the new economy
start with the desired ends or goal: a society with an elite
intellectual class at the top performing endless social experiments
on the purposely uneducated masses - much like the socialist
nations of the Soviet Union and China.

Chicago Climate Exchange

The Chicago Climate Exchange was an exchange developed for

trading Carbon Credits and owned by a number of investors and
businesses. It has since closed as it was exposed by publications
like this. It is still important to mention to explain how the
Progressives operate inside of the machine.

Goldman Sachs owned Ten percent of the exchange; Generation

Investment Management (GIM) owned another ten percent. GIM
was founded and chaired by Al Gore, and was co-founded by
former Treasury Secretary George W Bush and former Goldman
Sachs CEO Hank Paulson. Barack Obama was also instrumental in
the launching of the exchange, using the left-wing Joyce
Foundation to direct grant funds toward the exchange developers.
Lastly, Maurice Strong is on the Board of Directors of the
exchange. This mechanism is in place to take (as opposed to
receiving) massive amounts of money from corporations all around
the world in order to pay environmental reparations to third-world
countries. When this takes place, trading fees are paid to the
Chicago Climate Exchange, which then benefits Goldman Sachs
and GIM.

Once the United States federal mandates and/or global, Kyoto-type

mandates on all industrialized countries around the world are
approved, the massive wealth distribution machine will begin to
turn - plunging the industrialized world into global Socialism. Here
is a diagram of how it will work:

How far does this scheme go? Look at Obamas biggest

supporters: General Electric is on track to make huge profits on its
Green ventures; they also have enormous market share in smart
grid technologies112 and alternative energy sources. What is even
more concerning is GEs recent promotion113 by Obama to Russia.
Obamas $3.8 trillion114 budget will benefit GE greatly. This is the
same President who vowed to eliminate crony capitalism in
Washington DC politics, to eliminate lobbyist influence during his
campaign. It is difficult to reconcile these promises with his
rewarding GE so much, but it makes a great deal of political sense
in view of the fact that General Electric owns MSNBC - a network
which exhibits a huge bias toward the political Left and its

The Scheme
Investors in CCX

There is more: Hank Paulson saw the huge housing bubble

bursting well in advance and knew that this elaborate house of
cards could fall. AIG became a dumping ground for all of his
former company (Goldman Sachs) bad assets, then claimed that
AIG was too big to fail in order to secure financial support to
prop up both his friends and the construction of a new green
economy (engineered, in part, by Goldman Sachs and Generation
Investment Management). Paulson later pushed the TARP bailout
past Congress; it was signed by George W. Bush. Paulsons
successor, Timothy Geithner, also supported the TARP program
and helped manage the funds that were appropriated by Congress.
It is notable that Timothy Geithners also attended Peking
University, and also worked within the Council of Foreign
Relations. He was also a director of the Policy Development and
Review Department at the International Monetary Fund. With his
experience, Geithner would be an invaluable resource of
information regarding the mapping-out of a possible, near-future
world government.

It would come out, eventually, that the agenda of these

departments and operatives was not protection of the environment,
with the release of information showing that the Global Warming
claims were scientifically baseless. A December 1st 2009 news
article reported the details about the Climate-Gate scandal: Phil
Jones - one of the head scientists in the Global Warming study -
recently reported that the data for Al Gores Hockey Stick has
disappeared, and that we had not seen global warming since
1995115. What is one of the most important aspects of the hoax is
how Phil Jones received funding - from massive government-
funded grants. This funding eventually reached 13.7 million116.
The article also lists numerous other grants that helped fund Phil
Jones lifestyle.

So even though the hoax had been exposed, politicians still

concluded that the science had been proven and pressed forward
toward a global socialist regime. As has been pointed out, Global
Warming is nothing more than a vehicle - a means - to this socialist
end. You can see and hear the urgency in Obamas speech at
Copenhagen117 as he tries to press the members of the UN to
sacrifice their sovereignty for this socialist agenda. As we witness
the continued collapse and ruin of popular Global Warming
pseudoscience, it is fundamental to understanding the desperation
globalists are feeling (with regard to their century-old investment
of time and money) that we note and gauge the growing urgency
with which the Progressives pursue this plan.

What is the Green Economy?

This is a new concept using an old idea: the Progressive movement

is run by Marxist ideologues who hijack special interest groups
and movements in order to implement Marxist policy. The groups
then become fronts for radical fundamental change. Under the
guise of Global Warming prevention and enviro-sustainability, the
Marxists parasitize the special-interest host to breed more of its
own kind, warp the original message of the host, and then spread a
more confusing and virulent propaganda to others counting on
successive infestations to drag the Marxist Trojan horses ever-
closer to the gates of Congress.

In order to fundamentally change America into a socialist regime,

massive wealth redistribution needs to be enacted. Wealth from oil
and other industrial companies would be taken from these sources
and given to the front groups so that they may further the cause of
Economic, Environmental, and Social Justice.

Cap and Trade legislation or other EP mandates like it will be the

conduit that redirects the massive American economy into a global
redistributive machine. Private investments; City, State, and
Federal tax revenue; and huge environmental fines; these are to
fuel the Green Economy. The funds could, of course, be distributed
to federally-approved Green contractors or Green
collaborative groups to produce eco-products and eco-services
without resorting to cession of all national sovereignty but these
groups and contractors would inevitably form a cesspool of
lobbying and corruption.

Operating through a massive smart grid, the federal government

would be able to monitor individual homes and businesses in order
to help control consumption of energy. With a new eco-police
state, the federal government would be able to monitor the
temperature of your home, water consumption, and electricity
usage. They would then enforce EPA Cap-and-Trade laws, which
could lead to penalties, and fines for exceeding mandated
consumption caps.
Public / Private Partnerships

Groups like Green For All, Apollo Alliance, and ACORN work
throughout many communities as recipients of tax funded grants.
They hire people at low wages to implement green programs like
insulating homes, educating on energy conservation, and
environmental community awareness. While this sounds good, it is
a failed business model - like all other government-sponsored
programs - there is no wealth creation, only wealth distribution.
There is no incentive to be fiscally responsible with tax dollars.

The Public / Private Partnership also becomes an organization for

re-education as the leaders of the group pass on the ideology of the
Vanguard to the employees. The partnership then becomes a vessel
for fundimental change as they become little engines of ideogical
momentum funded by the American tax payer.

Political Payoffs and Green Jobs

As the groups become productive activists for left wing socialist

advocacy, the parasitic groups feed off of the federal government.
The better the activist group, the better the pay off.

A perfect example is the recent shakedown of Banking Institutions

by Attorney General Eric Holder. reported on July
16th 2014 that Eric Holder bullied Citigroup into paying $7 billion
settlement to the DOJ for being complicit in the 2008 financial

In another article by Investors Business Daily Congress is

apparently investigating the settlements as money has been
funneled to Mutual Housing Association of New York, Operation
Hope, Neighborhood Assistance Corp. of America, National
Community Reinvestment Coalition, and most notably La Raza
(the race), who pressures banks into qualifying more low-income
Latino immigrants for home loans.119

Emerald Cities Collaborative

A joint venture, comprised of groups like Service Employee

International Union (SEIU), Association of Community
Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN), United Steel Workers
Union (USW), Green For All (Van Jones), Apollo Alliance (Van
Jones & Joel Rogers), Enterprise (Franklin Raines), Goldman
Sachs, and several others. This groups intention is to create Green
Communities. With future Cap-and-Trade Legislation, and more
EPA mandates coming soon, groups like this will be in high
demand, to build new eco-friendly homes and to retrofit existing

In order to force compliance with EPA regulations, the federal

government could require EPA-approved green contractors, which
will fall under a platform similar what Emerald Cities operates
under. This is where the radical left will gain a huge victory in
hijacking the private sector, and it is from here that radical, left
wing contributions are to be generated.

The methods used by these hybrid socio-enviro-socialists are the

same methods used by feudal kings for the latter, it was Gods
will be done in order to control people and take their wealth; in
the former case, it is always for the greater good. They rule
through fear and deception. People like Obama, Gore, and Strong
see great political and economic opportunity in funding and
spreading fear to propagate mass wealth distribution and capturing
of power. Taking tax dollars to fund science through grants is an
absolute corruption of a system meant to assist those who achieve
but cannot afford to continue, by a culture that offers careers to
scientists who wish to profit for themselves instead of improving
the lot of everyone. Rather than honestly employing science, they
create political vehicles for pay. This is corrupt, this is wrong, and
in the long run this is destructive of all ends.

A clean environment is extremely important to all of us. Rich,

fertile soil; healthy forests; clean water and air all people
understand the importance of these things. Even children
appreciate a day fishing at the pond, or swimming in the lake; little
ones are often enlisted by parents to plant flowers and shrubs in the
yard around the family home; running and playing which require
clean air, clean water, and even a few trees - are not second nature
to these precious treasures they are first nature.

The idea that these things are more valued by those who tend to
value a thing by the dollars to be made by exploiting it - rather
than by those who assign value to a thing by how good the thing
itself makes them feel - is nothing short of ludicrous.

Global Warming (or the newly named Climate Change) discussion

is thoroughly riddled with pitfalls in its arguments. Too often,
those who buy into, or reject, the science have no proof to support
their position; they rely on what others say through numerous
articles for support of their position rather reading these articles
and then applying honest brainpower. A clear case of this is the
recent exposure and debunking of Global Warming pseudoscience;
regardless of the growing heap of evidence indicating perfidy and
outright lying among the supporters of this movement, many still
believe in it because they have been taught, from an early age,
what to think rather than how to think.

There is no perfect system to deliver a pure and clean environment.

It is a fact that human beings create waste in all that we do. Our
bodies and our lives consume resources and create waste; it is a
dynamic of science that we cannot avoid. This is not to admit
defeat throw up ones hands and cease trying to improve an
admittedly bad situation but to admit that the current tack has
failed. A new approach must be sought perhaps a method
combining several approaches.

For instance, a combination of war and famine unleashed on a

global scale would certainly reverse the damage of over 6 billion
people; if even half of that survives, the availability of resources
would be instantly improved. The problem with such a solution is
who wants that kind of solution? What guarantee is there that
one shall survive to enjoy the fruits of such a mad medicine?

As Reagan said once, there are no easy answers, but there are
simple answers; put solutions where it says answers and you have
a winner. There must be sacrifice on the part of everyone who
wishes to see positive change. The difference between the
suggestion found here, and that offered by the Socialist agenda, is
who determines the sacrifice. It is always preferable to have the
choice of action and degree, than to have another compel both.

To achieve a sustainable healthy environment, there must be an

awareness and cultural change that is not driven by government
policy. It needs to be driven by Americans who recognize the
threat of a deteriorating environment not bureaus separated from
the problem by no less than one degree. Could America clean up
its act? Sure it could; there is much room for improvement in
everything that we do. Could we afford a more sustainable energy
policy? Of course we could: solar panels, windmill generators,
tidal generators, and other alternative energy sources are both
viable and achievable - but must be achieved through a gradual
and most importantly noncompulsory shift from fossil fuel
energy sources.

To think that the world shall melt down in a matter of a couple of

years because of carbon dioxide is absolutely absurd. This urgency
is nothing more than politically driven urgency to effect certain
changes before those subject to them can halt their advance. In
light of this understanding, there must not be a bureaucracy created
to regulate all energy sources; this gives too much power to the
political class. There is enough proof that government bureaucracy
is incapable of doing anything as efficiently or cost-effectively as
private enterprise; why would we want to empower them to be
more expensive and less efficient?

There is a new generation of ideologically driven individuals who

put full faith in the philosophies of Mao, Stalin, Castro, and Lenin.
These people choose to deny the incredible failures and massive
loss of life caused by this ideology. Influenced by the intellectual
class, this group subscribes to the platform of Marxism that has
been taught in schools for the last 80 years. Many of these
individuals are children of those who participated in the sixties
counterculture/counter-revolution. The sixties Counter-Revolution
was engineered by Progressives who were opposed to the first
American Revolution in 1776.

Enviro-Socialism is only a by-product Marxism; the

Environmentalism that exists in this movement is simply a means
to the socialist ends. Never has there been a country that has been
willing to help the environment. This fact is completely ignored by
those who subscribe to the Enviro-Socialist doctrine - they belittle
the widespread efforts of Capitalist industries to adapt their
practices to more responsible methods, and ignore the existence of
massive environmental atrocities that exist in Socialist regimes.

Do an internet search for pollution in third-world socialist regimes

like China, India, and others; you will see massive environmental
destruction clear-cut forests; industrial waste in rivers and
streams; smoke and fumes in the air; gaping wounds in the Earth
for the mining of metal ores, precious stones, and coal. The picture
we receive from the Enviro-Socialists is not the truth, but an
attempt to make us feel shame for being better. These other
countries have been developing under regimes with little or no
equitable representation from the population. The people of these
regimes are slaves to the will of the government and industrial
interests of the elite political class.

It is by example that we shall most effectively influence these

countries to provide more environmental awareness. The success
of the United States is a beacon of hope - for the nations of the
world, and for the world itself. The solution to these despotic third-
world regimes is for their people to establish a republican form of
government and to see that it remains. Our republic is an ideal
system - allowing for government by consent of the governed.
Experimenting with Socialist policies can only head us in the
direction of these polluting and failed regimes.
Due to the extensive nature of this section, we will explore some
of the foundational and historical components of the instituting of
Islamic-Socialism in the United States. The institution of Sharia in
America seems to be a long shot to some Americans while it is
more of reality than people think. Islamists who wish to impose
their political system in the United States are here and have been
here for decades.

Before we dig into the details of Islamic-Fascism we need to

realize first and foremost that Islamo-Fascists wish to create a
worldwide Islamic Caliphate. Within the movement there are many
sects and various levels of radicalism.

Sunni Islam

Sunni Islam is the largest branch of Islam. It is the second largest

in the world after Christianity consisting of approximately 75% to
90% of the Muslim population of 1.62 Billion followers around the
world. The followers of Abu Bakr who was the father-in-law of
Muhammad found it. He ruled over the Rashidun Caliphate from
632 to 634 CE.

The different schools of Islam are very blurry as there are many
interpretations. There are two main groups if Sunnis.

Ahl al-Ra'I people of reason emphasis on scholarly

judgment and discourse.
Ahl al-Hadith people of traditions emphasis on
restricting juristic thought to only what is found in

Idtirar is a Sunni form of religious dissimulation or simply a form
of deception in order to conceal the truth. Sunni Muslims can deny
his or her faith as well as commit illegal and blasphemous acts
while fearing the risk of persecution.


Is a Islamic term for legalistic trickery. The purpose of this

trickery was the legal avoidance of Islamic Law where
considered excessively strict.

Shia Islam

Followers of Shia Islam are called Shia as a group or Shii

individually. The founders of Shia Islam were the followers of
Muhammads son-in-law and cousin, Ali. The largest branch of the
Shia is the Twelver Shia who believes the Mahdi, the prophesized
redeemer of Islam, will return and rule before the Day of


Jihad is considered the struggle to please God. There are two

types of Jihad

Greater Internal the struggle against evil in ones soul in

every aspect of life
Lesser External - the struggle against evil of ones
environment in every aspect of life


Taqiya is a Shia form of religious dissimulation or simply a form

of deception in order to conceal the truth. Shia Muslims can deny
his or her faith as well as commit illegal and blasphemous acts
while fearing the risk of persecution.

The Fall of the Ottoman Caliphate

A Caliphate is a form of Islamic government ruled by a Caliph,

who is considered a political and religious successor to
Muhammad. Sunni Muslims believe that the Caliph should be
elected by the Muslim Community while the Shia Muslims believe
that the Caliph should be an Imam chosen by God from
Muhammads direct decedents - the Ahl al-Bayt (Family of the

During World War I, there was a huge restructuring taking place in

the world. As the world was industrializing, world powers
struggled for power in the world. The main opponents in World
War I were the Allies and the Central Powers.

British India
New Zealand
South Africa
Central Powers
Austria Hungary
Ottoman Empire

While the Allies - specifically English and France - struggled to

fight the war without the United States, they negotiated ways to
split of the spoils of war with the Russia.

In 1915 diplomats Briton Sir Mark Sykes and Francois George-

Picot came up with an agreement to split up the Ottoman Empire,
which happened to be the weakest link in the Central Powers. The
plan was to subvert the Ottoman Empire and fan the flames of
nationalism in order to collapse the struggling empire from within.
Defeating the Ottomans would provide key access to the Levant,
which was rich in natural resources and access to the Suez Canal.

In 1915, Shariff Hussein agreed to raise army against Ottomans in

order to get his Modern Arab Caliphate. He needed the help from
the West to get it. In 1917, the English needed support from the
Americans as well. They needed to gain support of the wealthy
Jews in America in order to influence Woodrow Wilson to go
against a key campaign promise to stay out of the war. Jews in
Russia and Germany wanted their own Jewish State due to the
rising anti-Semitism. Sykes would later negotiate the Jewish State
in Palestine.

On November 2nd 1917 the Balfour Declaration was sent from the
United Kingdom's Foreign Secretary Arthur James Balfour to
Baron Rothschild (Walter Rothschild, 2nd Baron Rothschild), a
leader of the British Jewish community, for transmission to the
Zionist Federation of Great Britain and Ireland.

An excerpt of the declaration reads:

His Majesty's government view with favor the establishment in
Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use
their best endeavors to facilitate the achievement of this object, it
being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may
prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish
communities in Palestine, or the rights and political status enjoyed
by Jews in any other country.

While this move was an obvious war strategy to unite Allied

powers, the Russian Bolshevik revolutionaries saw it as an
imperialist move and exposed the agreement by leaking copies of
the agreement. They were especially critical of the Jewish
Capitalists otherwise known as Zionists.

In 1917, The Russian nation became highly involved in civil war

and more or less backed out of World War I. In 1918 the Allied
powers won the war and worked under the banner of the League of
Nations to carve up the Middles East under the powers of France
and Britain in 1922.

Western and Arab Relations Crumble

After the Allies won the war and split up the Middle East, there
was huge resentment on behalf of the Arabs due to the Sykes-Picot
Agreement. The resentment was not only directed towards the
English and French but also the new State of Israel. These
resentments set the stage for World War II as well as the eventual
rise of Communism and the Cold War.

This would create the desire by many Muslims to restore their

Caliphate by defeating the West and specifically Israel. This would
also create the desire by Progressives to work to undermine the
State of Israel since their existence is seen as unlawful and built by
Western Colonialist Nations.
Muslim Brotherhood

After the Bolsheviks crafted the Soviet Union, Russian Muslims

were seen as underclass citizens. Their farms were collectivized
and their mosques were closed. This mistreatment would lead
many of the Russian Muslims to join the Nazis. Joined with this
anti-Soviet Aggression, anti-western colonialism, and pro-Nazi
support a perfect storm of political strife and resentment created
the group now known as the Muslim Brotherhood. Their five-part
slogan is,

"Allah is our objective; the Qur'an is the Constitution; the Prophet

is our leader; jihad is our way; death for the sake of Allah is our

The US worked with the Muslim Brotherhood to try and beat back
Soviet Communism after the fall of the Nazis. Eisenhower worked
directly with Said Ramadan, son of Muslim Brotherhood Founder
Hassan al-Banna, to create a Islamic Renaissance as a way to ease
tensions between the West and Muslims around the world.
Ramadan was not interested in this. He was only interested in
reclaiming Palestine.

After being banned from Egypt, Ramadan fled to Munich to

establish roots of Islam in Europe. He utilized the anti-communist
rhetoric to raise money to build a mosque in Munich which would
later be affiliated with the first World Trade Center bombing, pilot
of a plane that hit the World Trade Center on 9/11 Mohammed
Atta, and finance chief of Osama Bin Laden Mamdouh Mahmud
Salim. The funding came from Saudi Arabia, Libya, Jordan, and
Turkey. From Europe, the Muslim Brotherhood would establish
the International Institute of Islamic Thought (IIIT) as a theoretical
foundation for spreading Islam in the West.120

A Mosque in Munich: Nazis, the CIA, and the Rise of the Muslim
Brotherhood in the West, Ian Johnson, 2011
Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO)

The PLO was founded in 1964 with the purpose of liberating

Palestine through armed struggle against Israel. After a very
tumultuous relationship with Arabs in the Middle East, Russia saw
a new ally in Yasser Arafat after he visited Moscow in 1968. With
influence in Egypt waning in the 1970s, Russia began to fund
monetarily and supply the PLO with weaponry. The KGB helped
train the PLO and viewed the PLO as the socialist vanguard of the
Arab people. This meant that they were prime for ideological
subversion by the KGB.


During the First Intifada from 1987 to 1991, an offshoot of the

Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood formed to create Hamas. The group
was not only mildly hostile to the Israelis but to the PLO, most
specifically the more secular Fatah, as well.

The group started with Islamic welfare organizations called Dawa

intended to boost solidarity in the Palestinian people. The Muslim
Brotherhood supported the funding.

Within their Charter, it states:

"The time will not come until Muslims will fight the Jews [and kill
them]; until the Jews hide behind rocks and trees, which will cry:
O Muslim! There is a Jew hiding behind me, come on and kill

Within the United States, several groups including the Council on

American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) represent Hamas. Hamas is
also rumored to be settling relations with Iran, which should offer
an interesting contrast to the current state of affairs in the Middle
Sharia Law

Sharia law is a moral code or religious law dealing with crime,

economics, politics, and personal matters such as hygiene, sexual
intercourse, prayer, diet etiquette, and fasting. Unlike in America,
the law and moral code are one in the same.

Punishments for breaking the laws of Sharia are harsh and include
flogging and stoning. Islamic judges interpret the law. Islamists
number one goal is to institute Sharia in order to perpetuate a
society moored to the principles of Islam.

Islamic Subversion

Derived from the ideological subversive techniques of the Soviet

KGB, the Muslim Brotherhood is instituting gradual and
incremental institution of Sharia in the United States. In a
document uncovered by the FBI in 2004 labeled An Explanatory
Memorandum, a detailed plan of subverting the American culture
and instituting Sharia was outlined.

The document explained the domination of the culture through

Civilization-Jihadist Process. An excerpt from the document

The process of settlement is a Civilization-Jihadist Process with

all the word means. The Ikhwan must understand that their work
in America is a kind of grand jihad in eliminating and destroying
the Western civilization from within and sabotaging its miserable
house by their hands and the hands of the believers so that it is
eliminated and Gods religion is made victorious over all other

It is a seditious plan designed to subvert the culture and overthrow
the United States. Some of the steps outlined on how to execute
this massive plan are:

1. Phase One: Phase of discreet and secret establishment of

2. Phase Two: Phase of gradual appearance on the public
scene and exercising and utilizing various public activities
(It greatly succeeded in implementing this stage). It also
succeeded in achieving a great deal of its important goals,
such as infiltrating various sectors of the Government.
Gaining religious institutions and embracing senior
scholars. Gaining public support and sympathy.
Establishing a shadow government (secret) within the
3. Phase Three: Escalation phase, prior to conflict and
confrontation with the rulers, through utilizing mass media.
Currently in progress.
4. Phase Four: Open public confrontation with the
Government through exercising the political pressure
approach. It is aggressively implementing the above-
mentioned approach. Training on the use of weapons
domestically and overseas in anticipation of zero hour. It
has noticeable activities in this regard.
5. Phase Five: Seizing power to establish their Islamic
Nation under which all parties and Islamic groups are

Implementing Sharia will go as follows:

Expanding the Muslim presence by birth rate, immigration,

and refusal to assimilate;
Occupying and expanding domination of physical spaces;
Ensuring the Muslim Community knows and follows
MB doctrine;
Controlling the language we use in describing the enemy;
Ensuring we do not study their doctrine (shariah);
Co-opting key leadership;
Forcing compliance with shariah at local levels;
Fighting all counterterrorism efforts;
Subverting religious organizations;
Employing law fare the offensive use of lawsuits and
threats of lawsuits;
Claiming victimization / demanding accommodations;
Condemning slander against Islam;
Subverting the U.S. education system, in particular,
infiltrating and dominating U.S. Middle East studies
Demanding the right to practice shariah in segregated
Muslim enclaves;
Demanding recognition of shariah in non-Muslim spheres;
Confronting and denouncing Western society, laws, and
traditions; and
Demanding that shariah replace Western law. Note that
many of the foregoing techniques entail, in one way or
another, influencing and neutralizing the American
government at all levels.

In this memorandum there are 29 groups listed that are to be

coordinated in order to destroy America from within.

Islamic Society of North America (ISNA)

ISNA Fiqh Committee (now known as the Fiqh Council of
North America)
ISNA Political Awareness Committee
Muslim Youth of North America
Muslim Students Association of the U.S. and Canada
Association of Muslim Scientists and Engineers
Islamic Medical Association (of North America)
Islamic Teaching Center
Malaysian Islamic Study Group
Foundation for International Development
North American Islamic Trust
Islamic Centers Division
American Trust Publications
Audio-Visual Center
Islamic Book Service
Islamic Circle of North America
Muslim Arab Youth Association
Islamic Association for Palestine
United Association for Studies and Research
International Institute of Islamic Thought
Muslim Communities Association
Association of Muslim Social Scientists (of North
Islamic Housing Cooperative
Muslim Businessmen Association
Islamic Education Department
Occupied Land Fund (later known as the Holy Land
Foundation for Relief and Development)
Mercy International Association
Baitul Mal Inc.
Islamic Information Center (of America)122

This fits into the design of the Secular Socialists because the first
goal to institute socialism is to destroy the US Constitution.
Instituting Sharia will surely do this. It will provide a less stable
platform to which a more centralized secular government could be

The United States Constitution is the target of tearing down of all

Western Civilization.


Now that The Machine has been theoretically realized, the

discussion turns to the implementation of the organism that is The
Machine. The reason it is now described, as an organism is that
there are many components to an organism that are necessary for it
to perform its functions.

Common knowledge indicates that the director of the organism is

its brain. Without this feature of the organism, there is no direction
or control. Further, within the organism there are various organs
that fulfill various functions necessary to the continued orderly
functioning of the organism. The products from these organs work
together to produce sustain, motivate, and eventually reproduce
a successful organism. This is of fundamental importance to the
understanding of what we are about to discuss.

Through the prism of the production delivered by the media and

political pundits, the overall view of the organism is skewed,
distorted, and often ignored. The existence of the organism is
usually acknowledged as a shadowy figure or body in the room
that no one wishes to mention for the fear of being ridiculed, or
being isolated, defunded, and polarized by a mass collection of
organs fighting for the existence of the organism.

Now that we have a basic understanding of the organism, it is

important to note that the organism must have an environment in
which to live. With regards to this particular organism, such an
environment could be described as the world, with all countries
around the world existing in this environment and providing
opportunities for the organism to grow and add to itself. This
organism affects all and, if not constantly on the watch, will
eventually be a part of the organism in one-way or another.
In order to operate, the organism must have fuel to become and
remain active. This fuel is human will, hope, and wealth three
things that this organism The Machine consumes at a terrifying
rate in order to keep itself going, and for which it must continue to
move and expand to obtain more. In order to propagate the
organisms agenda, there needs to be resources available money,
and things to sell in order to get money. If you follow the flow of
resources, you can find the organs within the organism, the vessels
through which the resources travel - and the director of the
The Directors
We have discussed many of the directors of this fundamental
transformation of the United States. Groups like the Institute for
Policy Studies, the Progressive Academic Vanguard, and even the
Muslim Brotherhood are all working at a high level to undermine
the fundamental foundation of the United States the Constitution.
It is now time to expose some powerful individuals.

George Soros

George Soros is an important figure within

the organism. He is the director of the
Progressive agenda, which has slowly
infiltrated the Democratic Party over the last
20 or 30 years. George Soros along with
the likes of the Clintons - have redefined the
dynamics of the Democratic Party. With a
personal investment of over $5 billion, Soros
stands among the political titans major
corporations and sovereign nations among them who influence
policy over major world powers. He is also very vocal about his
personal beliefs:

1. Advocate of Americas disarmament

2. Believes America is an oppressive nation
3. Believes Americas military is guilty of criminal actions
4. Advocate of open borders and mass immigration
5. Advocate of social welfare
6. Advocate of socialized medicine
7. Advocate of wealth redistribution
8. Advocate for radical Environmentalism
9. Advocate of globalist agenda
10. Advocate of Affirmative Action
George Soros achieved his status and wealth through his myriad of
financial and philanthropic endeavors. Apart from his political
involvements, he is a shrewd leader in the world of investments.
His actions in financial markets can be linked to the destruction of
economies and currencies around the world while raking in
massive profits by speculating on currencies - as he did in 1992
with the devaluation of the British Pound.

Soros is much like Maurice Strong, as discussed earlier. He

shamelessly uses Capitalist means to fund his socialist ends.
Lanterns of Liberty outlined his coziness with South American
Oil Company; Petroleo Brasileiro S.A.Petrobras when he
purchased nearly 6 million shares at an average cost of $31 per
share (as of 6-30-09) as reported by gurufocus.com123. On August
18, 2009, Barack Obama underwrote an offshore drilling loan to
Brazil; while above the board in appearance, it still bears the
appearance of an unethical political pay-off. As of June 11, 2010,
he owns 9.1 million shares and, in view of the BP oil spill, I would
venture to speculate that America shall be buying much more
Brazilian oil then before. There is no wonder why Soros is the
most-feared financial profiteer and political figure in the world,
with his tentacles of power reaching far and manipulating political
and corporate figures around the world.

Soros beliefs drive his desire to steer America into the waters of
Socialism. With his vast influence throughout the world, Soros
stacks the deck in a poker game he intends to win every time -
moving his agenda along with hundreds of organs in the organism.
Each organ has a personal interest in the overall outcome of its
agenda. All of the organs are weak without the likes of Soros or his
massive amounts of resources. The organs work within their
symbiotic roles, but are guided by Soros.

Soros chief arm is Hillary Clinton,
who has partnered with him in the
political side of the process.
Together, they have worked with
Morton Halerpin, Harold Ickes, and
John Podesta to create and manage
the Center of American Progress.
Soros Open Society Network, the
Rockefeller Family Fund, the Joyce
Foundation, the Irving Harris
Foundation, the New York Community Trust, the Overbrook
Foundation, the Peninsula Foundation, the Robert E. Rubin
Foundation, the San Francisco Foundation, the Bauman Family
Foundation, the Nathan Cummings Foundation, and the Philip
Murphy Foundation fund this think tank. After coming together in
2003, they developed what has been called The Shadow Party.
This Party was intended to infiltrate the system and use Alinsky-
style tactics to fundamentally change America -from the Republic
it is, to a socialist utopia.

The Center for American Progress has, over time, developed a

means of slowly changing the fundamental structure of the United
Structure by infiltrating not only the federal government, but also
corporations and schools. By focusing on progressive issues, they
recruit radical foot soldiers to front organizations that press the
many facets of the Progressive Agenda. With the power of major
financial contributions, they are able to influence the political
process by working around the Federal Election Campaign Act of
1971 (FECA) with the use of Soft Money Contributions.

In short, what Soros and his many groups have done is circumvent
the campaign contribution laws by funding dummy organizations
that support issues rather than candidates. They are also able to
gain shelter under Section 527 on the Internal Revenue Tax Code -
thus having very little obligation of transparency regarding the
source of their funding or their expenditures. The organizations, in
turn, are directly influenced by the passions of the individuals
involved, working as organizers in the political movement.
Whether the groups are environmentalists, pro-abortionists, or
globalists, they are all funded by and work as the organs of the
organism, using the issue as a front to the overall Progressive
political agenda.

ACORN is a prime example of one of these organizations. Their

cause is for representing minorities in poverty-stricken districts
around the country. Their cause is intended to help the unfortunate
but instead they use the unfortunate to do the workings of the
Progressives. They are simply a means to an end. The end is a
political Saul Alinsky-style transfer of power from the capitalist to
the politician.

The Sierra Club is another group that uses the guise of

environmentalism and the green movement to propagate a worship
of nature. FrontPageMag.com124 posted an article on April 21,
2004 detailing the motives behind sixties radical
environmentalism. They state, with elegance, that the purpose of
environmentalism is to destroy the industrialized world. The
Enviro-Socialist Marxists of today capture their passions through
the vehicle of environmentalism in order to promote the agenda of
mass wealth redistribution globally. Carl Pope, of the Sierra Club,
has expressed his views on globalization, wealth redistribution,
and population control (which is ultimately his agenda). Through
these goals he will achieve de-industrialization and he will
achieve this, along with his sustainable vision, as a sacrifice to his
god Earth.

Along with organizations like these are the media arms that spread
the propaganda of the groups through different media outlets.
Media Matters monitors the media and develops rebuttals to what
they claim is a radical right-wing agenda. Media Matters chops up
talking points so that they can be delivered as edited, partial
versions of the truth. Media outlets like The Huffington Post feed
off of these talking points, making them ammunition for the
political guerillas writing their blogs and news reports. This
misconstrued message is delivered to an often biased and
polarizing reader base. This is not to ignore or deny that a biased
reader base does not exist on the right, but to mention only that the
Huffington Post, outside of MSNBC, is the hive for the left.

As the Huffington Post and other Progressive media groups

invigorate their base with anti-capitalist sentiment, they promote
the agendas of Soros groups. With each acting separately within
the vehicles of self-interest - with no focus on the constitutionality
of other proposed legislation -the groups members seem to be
clueless to their ineffectiveness within their true agenda. They are,
instead, working toward the liberty-stealing agendas of the
Progressive wealth redistribution machine.
Below is a diagram outlining the Soros agenda and the mass
network of special interests behind the scenes.
The Organism

American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) Founded by Roger

Baldwin, quoted here: I am for socialism, disarmament, and,
ultimately, for abolishing the state itself... I seek the social
ownership of property, the abolition of the propertied class, and
the sole control of those who produce wealth. Communism is the

America Coming Together (ACT) This group is dedicated to

influencing elections with get-out-the-vote campaigns. It is
affiliated with the Service Employees International Union (SEIU),
and makes up the union affiliation of the Democratic Party. ACT
was featured in an Associated Press125 article during the John Kerry
campaign coming under fire for hiring convicted felons to sign
up voters. On August 8th 2003, the New York Times126 listed the
key founders of this group - common names that you will see
throughout the Soros foundation structure in a number of different

Steven Rosenthal - president of the labor-backed

Partnership for America's Families

Andrew Stern [Former] President of the Service

Employees International Union (SEIU)

Carl Pope - Executive director of the Sierra Club.

Cecile Richards and Gina Glantz - America Votes Cecile

Richards is the current President of Planned Parenthood

Planned Parenthood Was started by radical Margaret Sanger. It
is now managed by Cecile Richards, who has been: Board Member
of NARAL Pro-Choice America; Deputy Chief of Staff to Nancy
Pelosi; Director of a national pro-choice ID project for the Turner
Foundation; and the President of Pro-Choice Vote. This group
receives over $100,000,000 annually from taxpayer subsidies in
the name of family planning. Planned Parenthood is known as the
biggest provider of abortions in the country.

Urban Institute This group is an advocate for socialized

healthcare and the advancement of the welfare state. Initially, the
group was created to monitor Lyndon Johnsons Great Society
programs; it has since been reorganized into a social justice

Millennium Development Project This United Nations group is

dedicated to ending poverty throughout the world - not by means
of education and free market solutions, but through massive wealth

Progressive Legislative Action Network (PLAN) This group

was created with the influence of the AFL-CIO, the Center for
American Progress, and Andy Stern of the Service Employees
International Union (SEIU); their goal is to promote Progressive
Social Justice Initiatives.

Apollo Alliance This group sprouted after the 9/11 attacks as a

clean energy advocate. AA is a project of the Tides Center itself a
Soros-funded extension of the Tides Foundation. Some of the
members of Apollos team are:

Gerald Hudson International Executive Vice President

of the SEIU.

Van Jones a self-proclaimed communist who has
dedicate his life to the Green Movement.

Joel Rogers The founder of the Socialist New Party -

currently called the Working Families Party

Carl Pope Chairman of the Sierra Club, which is

dedicated to environmental rights and zero population

Jeff Jones - A director of the New York chapter of Apollo

who was a Weather Underground Communist radical.

This group of radicals was said to have contributed to the

development of the $787 billion stimulus bill passed by Congress
and Barack Obama in 2009. To believe the radical agenda of these
Marxist leftists will not affect the future of the United States is

This is only a short list of the hundreds of groups that receive

money from the Soros organizations. All of these organs operate as
separate entities with a common goal of wealth redistribution and
social justice. As you can see, there is a common thread through
some of these groups. These members of the radical left not only
run these organizations; they support numerous organizations
around the world with similar functions. They operate under the
guise of environmentalism, equal rights, and anti-war activism, but
ultimately support a socialist agenda under the direction of Soros
and his radical cronies. To understand the agenda of these people
you must simply listen to their words. Through the plotting and
calculated Progressive Alinsky and Marxist tactics you will see
glimpses of the Progressive Agenda.
The Organisms Environment

With this understanding of the socio-political organism, the next

step is to gain an understanding of its environment. All around the
world, socialism is gradually being implemented. The United
Nations has been gobbling up sovereignty, creating a global
economy, and also a global welfare system the steps of the
United Nations in these efforts are detailed here in The Machine

With the complete failure of all communist and socialist systems

around the world and throughout history, the worlds population
will not readily nor willingly accept the radical ideology of
massive wealth redistribution, socialism, and Communism. The
ideologues that drive these philosophies have nursed their
narcissism, deciding for the greater good and against the will of
the peoples of the world - that they are going to redistribute and
destroy wealth.

Never, in this long documentary about the progression toward

Communism, has it been said that the various ideologues
introduced and discussed were unintelligent; they were (and are),
in fact, very intelligent in most cases. It has been the narcissism
that has driven them - and their ideology that guided them - to the
evil deeds and people by whom they were surrounded. The
impending collapse of the United States economy is a perfect
example: this was initiated through government policy with the
passing of the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) of 1977 -
during Carters presidency. To not anticipate that this law would be
a disaster is a complete absurdity.

The needed social and political environment has been set for years;
the world has been waiting for the United States to turn the corner
to Socialism. The United Nations has waited - eagerly, anxiously -
to greet the United States at the door of one-world-government,
and it has consumed Europe with the creation of the European
Union. Slowly, politicians who believe that this is the best route
for the future of humanity have passed legislation as pieces of the
puzzle toward this end - and the one thing that has invariably
thwarted their every effort in this has been the United States

As the organism of the Progressive movement is morphing - with

the help of the many organs of the Progressive movement it
becomes clear that progression toward socialism shall require the
abolition of the United States Constitution. As the organism grows,
changes, and adapts, Progressive legislators have begun to strike
down the rights of the individual, the community, the State, and -
ultimately - they will surrender our federal sovereignty. Following
is a series of diagrams depicting the progression.
Globalist Progressive Progression

Here, all levels of sovereignty

are intact. The people of this
republic are each the
acknowledged focus of all
other activities. Meanwhile,
the people understand their
duty to the other levels of
society, and fulfill those duties
to ensure societys survival.

The breakdown of the state

government is little perceived by
individual and family, because
the state order of government is
far away from them. The
general level of the government
lacks due concern for the state
and does not observe its
wellbeing sufficiently allowing
its corruption.
The general order of the
government is still intact,
largely because the forces
seeking societys ruin need it
so. Their aim at this time is
the breakdown of that which
brings diverse families and
individuals to common causes
faith and community.

As families cease to interact,

distrust grows and
communications break down
nobody is talking about what
everyone is thinking, so the
only one to listen to is the
general order of government,
still intact so that it may
continue The Machines
assault on the republic.
The family has now come
undone fathers and mothers
abandon their children;
children rebel against parents;
the government takes on
stewardship of these children
in order to raise and
indoctrinate a new generation
the final product of The
Machine: drones.

The breakdown of the republic

complete, The Machine no
longer needs the protective and
provident general government.
Decayed, corrupt, and helpless,
the general order is cut to
pieces and ground up to fuel
and to build The Machine ever
larger and more terrible than
We are now in the stage of federal power trumping all state powers
(phase 1); an example of this is the struggle between the states and
the federal government over the issue of socialized healthcare in
the United States. Nothing good can come of undermining the
full faith and credit between the several states mandated by the
US Constitution; the only institutions benefiting from hostility
between the several states are rooted in, and wrought of,
Progressive Socialism. Another means of realizing this end is the
hobbling of the current social infrastructure upon which the
population has come to rely. The hemorrhage of tax base (citizens)
to other geopolitical areas (states or countries) is a good indicator
in favor of reversal of any legislation whose passage produced
such results. With massive federal legislation that punishes
industry and business, it is obvious that - without a domestic
location within which to find industry-favorable conditions to
escape the damaging legislation - they must and will relocate to
non-domestic (foreign) venues that are either less-hostile or even
openly friendly. When this occurs, the loss of jobs and revenue
result in unhappy citizens and crippled socio-political
infrastructure the ideal seed bed for Socialism.

This is where Cloward and Pivens plan of collapsing the system

from the inside becomes involved. The failure of an area to be
profitable drives away businesses, which take their jobs with them
leaving unemployed citizens behind to turn to government-run
social programs (like EDDs Unemployment Insurance benefits) to
pick up the slack while the newly-unemployed citizen sets out to
look for more work in a job market that has only gotten smaller.
These benefits cannot last forever, and if the business environment
is not changed soon to one less hostile to business, the unemployed
find themselves thus for longer than they have benefits to sustain
them; this inevitably results in a total collapse. The role of the
Progressives is two-fold: to see that the unemployed remain so
long enough to ensure the collapse of the state economy, and to
ensure provision of a new government for the current system to
collapse into. The passage of Socialized medicine is one of these
governmental mechanisms in place meant to capture people after
the collapse.

The Communists believe and rightly so that socialized

healthcare is an epic victory128. In the Communist Party U.S.A
magazine, they have claimed that new healthcare legislation is a
huge progression toward the Communist Utopia: the Associated
Press129 reported that Cuban Communist dictator Fidel Castro
approved of the legislation, and Reuters130 reported that the United
Nations approves of the legislation, as well.

The UNs global economy was envisioned to prevent countries

from going to war with each other, for fear of their destroying the
imposed economy. The result is an intentional and engineered
total collapse of all the worlds economies all of them crushed
under the mass and weight of the undercut United States economy
as it falls. The European Union is in the midst of a fiscal meltdown
with tensions between the countries in the union intensifying
resulting largely due to their economy being as intertwined as it is
with the American Economy and its affairs. The relationship
between Germany and Greece has been poisoned by financial

collapse, and the EUs problems have only resulted in more-rapid

As the world teeters on the edge of disaster, the United Nations

casts its baleful gaze upon its greatest prize - its last frontier: The
United States. America is slowly succumbing to the gravity of
global government, gravity being intensified by the ever-growing
mass of The Machine; resistance to that gravity efforts to escape
the deadly and inexorable pull of that singularity are being
hindered by Progressives in every country through community
organizing, liberation churches, welfare programs, propaganda
networking and media, and the entertainment industry. As apathy
grows with the continual barrage of propaganda, ever-greater
encroachments of the federal government into the body of liberty
spreading like a mortal and malignant cancer - are realized by
legislators who are free to pass bills setting up the demise of the
Capitalist free market system that has made the United States the
envy of the world.

This book has set out the step-by-step progression from free
Capitalism to a Socialist - and inevitably, Communist -end. The
United States is unique in that it is the only country founded on
freedom and liberty endowed by a supreme divine Creator a fact
that is set down in the Declaration of its founding. The Founders of
this great nation believed that the Creator gifted all Americans with
unalienable rights and that only that Creator could take them
away without permission of the bearer. Americas progression
toward tyranny - through the deterioration of individual,
community, and states rights - has been slow and gradual hardly
noted by any in its glacially slow push toward the cliff from which
it must certainly fall. With many of its plans spanning several
lifetimes in their building and execution, it has been so slow that
Americans have been unaware of the progression.

It would be fruitless to argue whether or not The Machine was

an intentional totalitarian takeover of the United States, as much as
it would also be nave to reject that there are people and
organizations in place that employ the tactics of Alinsky, Marxist-
Leninism, and others in order to dismantle the system than has led
to Americas uniquely exceptional character.

It is important, also, to realize the seductive pull of power. Human

nature provides us with the virtue of resolve, inspiring us to fix
what appears to be wrong, but ideology - all too often - out-
performs commons sense. We all wish for things to be better, and
we look trustingly to smart and intelligent people (the way we did,
as children, to our parents) to make these things better for us and
represent our best interests - but there are many instances in which
the intellectual has used his intelligence to disguise his true
agenda. Like the pedophile, such a person will flatter and lie -
using their greater knowledge, experience, and power upon the
trusting child - in order to get what he wants: caring nothing for
the child, only for his own pleasure and satisfaction. Remember
that the Communist, Marxist or Socialist places no moral
boundaries to civilization other than his or her own ideological
morality - a morality reflecting only the means to their desired

Where our elected officials go wrong is when the wants and

wishes of a minority or special interest become stronger through
the application of personal influence, strong-arm thuggery, or
simple payola - than the interests of the majority. It is always the
majority that has failed to be vocal and active in the political
process because this majority is busy driving innovation and the
economy. The majority are a trusting people that see goodness in
others and do not wish to focus on the faults of these people; it is
this trust that has been the heart and soul of the United States, but
has also been the weakness through which the immoral and
unethical infiltrate and manipulate the status quo to be undesirable
and unrecognizable to any but themselves.

It has been the actions of those wishing to change the United States
into something that was not intended, and to obscure the truth of
the traditions of our Founding Fathers, that violate the trust of the
majority. They see the majority as lacking intelligence,
compassion, and a true knowledge to what is good for them. It is
their ideological view - seeded with influence from the University
system whose many professors have never bled, sweated, or bent
their backs to build the United States which sees the Capitalist
system as only evil and destructive. It is their ideological belief
rooted, as it is, in a utopian (no-place) idea - that exists only as a
dream; that is, in fact, unachievable without either the angelic
metamorphosis of all men, or the extermination of all who do not

Since the 2008 Presidential elections, the majority has been slowly
awakening from its apathy. They see the cancer of Marx and
Engels that has slowly been consuming their liberties, and are
becoming increasingly aware of those remote, shadowy, and
hidden figures working to bind them through established and
legally-accepted offices - with unconstitutional laws. Not only are
they seeing the chief robbers of liberty, but also the representatives
that are connected to these ideological schemes in the name of a
political party; many representatives have become corrupted by
the cesspool of power that Washington has become, and slowly
they slide into the gutter of self-interest. What they may still be
unaware of for the time, anyway - is the vast networks of groups
of ideologically driven drones, claiming a legitimate and patriotic
cause but acting in the interests of Communism.

With the recent passage of massive Health Care legislation - one of

the biggest entitlements in the history of the United States - against
the will of the majority, Americas majority has become angry and
has taken back its trust - the employer has finally decided to hold
the employee accountable. We see, on the horizon, a gloomy future
of high taxes and never-ending laws restricting freedom - for us
and for generations beyond us. We see, erode our pursuit of our
individually defined happiness, the utter destruction of our wealth,
property, and liberty. We see the subversion of innovation and the
subsequent loss of economic impetus. We see individuality being
smeared and the exaltation of the collective. Most of all, we see the
American Flag bleeding into a simple shade of red with all 50 stars
blending into one.

Americans are slowly being corralled, like beasts to the slaughter,

by immoral beings that declare the individual unimportant
regardless of the fact that the individual is capable of functioning
without the aid of a collective. We are being robbed openly
through massive Ponzi schemes - in order to fund our own
demise. We are being forced to fund programs that are rejected by
our morals, for the sake of a state-driven morality created by a
handful of imperfect men and women. We are told to deny our
Creator through a campaign of persistent exposure to the opiate of
entertainment: our innocent kindergarten offspring are force-fed
corrupting teachings of sexuality and promiscuity; our youth are
told, by Hollywood and elected officials, to ignore and disobey
their parents; our history is being distorted, changed - revised.

All of this is to undermine Americas founding. By attacking

American history especially, the denial of a divine Creator and
His part in Americas origins - revolutionaries in our country wish
to rot out the structure of individual liberty and expose it - not as
strength, but as infringements on social justice. It is now time for
America to stand up and take the country back, to stop the agents
of entropy before all is lost.